[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2025243156A1 - Semiconductor device - Google Patents

Semiconductor device

Info

Publication number
WO2025243156A1
WO2025243156A1 PCT/IB2025/055110 IB2025055110W WO2025243156A1 WO 2025243156 A1 WO2025243156 A1 WO 2025243156A1 IB 2025055110 W IB2025055110 W IB 2025055110W WO 2025243156 A1 WO2025243156 A1 WO 2025243156A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
transistor
layer
channel transistor
power supply
semiconductor
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/IB2025/055110
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
山崎舜平
大貫達也
松嵜隆徳
八窪裕人
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co Ltd filed Critical Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co Ltd
Publication of WO2025243156A1 publication Critical patent/WO2025243156A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B64AIRCRAFT; AVIATION; COSMONAUTICS
    • B64GCOSMONAUTICS; VEHICLES OR EQUIPMENT THEREFOR
    • B64G1/00Cosmonautic vehicles
    • B64G1/22Parts of, or equipment specially adapted for fitting in or to, cosmonautic vehicles
    • B64G1/52Protection, safety or emergency devices; Survival aids
    • B64G1/54Protection against radiation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H03ELECTRONIC CIRCUITRY
    • H03KPULSE TECHNIQUE
    • H03K19/00Logic circuits, i.e. having at least two inputs acting on one output; Inverting circuits
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H03ELECTRONIC CIRCUITRY
    • H03KPULSE TECHNIQUE
    • H03K3/00Circuits for generating electric pulses; Monostable, bistable or multistable circuits
    • H03K3/01Details
    • H03K3/012Modifications of generator to improve response time or to decrease power consumption
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H03ELECTRONIC CIRCUITRY
    • H03KPULSE TECHNIQUE
    • H03K3/00Circuits for generating electric pulses; Monostable, bistable or multistable circuits
    • H03K3/02Generators characterised by the type of circuit or by the means used for producing pulses
    • H03K3/353Generators characterised by the type of circuit or by the means used for producing pulses by the use, as active elements, of field-effect transistors with internal or external positive feedback
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10BELECTRONIC MEMORY DEVICES
    • H10B12/00Dynamic random access memory [DRAM] devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10DINORGANIC ELECTRIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
    • H10D30/00Field-effect transistors [FET]
    • H10D30/60Insulated-gate field-effect transistors [IGFET]
    • H10D30/67Thin-film transistors [TFT]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10DINORGANIC ELECTRIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
    • H10D84/00Integrated devices formed in or on semiconductor substrates that comprise only semiconducting layers, e.g. on Si wafers or on GaAs-on-Si wafers
    • H10D84/80Integrated devices formed in or on semiconductor substrates that comprise only semiconducting layers, e.g. on Si wafers or on GaAs-on-Si wafers characterised by the integration of at least one component covered by groups H10D12/00 or H10D30/00, e.g. integration of IGFETs
    • H10D84/82Integrated devices formed in or on semiconductor substrates that comprise only semiconducting layers, e.g. on Si wafers or on GaAs-on-Si wafers characterised by the integration of at least one component covered by groups H10D12/00 or H10D30/00, e.g. integration of IGFETs of only field-effect components
    • H10D84/83Integrated devices formed in or on semiconductor substrates that comprise only semiconducting layers, e.g. on Si wafers or on GaAs-on-Si wafers characterised by the integration of at least one component covered by groups H10D12/00 or H10D30/00, e.g. integration of IGFETs of only field-effect components of only insulated-gate FETs [IGFET]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10DINORGANIC ELECTRIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
    • H10D84/00Integrated devices formed in or on semiconductor substrates that comprise only semiconducting layers, e.g. on Si wafers or on GaAs-on-Si wafers
    • H10D84/80Integrated devices formed in or on semiconductor substrates that comprise only semiconducting layers, e.g. on Si wafers or on GaAs-on-Si wafers characterised by the integration of at least one component covered by groups H10D12/00 or H10D30/00, e.g. integration of IGFETs
    • H10D84/82Integrated devices formed in or on semiconductor substrates that comprise only semiconducting layers, e.g. on Si wafers or on GaAs-on-Si wafers characterised by the integration of at least one component covered by groups H10D12/00 or H10D30/00, e.g. integration of IGFETs of only field-effect components
    • H10D84/83Integrated devices formed in or on semiconductor substrates that comprise only semiconducting layers, e.g. on Si wafers or on GaAs-on-Si wafers characterised by the integration of at least one component covered by groups H10D12/00 or H10D30/00, e.g. integration of IGFETs of only field-effect components of only insulated-gate FETs [IGFET]
    • H10D84/85Complementary IGFETs, e.g. CMOS
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10DINORGANIC ELECTRIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
    • H10D86/00Integrated devices formed in or on insulating or conducting substrates, e.g. formed in silicon-on-insulator [SOI] substrates or on stainless steel or glass substrates
    • H10D86/40Integrated devices formed in or on insulating or conducting substrates, e.g. formed in silicon-on-insulator [SOI] substrates or on stainless steel or glass substrates characterised by multiple TFTs
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10DINORGANIC ELECTRIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
    • H10D86/00Integrated devices formed in or on insulating or conducting substrates, e.g. formed in silicon-on-insulator [SOI] substrates or on stainless steel or glass substrates
    • H10D86/40Integrated devices formed in or on insulating or conducting substrates, e.g. formed in silicon-on-insulator [SOI] substrates or on stainless steel or glass substrates characterised by multiple TFTs
    • H10D86/60Integrated devices formed in or on insulating or conducting substrates, e.g. formed in silicon-on-insulator [SOI] substrates or on stainless steel or glass substrates characterised by multiple TFTs wherein the TFTs are in active matrices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10DINORGANIC ELECTRIC SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES
    • H10D89/00Aspects of integrated devices not covered by groups H10D84/00 - H10D88/00
    • H10D89/10Integrated device layouts

Definitions

  • one embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the above technical field.
  • Examples of technical fields of one embodiment of the present invention disclosed in this specification and the like include semiconductor devices, imaging devices, display devices, light-emitting devices, power storage devices, memory devices, display systems, electronic devices, lighting devices, input devices, input/output devices, and driving methods thereof or manufacturing methods thereof.
  • CMOS Complementary Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor
  • nMOS n-channel transistors
  • pMOS p-channel transistors
  • Transistors with FinFET and Gate All Around (GAA) structures are being put into practical use as a countermeasure to the leakage current that accompanies miniaturization.
  • three-dimensional packaging technology for stacking transistors is being considered as an integration technique to further improve performance.
  • CFET complementary field-effect transistor
  • transistors with a GAA nanosheet structure are stacked vertically on a silicon substrate (see, for example, Patent Document 1 and Non-Patent Document 1).
  • one embodiment of the present invention does not necessarily have to solve all of the above problems, but it is sufficient if it can solve at least one of the problems. Furthermore, the description of the above problems does not preclude the existence of other problems. Problems other than these will become apparent from the description in the specification, claims, drawings, etc., and it is possible to extract other problems from the description in the specification, claims, drawings, etc.
  • One aspect of the present invention includes a logic circuit having a p-channel transistor, a first n-channel transistor, and a second n-channel transistor; a first signal line that supplies a control signal to the logic circuit; a first power supply line that supplies a high power supply potential; and a second power supply line that supplies a low power supply potential.
  • the p-channel transistor and the first n-channel transistor have a first semiconductor layer containing silicon, the second n-channel transistor has a second semiconductor layer containing indium oxide, and one of the source and drain of the second n-channel transistor is connected to the source of the first n-channel transistor.
  • the semiconductor device has a first signal line electrically connected to the gate of the second n-channel transistor, a first source or drain of the p-channel transistor electrically connected to a first power supply line, and a second signal line electrically connected to the gate of the second n-channel transistor, which supplies a signal that turns off the second n-channel transistor during a period when the logic circuit is inactive.
  • the first power supply line is provided below the layer in which the logic circuit is provided, and the second power supply line is provided above the layer in which the logic circuit is provided.
  • One aspect of the present invention includes a logic circuit having a p-channel transistor, a first n-channel transistor, and a second n-channel transistor; a first signal line that supplies a control signal to the logic circuit; a first power supply line that supplies a high power supply potential; and a second power supply line that supplies a low power supply potential, wherein the p-channel transistor and the first n-channel transistor have a first semiconductor layer having silicon, the second n-channel transistor has a second semiconductor layer having indium oxide, and one of the source and drain of the second n-channel transistor is connected to the source or drain of the first n-channel transistor.
  • One of the source or drain of the p-channel transistor is electrically connected to a first power supply line, and the other of the source or drain of the second n-channel transistor is electrically connected to a second power supply line.
  • a first signal line electrically connected to the gate of the second n-channel transistor has a function of supplying a signal that turns off the second n-channel transistor during a period when the logic circuit is inactive, and the first power supply line is provided below the layer in which the p-channel transistor is provided, and the second power supply line is provided above the layer in which the second n-channel transistor is provided.
  • One embodiment of the present invention includes a logic circuit having a p-channel transistor, a first n-channel transistor, and a second n-channel transistor; a first signal line that supplies a control signal to the logic circuit; a first power supply line that supplies a high power supply potential; and a second power supply line that supplies a low power supply potential.
  • the p-channel transistor and the first n-channel transistor have a first semiconductor layer containing silicon, the second n-channel transistor has a second semiconductor layer containing indium oxide, and one of the source and drain of the second n-channel transistor is electrically connected to one of the source and drain of the first n-channel transistor.
  • the semiconductor device is connected to a first power supply line, one of the source or drain of the p-channel transistor is electrically connected to a first power supply line, and the other of the source or drain of the second n-channel transistor is electrically connected to a second power supply line.
  • a first signal line electrically connected to the gate of the second n-channel transistor has a function of supplying a signal that turns off the second n-channel transistor during a period when the logic circuit is inactive.
  • the first power supply line and the second power supply line are each provided in a layer below the layer in which the p-channel transistor is provided, and the signal lines are each provided in a layer above the layer in which the second n-channel transistor is provided.
  • the semiconductor device preferably has a structure in which the first semiconductor layer is surrounded by the gate of one p-channel transistor and the gate of one n-channel transistor.
  • the semiconductor device preferably includes a first power supply line and a second power supply line, each of which includes a third power supply line that supplies a high power supply potential and a fourth power supply line that supplies a low power supply potential, the third power supply line being provided below the layer in which the p-channel transistor is provided, and the fourth power supply line being provided above the layer in which the second n-channel transistor is provided.
  • a semiconductor device preferably has a third n-channel transistor, and a second signal line electrically connected to the gate of the first n-channel transistor and the gate of the p-channel transistor is electrically connected to one of the source and drain of the third n-channel transistor, and has a function of maintaining the potential of the second signal line by turning off the third n-channel transistor.
  • One embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device with a novel structure.
  • one embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device with a novel structure in which a transistor for power gating is provided for each logic circuit without reducing the integration density of the transistors.
  • one embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device with a novel structure in which power consumption due to leakage current of the transistor for power gating itself is reduced.
  • one embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device with a novel structure in which a decrease in operating speed is suppressed by increasing the current supply capability of the transistor for power gating.
  • one embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device with a novel structure in which wiring between signal lines and transistors can be efficiently arranged.
  • FIG. 1A and 1B are circuit diagrams illustrating a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention, and timing charts illustrating a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a circuit diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a circuit diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a circuit diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a circuit diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a circuit diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8A and 8B are circuit diagrams illustrating a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention, and timing charts illustrating a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • 9A and 9B are circuit diagrams illustrating a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention, and timing charts illustrating a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a circuit diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a circuit diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
  • 12A to 12C are circuit diagrams illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a circuit diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a circuit diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
  • 15A is a plan view showing an example of a semiconductor device, and FIGS. 15B to 15D are cross-sectional views showing the example of the semiconductor device.
  • 16A is a plan view showing an example of a semiconductor device, and FIGS. 16B to 16D are cross-sectional views showing an example of the semiconductor device.
  • 17A is a plan view showing an example of a semiconductor device, and FIGS. 17B to 17D are cross-sectional views showing an example of the semiconductor device.
  • 18A is a plan view showing an example of a semiconductor device, and FIGS. 18B and 18C are cross-sectional views showing the example of the semiconductor device.
  • FIGS. 19A and 19B are diagrams illustrating the carrier concentration dependence of Hall mobility
  • Fig. 19C is a cross-sectional view illustrating an indium oxide film
  • 20A to 20D are cross-sectional views showing an example of a semiconductor device.
  • FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a semiconductor device.
  • FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a semiconductor device.
  • 23A and 23B are diagrams illustrating an example of an electronic component.
  • 24A to 24C are diagrams showing an example of a mainframe computer
  • Fig. 24D is a diagram showing an example of space equipment
  • Fig. 24E is a diagram showing an example of a storage system applicable to a data center.
  • ordinal numbers "first,” “second,” and “third” are used to avoid confusion between components. Therefore, they do not limit the number of components. Nor do they limit the order of the components.
  • a component referred to as “first” in one embodiment of this specification may be a component referred to as “second” in another embodiment or in the claims.
  • a component referred to as “first” in one embodiment of this specification may be omitted in another embodiment or in the claims.
  • the power supply potential VDD may be abbreviated as potential VDD, VDD, etc. This also applies to other components (for example, signals, voltages, circuits, elements, electrodes, wiring, etc.).
  • a semiconductor device refers to any device that can function by utilizing semiconductor characteristics.
  • Semiconductor elements such as transistors, as well as logic circuits that include such semiconductor elements, are examples of semiconductor devices.
  • One embodiment of the present invention can be applied to logic circuits having a CMOS circuit configuration, such as basic logic gates such as NOT (also referred to as an inverter or NOT circuit), NAND (also referred to as a NAND circuit), NOR (also referred to as a NOR circuit), AND (also referred to as an AND circuit), and OR (also referred to as a NAND circuit). It can also be applied to circuits such as flip-flops, registers, and shift registers, which are combinations of these logic gates. It can also be applied to large-scale arithmetic circuits, which are combinations of a plurality of these circuits.
  • basic logic gates such as NOT (also referred to as an inverter or NOT circuit), NAND (also referred to as a NAND circuit), NOR (also referred to as a NOR circuit), AND (also referred to as an AND circuit), and OR (also referred to as a NAND circuit). It can also be applied to circuits such as flip-flops, registers, and shift register
  • FIG. 1A shows an example of a semiconductor device that functions as a NOT circuit.
  • the NOT circuit 100 shown in FIG. 1A includes transistors 101, 102, and 106.
  • the transistor 101 is a p-channel transistor (pMOS)
  • the transistors 102 and 106 are n-channel transistors (nMOS).
  • the transistor 102 is also referred to as a first n-channel transistor
  • the transistor 106 is also referred to as a second n-channel transistor.
  • FIG. 1A also shows power supply lines VHL and VLL, and signal lines INL1, INL2, and OUTL.
  • the transistors and power supply lines VHL and VLL of the NOT circuit 100, and the transistors and signal lines INL1, INL2, and OUTL of the NOT circuit 100 are connected as shown in FIG. 1A.
  • the gate of transistor 101 and the gate of transistor 102 are connected to signal line INL2.
  • the gate of transistor 106 is connected to signal line INL1.
  • One of the source or drain of transistor 101 is connected to signal line OUTL.
  • One of the source or drain of transistor 102 is connected to signal line OUTL.
  • the other of the source or drain of transistor 101 is connected to power supply line VHL.
  • the other of the source or drain of transistor 102 is connected to one of the source or drain of transistor 106.
  • the other of the source or drain of transistor 106 is connected to power supply line VLL.
  • the power supply line VHL is a power supply line that transmits a high power supply potential.
  • the power supply line VHL is also called the first power supply line.
  • the power supply line VLL is a power supply line that transmits a low power supply potential.
  • the power supply line VLL is also called the second power supply line.
  • Signal line INL1 is a wiring that transmits a signal that controls the on state (conducting state) or off state (non-conducting state) of transistor 106.
  • Transistor 106 is a transistor that functions as a switch. Transistor 106 is in the on state when the potential of signal line INL1 is at H (High) level, and in the off state when it is at L (Low) level.
  • One of the source or drain of transistor 106 is directly connected to the other of the source or drain of transistor 102.
  • the current flowing between power supply line VHL and power supply line VLL is cut off, enabling power gating of each logic circuit such as NOT circuit 100.
  • NOT circuit 100 When the potential of signal line INL1 is at H level, NOT circuit 100 functions as a NOT circuit, and when the potential of signal line INL1 is at L level, NOT circuit 100 functions as a circuit that outputs the logic of the previous state.
  • power gating here refers to the operation of cutting off leakage current flowing from signal line OUTL, which transmits the output signal, to power supply line VLL.
  • Signal line INL2 is a wiring that transmits an input signal to the NOT circuit, which is a logic circuit.
  • Signal line OUTL is a wiring that transmits an output signal from the NOT circuit, which is a logic circuit.
  • the potential of the signal line INL1 When the potential of the signal line INL1 is set to the L level, it is preferable to do so during a period when the input signal to the logic circuit is at the L level and the input signal is not being switched. During other periods, it is preferable to keep the potential of the signal line INL1 at the H level. This configuration can reduce the leakage current flowing through the transistor 102 when the input signal is at the L level and the output signal is continuously at the H level.
  • transistor 102 there may be multiple transistors equivalent to transistor 102.
  • multiple transistors 106 are provided to match the number of transistors 102.
  • Signal line INL1 is connected to multiple transistors 106.
  • signal line INL1 is set to the L level.
  • Transistor 101 is turned on, and transistors 102 and 106 are turned off.
  • signal line INL2 is at the L level and signal line OUTL is at the H level.
  • transistor 106 is also turned off in addition to transistor 102, the leakage current in transistor 102 can be reduced. As a result, fluctuations in the H-level potential of signal line OUTL can be reduced.
  • signal line INL2 When the potential of signal line INL2 is at H level, the NOT circuit 100 shown in FIG. 1A does not perform power gating. Therefore, signal line INL1 remains at H level. Transistor 101 is in the OFF state, and transistors 102 and 106 are in the ON state. As a result, signal line INL2 is at H level and signal line OUTL is at L level.
  • a NOT circuit is a logic gate with one input and one output, but some logic gates may have multiple inputs and multiple outputs.
  • the logic gate will have multiple transistors equivalent to transistors 101 and 102.
  • FIG. 1B is a timing chart explaining the operation of the NOT circuit of FIG. 1A described above.
  • FIG. 1B illustrates the potential of the signal transmitted to signal line INL1 that switches the on/off state of transistor 106, the potential of the input signal of NOT circuit 100 transmitted to signal line INL2, and the potential of the output signal of NOT circuit 100 transmitted to signal line OUTL.
  • period T0 is the non-operating period of the NOT circuit (before operation)
  • period T1 is the operating period of the NOT circuit
  • period T2 is the non-operating period of the NOT circuit (after operation).
  • the non-operating period is a period during which the input signal to the logic circuit is not switched.
  • the operating period is a period during which the input signal to the logic circuit is switched.
  • the potential of signal line INL2 remains at L level (L in the diagram) and the potential is not switched.
  • power gating of the NOT circuit 100 can be performed, and the potential of signal line INL1 is set to L level (L in the diagram) during period T0.
  • the transistor 106 is turned off. The current flowing between the signal line OUTL and the power supply line VLL is cut off, allowing power gating of each logic circuit, such as the NOT circuit 100.
  • the potential of signal line INL2 is switched. Therefore, power gating of NOT circuit 100 is not performed, and the potential of signal line INL1 is set to the H level (H in the figure).
  • Transistor 106 is turned on. It is possible to change the potential of the output signal of signal line OUTL in response to changes in the potential of the input signal of signal line INL2.
  • the logic circuit is a NOT circuit, and in this case, the output signal of signal line OUT can be the inverted logic of the input signal of signal line INL2.
  • the potential of signal line INL2 remains at the L level (L in the diagram) and the potential is not switched. This allows power gating of the NOT circuit 100, and the potential of signal line INL1 is set to the L level during period T2.
  • the transistor 106 is turned off. The current flowing between the signal line OUTL and the power supply line VLL is cut off, allowing power gating of each logic circuit, such as the NOT circuit 100.
  • the leakage current flowing through the transistor 102 can be reduced. This reduces power consumption caused by the leakage current flowing through the transistor 102. This also makes it easier to maintain the H-level potential of the signal line OUTL. This allows the capacitance value of the storage capacitor connected to the signal line OUT to be reduced in order to maintain the potential. As a result, high-speed operation of the logic circuit can be achieved.
  • the signal for controlling power gating transmitted to signal line INL1 is switched to the L level. Furthermore, during the period when signal line INL2, which is the input signal, is set to the H level and the period when signal line IHL2, which is the input signal, is frequently switched between the H level and the L level, the signal for controlling power gating transmitted to signal line INL1 is switched to the H level.
  • This configuration makes it easier to maintain the H level potential of signal line OUTL, reduces the frequency of switching the signal for controlling power gating, and enables lower power consumption.
  • the signal for controlling power gating transmitted to signal line INL1 is set to L level. This configuration makes it easier to maintain the H level potential of signal line OUTL, reduces the frequency of switching the signal for controlling power gating, and enables lower power consumption.
  • Fig. 2 is a diagram schematically illustrating a three-dimensional structure of the logic circuit exemplified by the NOT circuit 100 in Fig. 1A.
  • Fig. 3 is a circuit diagram illustrating the connection relationship between transistors 101, 102, and 106, signal lines INL1, INL2, and OUTL, and power supply lines VHL and VLL, which are stacked in the Z direction in accordance with the three-dimensional structure of the NOT circuit 100 in Fig. 2.
  • the insulating layers surrounding the conductive and semiconductor layers have been omitted to simplify the drawing. Also, some of the semiconductor layers in Figure 2 are shown with dotted lines to show how they are surrounded by conductive layers via insulating layers.
  • the direction perpendicular to the surface of the substrate on which the NOT circuit 100 is provided is defined as the Z-axis direction.
  • the Z-axis direction may also be referred to as the direction perpendicular to the surface of the substrate throughout this specification. Note that "perpendicular” refers to an arrangement at an angle of 85 degrees or greater and 95 degrees or less.
  • the X, Y, and Z directions may be defined to explain the arrangement of each element.
  • the X, Y, and Z directions are defined to explain the arrangement of each element that makes up the semiconductor device.
  • the X, Y, and Z directions are perpendicular to each other.
  • conductive layers that function as signal line INL2, power supply line VHL, and signal line OUTL are shown on the substrate side.
  • the conductive layers that function as signal line INL2, power supply line VHL, and signal line OUTL are wiring provided on layer L1 in the schematic diagram shown in Figure 3.
  • the wiring provided in layer L1 corresponds to a conductive layer provided in a semiconductor substrate containing silicon, germanium, silicon-germanium, etc., or in a Si-On-Insulator (SOI) substrate.
  • the wiring provided in layer L1 can be formed, for example, by processing a silicon substrate and filling grooves with a conductor.
  • the width and depth of the wiring can be made larger than when the power supply lines VHL and VLL are provided in the upper layer, layer L5. This makes it possible to reduce the voltage drop associated with the placement of the power supply lines VHL and VLL.
  • conductive layer 101S, semiconductor layer 101I, conductive layer 101D, and conductive layer 101G of transistor 101 are shown above the conductive layers that function as signal line INL2, power supply line VHL, and signal line OUTL (insulating layers around conductive layer 101S, semiconductor layer 101I, conductive layer 101D, and conductive layer 101G are not shown).
  • Conductive layer 101S and conductive layer 101D are electrodes that function as the source or drain of transistor 101.
  • Conductive layer 101G is an electrode that functions as the gate of transistor 101.
  • Semiconductor layer 101I is a semiconductor layer that has a channel formation region of transistor 101.
  • Transistor 101 which includes conductive layer 101S, semiconductor layer 101I, conductive layer 101D, and conductive layer 101G, is a transistor provided in layer L2 in the schematic diagram shown in FIG. 3.
  • transistor 101 is connected to signal line INL2, for example, via conductive layer 101G and conductive layer 101L. As shown in Figures 2 and 3, transistor 101 is connected to power supply line VHL, for example, via conductive layer 101S. As shown in Figures 2 and 3, transistor 101 is connected to signal line OUTL, for example, via conductive layer 101D and conductive layer 101M.
  • transistor 101 which has conductive layer 101S, semiconductor layer 101I, conductive layer 101D, and conductive layer 101G (insulating layers around conductive layer 102S, semiconductor layer 102I, conductive layer 102D, and conductive layer 102G are not shown).
  • Conductive layer 102S and conductive layer 102D are electrodes that function as the source or drain of transistor 102.
  • Conductive layer 102G is an electrode that functions as the gate of transistor 102.
  • Semiconductor layer 102I is a semiconductor layer that has a channel formation region of transistor 102.
  • Transistor 102 which has conductive layer 102S, semiconductor layer 102I, conductive layer 102D, and conductive layer 102G, is a transistor provided in layer L3 of the schematic diagram shown in FIG. 3.
  • transistor 102 is connected to signal line INL2 via, for example, conductive layer 102G, conductive layer 101G, and conductive layer 101L. Because conductive layer 102G is connected to conductive layer 101G, the conductive layer can be shared. As shown in Figures 2 and 3, transistor 102 is connected to transistor 106 via conductive layer 102S and conductive layer 102L. As shown in Figures 2 and 3, transistor 102 is connected to signal line OUTL via conductive layer 101D, conductive layer 102N, conductive layer 102M, and conductive layer 101M.
  • Figure 2 shows a configuration in which layer L2, which has pMOS transistor 101, and layer L3, which has nMOS transistor 102, are driven by the same conductive layer that functions as a gate. It is also possible to form layer L2, which has pMOS transistor 101, and layer L3, which has nMOS transistor 102, on separate substrates and then bond them together.
  • transistors 101 and 102 are shown as having a GAA nanosheet structure.
  • the GAA nanosheet structure allows the semiconductor layer to be surrounded by a conductive layer that functions as the gate, enabling transistors to be miniaturized and highly integrated.
  • Semiconductor layers 101I and 102I are preferably made of silicon. Transistors 101 and 102 having silicon in semiconductor layers 101I and 102I are also called Si transistors. When semiconductor layers 101I and 102I are made of silicon, silicon and silicon germanium can be alternately stacked, and silicon germanium can be used as a sacrificial layer that is selectively etched. Therefore, semiconductor layers 101I and 102I can be surrounded by conductive layers 101G and 102G that function as gates.
  • Transistor 101 can be made a pMOS by selectively doping p-type impurities into semiconductor layer 101I.
  • Transistor 102 can be made an nMOS by selectively doping n-type impurities into semiconductor layer 102I.
  • a CFET can be formed by stacking transistor 101, a pMOS with a GAA nanosheet structure, and transistor 102, an nMOS with a GAA nanosheet structure, in the Z direction.
  • Conductive layers 101L, 101M, 102L, 102M, 102N, 101G, and 102G are preferably made of a material containing a metal element such as titanium or aluminum. Furthermore, conductive layers 101S and 101D, as well as conductive layers 102S and 102D, are preferably made of conductive silicon. When semiconductor layers 101I and 102I are made of silicon, conductive silicon can be formed by epitaxially growing semiconductor layers 101I and 102I and adding an element that imparts conductivity to the silicon obtained.
  • Transistors 101 and 102 may have any structure that allows for miniaturization and high integration, and may also have, for example, a FinFET structure or a planar structure.
  • transistor 106 the conductive layer 106S, semiconductor layer 106I, conductive layer 106D, and conductive layer 106G of transistor 106 are shown above transistor 102, which has conductive layer 102S, semiconductor layer 102I, conductive layer 102D, and conductive layer 102G (insulating layers around conductive layer 106S, semiconductor layer 106I, conductive layer 106D, and conductive layer 106G are not shown).
  • Conductive layer 106S and conductive layer 106D are electrodes that function as the source or drain of transistor 106.
  • Conductive layer 106G is an electrode that functions as the gate of transistor 106.
  • Semiconductor layer 106I is a semiconductor layer that has a channel formation region of transistor 106.
  • Transistor 106 which has conductive layer 106S, semiconductor layer 106I, conductive layer 106D, and conductive layer 106G, is a transistor provided in layer L4 of the schematic diagram shown in FIG. 3.
  • transistor 106 is connected to signal line INL1 via, for example, conductive layer 106G and conductive layer 102L. As shown in Figures 2 and 3, transistor 106 is connected to transistor 102 via conductive layer 106S and conductive layer 102L. As shown in Figures 2 and 3, transistor 106 is connected to power supply line VLL via conductive layer 101D.
  • the transistor 106 is shown as having a planar structure. It is also possible to provide a conductive layer that functions as a back gate in the region that overlaps with the conductive layer 106G, sandwiching the semiconductor layer 106I.
  • the transistor 106 may have any structure that allows for miniaturization and high integration of the transistor, and may also have, for example, a planar structure, a vertical transistor, or a GAA nanosheet structure.
  • the conductive layers 106L, 106G, 106S, and 106D are preferably made of a material containing a metal element such as titanium or aluminum.
  • the semiconductor layer 106I is preferably made of indium oxide.
  • a transistor 106 having indium oxide in the semiconductor layer 106I is also referred to as an IO transistor. For a configuration example of an IO transistor, see Embodiment 2 described below.
  • an oxide semiconductor such as In-Ga-Zn oxide (IGZO) can also be used for the semiconductor layer 106I.
  • a transistor having IGZO in the semiconductor layer 106I is called an IGZO transistor.
  • OS transistors The above-described transistor having indium oxide in the semiconductor layer 106I and a transistor having IGZO in the semiconductor layer 106I are collectively referred to as OS transistors.
  • the indium oxide film that can be used for the semiconductor layer 106I of the transistor 106 is a film through which one or both of hydrogen and oxygen move more easily than, for example, an In-Ga-Zn oxide film (IGZO film). Therefore, it can be said that the indium oxide film is a film through which one or both of hydrogen and oxygen are more easily supplied and from which one or both of hydrogen and oxygen are more easily discharged than, for example, an IGZO film. Note that it can be said that the indium oxide film is a film that is more permeable to one or both of hydrogen and oxygen than, for example, an IGZO film. In other words, it can be said that the indium oxide film is a film that has lower barrier properties against one or both of hydrogen and oxygen than, for example, an IGZO film.
  • IGZO film In-Ga-Zn oxide film
  • An indium oxide film has a property that oxygen permeates at, for example, 1 ⁇ 10 20 atoms/cm 3 to 2 ⁇ 10 21 atoms/cm 3 , preferably 2 ⁇ 10 20 atoms/cm 3 to 1 ⁇ 10 21 atoms/cm 3 , during heat treatment at a heating temperature of 400° C. for 8 hours. Furthermore, an indium oxide film has a property that oxygen diffuses within crystal grains at, for example, 1 ⁇ 10 20 atoms/cm 3 to 2 ⁇ 10 21 atoms/cm 3 , preferably 2 ⁇ 10 20 atoms/cm 3 to 1 ⁇ 10 21 atoms/cm 3 , during heat treatment at a heating temperature of 400° C. for 8 hours.
  • Oxygen in the indium oxide film diffuses through the crystal grains and the crystal grain boundaries, thereby reducing V 2 O present in the crystal grains or the crystal grain boundaries, thereby improving the electrical characteristics and reliability of the transistor.
  • the content of the first element in the semiconductor layer of the IO transistor is preferably low. Furthermore, the concentration of the first element in the semiconductor layer is preferably low. In particular, the concentration of the first element in the channel formation region is preferably low.
  • the first element is at least one of boron, carbon, aluminum, silicon, zinc, and gallium.
  • the concentration of any one of boron, carbon, aluminum, silicon, zinc, and gallium is preferably low; it is more preferable that the concentrations of two selected from boron, carbon, aluminum, silicon, zinc, and gallium are low; and it is even more preferable that the concentrations of all of boron, carbon, aluminum, silicon, zinc, and gallium are low.
  • the concentration of the first element in the semiconductor layer is, for example, preferably 1 atomic% or less, more preferably 0.1 atomic% or less, and even more preferably 0.01 atomic% (100 ppm) or less.
  • the preferred concentration of the first element in the semiconductor layer can also be said to be the preferred concentration of the first element in the channel formation region.
  • the crystallinity of the semiconductor layer can be improved.
  • the gallium atoms bond with excess oxygen atoms to form a Ga-O structure.
  • the Ga-O structure functions as an acceptor that traps electrons. Therefore, in IO transistors containing gallium atoms and excess oxygen atoms, the threshold voltage fluctuation in PBTS (Positive Bias Temperature Stress) testing is large. Therefore, by lowering the gallium concentration in the semiconductor layer, the threshold voltage fluctuation in PBTS testing can be reduced. This results in a transistor with high reliability when a positive bias is applied. Note that the same phenomenon as when gallium atoms are included can occur when the semiconductor layer of an IO transistor contains zinc atoms.
  • aluminum atoms, gallium atoms, and zinc atoms have stronger bonding strength with oxygen atoms. Therefore, by lowering the concentrations of aluminum, gallium, and zinc in the indium oxide film, it is possible to prevent a decrease in permeability to oxygen.
  • impurities such as the first element contained in the indium oxide film can become crystal nuclei.
  • the impurities in the indium oxide film as much as possible, the number of crystal nuclei can be reduced, promoting the growth of larger crystal grain sizes.
  • the indium oxide film is a polycrystalline film
  • the first element segregates at the grain boundaries, forming an oxide containing the first element. Because this oxide has insulating properties, it may cause a decrease in the on-state current or field-effect mobility of the transistor. By reducing the first element in the indium oxide film as much as possible, the on-state current or field-effect mobility of the transistor can be increased.
  • the field-effect mobility of the transistor can be 100 cm 2 /(V ⁇ s) or more, preferably 150 cm 2 /(V ⁇ s) or more, more preferably 200 cm 2 /(V ⁇ s) or more, and further preferably 250 cm 2 /(V ⁇ s) or more. Therefore, an OS transistor including an IO transistor can be a transistor with excellent field-effect mobility.
  • the band gap of indium oxide is 2.5 eV or more and 3.7 eV or less.
  • IO transistors are accumulation-type transistors that use electrons as the majority carriers.
  • the carriers in IO transistors are electrons.
  • the carrier relaxation time is a constant value, the smaller the effective mass of the electron (carrier), the higher the electron mobility (carrier mobility).
  • the on-current or field-effect mobility of the transistor can be increased.
  • the effective mass of electrons in indium oxide is small. Therefore, by using indium oxide, which has a small effective electron mass, in the semiconductor layer, it is possible to realize transistors with large on-state currents, high field-effect mobility, and high frequency characteristics (also called f-characteristics).
  • Another feature of indium oxide is that the effective mass of electrons is almost independent of crystal orientation. Furthermore, the effective mass of electrons in indium oxide is smaller than the effective mass of electrons in silicon, for example. Therefore, from the perspective of effective electron mass, the f-characteristics of a transistor using indium oxide in the channel formation region are higher than the f-characteristics of a Si transistor.
  • Indium oxide has a large effective mass of holes. Therefore, by using indium oxide, which has a large effective mass of holes, in the semiconductor layer, it is possible to realize a transistor with an extremely small off-state current. Furthermore, the effective mass of holes in indium oxide is larger than the effective mass of holes in, for example, silicon. Therefore, from the perspective of the effective mass of holes, the off-state current of an IO transistor is significantly smaller than the off-state current of a Si transistor.
  • the off-state current per ⁇ m of channel width of an IO transistor at room temperature can be set to 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 17 A/ ⁇ m or less, preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 18 A/ ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 19 A / ⁇ m or less.
  • the off-state current per ⁇ m of channel width at 85° C. can be set to 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 16 A/ ⁇ m or less, preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 17 A/ ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 18 A/ ⁇ m or less. Therefore, OS transistors including IO transistors can be transistors with an extremely low off-state current per ⁇ m of channel width at 85° C.
  • CMOS logic circuit As described above, by using an OS transistor as the transistor 106, it is possible to realize a transistor that has both field-effect mobility comparable to that of a Si transistor and extremely low leakage current. Therefore, when a CMOS logic circuit is configured using a Si pMOS transistor and an OS nMOS transistor, the transistor sizes can be made approximately the same. By using a combination of OS transistors and Si transistors, a CMOS logic circuit that consumes low power and operates at high speed can be realized.
  • IO transistors have semiconductor layers with excellent crystallinity, they can be made into highly reliable transistors. By combining IO transistors with Si transistors, it is possible to realize highly reliable CMOS logic circuits capable of high-speed operation.
  • conductive layers functioning as a signal line INL1 and a power supply line VLL are shown in the upper layer of the transistor 106, which has conductive layer 106S, semiconductor layer 106I, conductive layer 106D, and conductive layer 106G.
  • the conductive layers functioning as the signal line INL1 and power supply line VLL are wiring provided on layer L5 in the schematic diagram shown in FIG. 3.
  • transistors 101, 102, and 106 of a logic circuit such as a NOT circuit are provided on layers L2 to L4, and a power supply line VHL that transmits a high power supply potential is provided on layer L1.
  • transistors 101, 102, and 106 of a logic circuit such as a NOT circuit are provided on layers L2 to L4, and a power supply line VLL that transmits a low power supply potential is provided on layer L5.
  • This configuration makes it possible to arrange the power supply lines, logic circuits, and signal lines so that they overlap in the Z direction. This allows for shorter wiring between the logic circuits and signal lines, and between the logic circuits and power supply lines. Furthermore, even when a transistor for controlling power gating and wiring that controls this transistor are added, it is possible to prevent a decrease in integration level and an increase in layout area.
  • the circuit diagram shown in Figure 3 also illustrates a configuration in which pMOS transistor 101 is provided in layer L2, and a power supply line VHL that transmits a high power supply potential is provided in layer L1.
  • the circuit diagram shown in Figure 3 also illustrates a configuration in which nMOS transistor 106 is provided in layer L4, and a power supply line VLL that transmits a low power supply potential is provided in layer L5.
  • the circuit diagram shown in Figure 3 also illustrates a configuration in which transistor 106 is provided in layer L4, and a signal line INL1 that transmits a signal to control transistor 106 is provided in layer L5. This configuration makes it possible to shorten the length of the wiring between the signal line and the transistor, and the length of the wiring between the power supply line and the transistor.
  • transistor 101 which is controlled by the same signal
  • transistor 102 is provided on layer L3.
  • This configuration makes it possible to shorten the wiring connecting transistors 101 and 102, which are arranged on layers adjacent in the Z direction.
  • signal line INL1 which transmits a signal to control transistors 101 and 102, is provided on layer L1. This configuration makes it possible to shorten the length of the wiring between the signal line and the transistor, compared to when signal line INL1 is arranged on an upper layer, for example, layer L5.
  • transistor 106 which functions as a switch that controls power gating, on a logic circuit that includes transistors 101 and 102, it is possible to arrange transistors for power gating on a logic circuit basis without reducing the degree of integration of the transistors. Furthermore, by using an OS transistor, which has both field-effect mobility comparable to that of a Si transistor and extremely low leakage current, as transistor 106, it is possible to reduce power consumption due to leakage current during power gating and to suppress a decrease in operating speed during normal operation.
  • connection between transistor and signal line Although an example of a semiconductor device to which one embodiment of the present invention is applied has been described above in which power supply lines and signal lines are arranged in a layer below a logic circuit, one embodiment of the present invention is not limited to this.
  • a structural example of a connection between a transistor and a signal line according to one embodiment of the present invention, which is different from the structural example shown in FIG. 3, will be described. Note that the above description will be used for the same structure as that shown in FIG. 3, and repeated description may be omitted.
  • FIG. 4 is a circuit diagram in which signal lines INL1, INL2, and OUTL are arranged on layer L5, which is an upper layer above layers L2 to L4 in which transistors 101, 102, and 106 that constitute the logic circuit illustrated by NOT circuit 100 in FIG. 3 are provided, and power supply lines VHL and VLL are arranged on layer L1, which is a lower layer.
  • the signal lines INL1, INL2, and OUTL provided on layer L5 can be more easily connected to the wiring provided on multiple layers above layer L5 than the wiring provided on layers L1 to L4. Therefore, by arranging the signal lines INL1, INL2, and OUTL that transmit signals from the logic circuit on layer L5, the degree of freedom in arranging the wiring for connections within the logic circuit can be increased.
  • the effects of noise between the wiring that transmits signals can be reduced. Furthermore, by arranging the signal lines INL1, INL2, and OUTL in multiple layers above layer L5, the effects on the signal lines INL1, INL2, and OUT caused by the switching of the on/off states of the transistors provided on layers L2 to L4 can be reduced.
  • the power supply lines VHL and VLL that transmit the power supply potential are arranged across the area where the logic circuit is located.
  • the power supply lines VHL and VLL that transmit the power supply potential are formed by processing a silicon substrate or the like corresponding to the lower layer L1
  • the width and depth of the power supply lines VHL and VLL can be made wider than when they are arranged in the upper layer L5. This makes it possible to reduce the voltage drop associated with the arrangement of the power supply lines VHL and VLL.
  • Figure 5 is a circuit diagram in which power supply lines VHL and VLL are arranged on both layer L5, which is the layer above layers L2 to L4 in which transistors 101, 102, and 106 that make up the logic circuit illustrated as a NOT circuit in Figure 4 are provided, and layer L1, which is the layer below.
  • the voltage drop associated with the arrangement of power supply lines VHL and VLL can be further reduced. Furthermore, by arranging power supply lines VHL and VLL in multiple layers, layers L1 and L5, transistors in layers close to layer L5 can be connected to the power supply lines VHL and VLL of layer L5, and transistors close to layer L1 can be connected to the power supply lines VHL and VLL of layer L1. This makes it easier to connect to transistors 101, 102, and 106 that make up the logic circuit.
  • FIG. 6 is a circuit diagram in which the transistor 106 of layer L4, which is provided in the logic circuit illustrated as the NOT circuit 100 in FIG. 3, is omitted from the logic circuit that functions as another NOT circuit 103.
  • the configuration includes a NOT circuit 100 that includes a transistor 106, and a NOT circuit 103 that does not include a transistor 106.
  • the configuration compared to a case in which a transistor 106 is provided as in the NOT circuit 100, it is possible to partially omit the transistor 106 and signal line INL1, as in the NOT circuit 103. It is effective to apply this configuration to logic circuits in which power gating cannot be expected to reduce power consumption.
  • FIG. 7 is a circuit diagram in which the transistor 106 constituting the logic circuit exemplified by the NOT circuit 100 in FIG. 6 is provided on layer L3.
  • one embodiment of the present invention can be configured such that additional functions are added by connecting transistors to signal lines of a logic circuit.
  • FIG. 8A illustrates the configuration of a circuit diagram in which a transistor 104A and a capacitance element CS are added to the semiconductor device that functions as the NOT circuit described in FIG. 1A. Note that the above description applies to the configuration shown in FIG. 8A that is similar to that of FIG. 1A, and repeated description may be omitted.
  • One of the source or drain of transistor 104A is connected to signal line INL2.
  • the other of the source or drain of transistor 104A is connected to one electrode of capacitance element CS.
  • the gate of transistor 104A is connected to signal line INS1.
  • the other end of capacitance element CS is connected to a constant potential line, for example, a ground line.
  • Signal line INS1 is a wiring that transmits a signal that controls the on/off state of transistor 104A.
  • Transistor 104A functions as a switch. Transistor 104A is in the on state when the potential of signal line INS1 is H level, and in the off state when it is L level.
  • the transistor 104A is preferably an n-channel transistor, particularly an OS transistor.
  • An OS transistor can have both field-effect mobility comparable to that of a Si transistor and extremely low leakage current. Therefore, by turning off the transistor 104A, a charge corresponding to the potential of the signal transmitted to the signal line INL2 can be held in the capacitor CS.
  • Figure 8B is a timing chart explaining the operation of the circuit having the transistor 104A and capacitor CS in Figure 8A described above.
  • Figure 8B illustrates the potential of the signal transmitted to signal line INS1 that switches the on/off state of transistor 104A, the input signal of NOT circuit 100 transmitted to signal line INL2, and the input signal corresponding to the potential held in capacitor CS.
  • the signal on signal line INS1 is set to H level, turning transistor 104A on.
  • Signal line INL2 and capacitance element CS are brought into a conductive state.
  • the potential V1 of the input signal can be applied to capacitance element CS.
  • the signal on signal line INS1 is set to L level, turning transistor 104A off.
  • Signal line INL2 and capacitance element CS are brought into a non-conductive state.
  • the potential V1 of the input signal is held in capacitance element CS.
  • the potential V1 held in capacitance element CS can continue to be held even after the potential of signal line INL2 changes.
  • the signal on signal line INS1 is again set to H level, turning transistor 104A on.
  • Signal line INL2 and capacitance element CS are brought into a conductive state.
  • the potential V2 of the input signal can be applied to capacitance element CS.
  • the signal on signal line INS1 is set to L level, turning transistor 104A off.
  • Signal line INL2 and capacitance element CS are brought into a non-conductive state.
  • the potential V1 of the input signal is held in capacitance element CS.
  • the potential V2 held in capacitance element CS can continue to be held even after the potential of signal line INL2 changes.
  • the circuit in FIG. 8A that includes the transistor 104A and the capacitor CS can hold a potential corresponding to the input signal on the signal line INL2 at any timing. Therefore, the potential corresponding to the input signal held in the capacitor CS can be used as backup data for the input signal.
  • a semiconductor device that functions as a NOT circuit can quickly restore a state using the backup data.
  • the addition of the capacitor CS can reduce the impact on the charging and discharging of the signal supplied to the signal line INL2 during normal operation.
  • Figure 9A illustrates a configuration example different from that of Figure 8A in a semiconductor device that functions as the NOT circuit described in Figure 1A.
  • Figure 9A illustrates a circuit diagram configuration in which transistor 104B is added. Note that in the configuration illustrated in Figure 9A, the above explanation is used for the same configuration as in Figure 1A, and repeated explanation may be omitted.
  • One of the source or drain of transistor 104B is connected to signal line INL0.
  • the other of the source or drain of transistor 104B is connected to signal line INL2.
  • the gate of transistor 104B is connected to signal line INS2.
  • Signal line INS2 is a wiring that transmits a signal that controls the on/off state of transistor 104B.
  • Transistor 104B is a transistor that functions as a switch. Transistor 104B is in the on state when the potential of signal line INS2 is H level, and in the off state when it is L level.
  • the transistor 104B is preferably an n-channel transistor, particularly an OS transistor.
  • An OS transistor can be a transistor that combines field-effect mobility comparable to that of a Si transistor with extremely low leakage current. Therefore, by turning off the transistor 104B, a charge corresponding to the potential of the signal transmitted to the signal line INL0 can be held in the signal line INL2.
  • Figure 9B is a timing chart explaining the operation of the circuit having transistor 104B in Figure 9A described above.
  • Figure 9B illustrates the potential of the signal transmitted to signal line INS2 that switches transistor 104B between the on and off states, and the potential of the input signal to NOT circuit 100 transmitted to signal lines INL0 and INL2.
  • the circuit including the transistor 104B in FIG. 9A can maintain a potential corresponding to the signal on the signal line INL2 at any timing. Therefore, the circuit can continue to operate even when the supply of a signal to the signal line INL0 is stopped. Furthermore, as described above, the transistor 104B, which is an OS transistor, can maintain a potential corresponding to the signal on the signal line INL2 by turning it off, so the circuit can maintain the signal immediately before turning it off.
  • [NAND circuit] 10 shows an example of a semiconductor device that functions as a NAND circuit.
  • a NAND circuit 111 shown in Fig. 10 includes transistors 101a, 101b, 102a, 102b, and 106.
  • the transistors 101a, 101b, 102a, 102b, and the transistor 106 are connected as shown in Fig. 10.
  • the NAND circuit 111 is connected to the power supply lines VHL and VLL.
  • a signal line INL1 is connected to the gate of transistor 106.
  • a signal line INL2_A is connected to the gates of transistors 101a and 102a.
  • a signal line INL2_B is connected to the gates of transistors 101b and 102b.
  • a signal line OUTL is connected to either the source or drain of transistors 101a, 101b, and 102a.
  • transistors 101a and 101b correspond to the above-mentioned transistor 101
  • transistors 102a and 102b correspond to the above-mentioned transistor 102
  • Signal lines INL2_A and INL2_B correspond to the above-mentioned signal line INL2.
  • power gating can be achieved by turning transistor 106 off when not in operation, thereby reducing the power consumption of NAND circuit 111. Specifically, by turning transistor 106 off during a period when there is no change in the potential input to signal line INL2_A and signal line INL2_B, leakage current from transistors 102a and 102b can be suppressed.
  • [NOR circuit] 11 shows an example of a semiconductor device that functions as a NOR circuit.
  • a NOR circuit 112 shown in FIG. 11 includes transistors 101a, 101b, 102a, 102b, 106a, and 106b.
  • the transistors 101a, 101b, 102a, 102b, 106a, and 106b are connected as shown in FIG.
  • the NOR circuit 112 is connected to the power supply lines VHL and VLL.
  • a signal line INL1 is connected to the gates of transistors 106a and 106b.
  • a signal line INL2_A is connected to the gates of transistors 101a and 102a.
  • a signal line INL2_B is connected to the gates of transistors 101b and 102b.
  • a signal line OUTL is connected to either the source or drain of transistors 101a, 102a, and 102b.
  • transistors 101a and 101b correspond to the above-mentioned transistor 101
  • transistors 102a and 102b correspond to the above-mentioned transistor 102
  • transistors 106a and 106b correspond to the above-mentioned transistor 106.
  • Signal lines INL2_A and INL2_B correspond to the above-mentioned signal line INL2.
  • transistor 106a between transistor 102a and power supply line VLL and transistor 106b between transistor 102b and power supply line VLL
  • power gating can be achieved by turning off transistors 106a and 106b when not in operation.
  • the power consumption of the NOR circuit 112 can be reduced.
  • transistors 106a and 106b during a period when there is no change in the potential input to signal line INL2_A and signal line INL2_B, leakage current from transistors 102a and 102b can be suppressed.
  • leakage current can be suppressed in NOT circuits, NOR circuits, and NAND circuits, the occurrence of leakage current can be suppressed in various logic circuits such as flip-flops, frequency dividers, and ring oscillators.
  • FIG. 12A shows a D flip-flop as an example of a semiconductor device that functions as a flip-flop.
  • a D flip-flop 113 shown in FIG. 12A an input signal is input to terminal D, and a clock signal is input to terminal CLK. Furthermore, a first output signal is output from terminal Q, and a second output signal is output from terminal Qb.
  • FIG. 12B shows an example of a specific circuit configuration of the D flip-flop 113.
  • the D flip-flop 113 includes NAND circuits 111a to 111d. The terminals of the NAND circuits 111a to 111d and the D flip-flop 113 are connected as shown in FIG. 11.
  • the NAND circuits 111a to 111d by using a semiconductor device that functions as the NAND circuit shown in FIG. 10 as the NAND circuits 111a to 111d, it is possible to reduce leakage current in the NAND circuits 111a to 111d. This makes it possible to reduce power consumption in the D flip-flop 113 when it is not operating. Note that it is sufficient that at least a portion of the NAND circuits 111a to 111d included in the D flip-flop 113 are configured to reduce off-state current when it is not operating.
  • this embodiment shows an example in which a D flip-flop is formed as the flip-flop, this is not limited thereto, and leakage current can be reduced by using the configuration shown in this embodiment in various flip-flops such as an RS flip-flop, a JK flip-flop, and a T flip-flop.
  • Figure 12C shows an example of a frequency divider circuit formed using the configuration described in this embodiment.
  • the frequency divider circuit 114 shown in Figure 12C has D flip-flops 113a to 113c.
  • the D flip-flops 113a to 113c have the same configuration as the D flip-flop 113 shown in Figure 12A.
  • the terminal CLK of the D flip-flop 113a functions as the input terminal of the frequency divider circuit 114, the terminal Qb is connected to the terminal D, and the terminal Q is connected to the terminal CLK of the D flip-flop 113b.
  • the terminal Qb of the D flip-flop 113b is connected to the terminal D, and the terminal Q is connected to the terminal CLK of the D flip-flop 113c.
  • the terminal Qb of the D flip-flop 113c is connected to the terminal D, and the terminal Q functions as the output terminal of the frequency divider circuit 114.
  • the D flip-flops 113a to 113c are D flip-flops with reduced leakage current, it is possible to reduce the leakage current in the D flip-flops 113a to 113c. This makes it possible to suppress an increase in leakage current in the frequency divider circuit 114 and reduce power consumption when not in operation.
  • the frequency divider circuit 114 shown in Figure 12C uses three D flip-flops, this is not limited to this and can be set as appropriate.
  • [Register] 13 shows an example of a semiconductor device that functions as a register.
  • the register 115 shown in FIG. 13 includes NOT circuits 100a and 100b and switches 161 and 162.
  • the NOT circuit 100a includes transistors 101a, 102a, and 106a.
  • the NOT circuit 100b includes transistors 101b, 102b, and 106b.
  • the transistors 101a, 102a, 106a, 101b, 102b, and 106b and the switches 161 and 162 are connected as shown in FIG.
  • Register 115 is connected to power supply lines VHL and VLL as shown in FIG. 13.
  • Signal line INL1 is connected to the gates of transistors 106a and 106b.
  • Signal line INL1 is connected to the gates of transistors 101a and 102a via switch 161.
  • Either the source or drain of transistors 101a and 102a is connected to the gates of transistors 101b and 102b and signal line OUTL.
  • Either the source or drain of transistors 101b and 102b is connected to the gates of transistors 101a and 102a via switch 162.
  • NOT circuits 100a and 100b correspond to the NOT circuit 100 described above
  • transistors 101a and 101b correspond to the transistor 101 described above
  • transistors 102a and 102b correspond to the transistor 102 described above
  • transistors 106a and 106b correspond to the transistor 106 described above.
  • Switches 161 and 162 can use transistors fabricated in the same layer as any of the transistors described above.
  • transistor 106a is provided between transistor 102a and power supply line VLL
  • transistor 106b is provided between transistor 102b and power supply line VLL.
  • FIG. 14 An example of a semiconductor device that functions as a ring oscillator is shown in Fig. 14.
  • the ring oscillator 116 shown in Fig. 13 has NOT circuits 100a to 100e.
  • the NOT circuits 100a to 100e are connected as shown in Fig. 14.
  • the NOT circuit 100 with reduced leakage current described above is used as the NOT circuits 100a to 100e, it is possible to reduce the leakage current in the NOT circuits 100a to 100e. This makes it possible to suppress an increase in leakage current in the ring oscillator 116 and reduce power consumption when not in operation.
  • the ring oscillator shown in FIG. 14 uses five NOT circuits, this is not limited to this and the number can be set as appropriate.
  • a transistor with a low off-state current such as an OS transistor, is provided between the power supply lines used in the CMOS logic circuit that is provided in series with the pMOS and nMOS, and when the nMOS Si transistor is off, the transistor with a low off-state current is turned off. This makes it possible to suppress leakage current that occurs in the CMOS logic circuit provided in the semiconductor device and reduce power consumption during operation.
  • This embodiment can be implemented by appropriately combining at least a portion of it with other embodiments described in this specification.
  • Embodiment 2 In this embodiment, a structural example of a transistor applicable to the IO transistor described in Embodiment 1 and a structural example of a transistor applicable to a Si transistor will be described.
  • ⁇ Configuration Example 1 of IO Transistor> 15A and 15D show an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a transistor applicable to the IO transistor of the first embodiment.
  • Figure 15A is a plan view of a transistor 200 applicable to the IO transistor of embodiment 1 above.
  • Figure 15B is a cross-sectional view of the portion indicated by the dashed dotted line A1-A2 in Figure 15A, and is also a cross-sectional view of transistor 200 in the channel length direction.
  • Figure 15C is a cross-sectional view of the portion indicated by the dashed dotted line A3-A4 in Figure 15A, and is also a cross-sectional view of transistor 200 in the channel width direction.
  • Figure 15D is a cross-sectional view of the portion indicated by the dashed dotted line A5-A6 in Figure 15A. Note that some elements have been omitted from the plan view of Figure 15A to clarify the illustration. Some elements may also be omitted from the subsequent plan views.
  • Transistor 200 has a conductive layer 205, an insulating layer 221 on conductive layer 205, an insulating layer 222 on insulating layer 221, an insulating layer 224 on insulating layer 222, a layer 229 on insulating layer 224, a semiconductor layer 230 covering layer 229, conductive layers 242a and 242b on semiconductor layer 230, an insulating layer 250 on semiconductor layer 230, and a conductive layer 260 on insulating layer 250.
  • the conductive layer 260 functions as a first gate electrode (which can also be referred to as an upper gate electrode or a top gate electrode), and the insulating layer 250 functions as a first gate insulating layer.
  • the conductive layer 205 functions as a second gate electrode (which can also be referred to as a lower gate electrode, a bottom gate electrode, or a back gate), and the insulating layers 224, 222, and 221 each function as a second gate insulating layer.
  • the conductive layer 242a functions as one of a source electrode and a drain electrode, and the conductive layer 242b functions as the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode.
  • An insulating layer 275 is provided on the conductive layers 242a and 242b, and an insulating layer 280 is provided on the insulating layer 275.
  • An opening 289 is formed in the insulating layers 280 and 275, reaching the insulating layer 222 and the semiconductor layer 230, and the opening 289 overlaps the region between the conductive layers 242a and 242b.
  • the side of the insulating layer 280 at the opening 289 coincides or approximately coincides with the side of the conductive layer 242a and the side of the conductive layer 242b.
  • Insulating layer 250 and conductive layer 260 are disposed inside opening 289.
  • Insulating layer 282 is provided in contact with the upper surface of insulating layer 280, the upper end of insulating layer 250, and the upper surface of conductive layer 260.
  • Insulating layer 283 is provided on insulating layer 282.
  • Insulating layer 216 is provided below insulating layer 221, insulating layer 214 is provided below insulating layer 216 and conductive layer 205, and insulating layer 212 is provided below insulating layer 214.
  • Insulating layer 212 is provided on a substrate (not shown). Insulating layers 212, 214, 280, 282, 283, and 285 function as interlayer films.
  • Openings reaching conductive layer 242a are formed in insulating layers 285, 283, 282, 280, and 275, and conductive layers 243a and 241a are provided in the openings. Insulating layer 241a is provided in contact with the sidewalls of the openings, and conductive layer 243a is provided inside insulating layer 241a. Openings reaching conductive layer 242b are formed in insulating layers 285, 283, 282, 280, and 275, and conductive layers 243b and 241b are provided in the openings. Insulating layer 241b is provided in contact with the sidewalls of the openings, and conductive layer 243b is provided inside insulating layer 241b. Conductive layers 243a and 243b function as vias connecting wiring or the like provided on transistor 200 to the source or drain of transistor 200.
  • the semiconductor layer 230 includes a channel formation region, and a source region and a drain region sandwiching the channel formation region, as in the transistor 200. That is, the semiconductor layer 230 has a channel formation region, a source region, and a drain region. At least a portion of the channel formation region overlaps with the conductive layer 260. The source region overlaps with the conductive layer 242a, and the drain region overlaps with the conductive layer 242b. Note that the source region and the drain region can be interchanged. The source region and the drain region are n-type regions (low-resistance regions) with a higher carrier concentration than the channel formation region.
  • the semiconductor layer 230 may have a single-layer structure or a stacked structure of two or more layers.
  • the semiconductor layer 230 is physically separated between adjacent transistors 200 in the channel length direction. This configuration prevents the Row Hammer effect and the passing gate effect when the transistor 200 is used in a memory cell.
  • the Row Hammer effect refers to a phenomenon in which accumulated charge leaks to an adjacent word line, causing malfunction, in a configuration in which the word lines (conductive layers 260) of two transistors are adjacent and the channel formation regions of the two transistors are connected.
  • the passing gate effect refers to a phenomenon in which charge moves to a floating gate or gate insulating layer, forming an unintended current path or causing changes in characteristics such as threshold voltage fluctuations.
  • the opening in which conductive layer 243a is provided is located so as not to overlap layer 229. Furthermore, in a plan view, conductive layer 243a is provided so as to be located between layer 229 and conductive layer 260. This configuration allows the shape of the opening to be improved. Therefore, contact defects can be suppressed, and a highly reliable semiconductor device can be provided.
  • layer 229 which can improve the crystallinity of semiconductor layer 230.
  • Layer 229 has crystals. Layer 229 functions as a seed or nucleus when a process for increasing the crystallinity of semiconductor layer 230 is performed. In other words, layer 229 functions as a seed or nucleus when crystals of semiconductor layer 230 grow. In this specification and the like, layer 229 or the crystals contained in layer 229 can be referred to as seed crystals or crystal nuclei. Furthermore, since layer 229 has crystals, layer 229 can be referred to as a crystalline portion.
  • a step of removing layer 229 may be performed after treatment to increase the crystallinity of semiconductor layer 230.
  • transistor 200 can be obtained using semiconductor layer 230 with increased crystallinity. Therefore, even if layer 229 is not shown in transistors 200A to 200C described later, transistors 200A to 200C can be obtained using semiconductor layer 230 with increased crystallinity.
  • Indium oxide crystals have a cubic crystal structure (bixbyite type).
  • the layer 229 preferably has, for example, a hexagonal or trigonal crystal structure.
  • the semiconductor layer 230 can be formed with crystals with a ⁇ 111> crystal orientation.
  • the crystals of the layer 229 have a ⁇ 001> crystal orientation with respect to the surface or surface on which the layer 229 is formed, the c-axis of the crystals is perpendicular to the surface or surface on which the layer 229 is formed.
  • a crystal with a hexagonal or trigonal crystal structure can sometimes be referred to as a crystal with a layered structure. Therefore, the above structure can be understood as a structure in which a semiconductor layer 230 having crystals with a cubic crystal structure is formed on a layer 229 having crystals with a layered structure. In other words, it can be thought of as a layered structure fabricated using heteroepitaxial growth technology or a technology similar to heteroepitaxial growth.
  • space groups are expressed using short notation in international notation (or Hermann-Mauguin notation). Crystal planes and crystal orientations are expressed using Miller indices. In crystallography, space groups, crystal planes, and crystal orientations are expressed by placing a superscript bar above the number; however, due to formatting constraints, in this specification, numbers may be expressed by placing a - (minus sign) before them instead of placing a bar above them. Individual orientations indicating directions within a crystal are expressed in [ ], collective orientations indicating all equivalent orientations are expressed in ⁇ >, individual planes indicating crystal planes are expressed in ( ), and collective planes with equivalent symmetry are expressed in ⁇ ⁇ .
  • the crystal orientation of a crystal refers to the orientation relative to the surface of the film containing the crystal or the surface on which it is formed. Therefore, for example, a crystal with a crystal orientation of ⁇ 100> can be said to be a crystal whose (100) plane is parallel to the surface of the film containing the crystal or the surface on which it is formed.
  • layer 229 examples include zinc oxide, In-Ga oxide, gallium zinc oxide (Ga-Zn oxide, also referred to as GZO), aluminum zinc oxide (Al-Zn oxide, also referred to as AZO), In-Al-Zn oxide, In-Ga-Zn oxide, and In-Sn-Zn oxide.
  • Layer 229 preferably uses In-Ga-Zn oxide.
  • layer 229 contains indium, gallium, zinc, and oxygen.
  • Metal oxides with these compositions are suitable for layer 229 because they readily form a layered structure.
  • In-Ga-Zn oxide, In-Sn-Zn oxide, and the like tend to have a CAAC structure.
  • an oxide having a CAAC structure is used for layer 229, the c-axis of the crystal nuclei is perpendicular to the surface of layer 229 or the surface on which it is formed.
  • an oxide that tends to have a CAAC structure for layer 229 it is possible to improve the controllability of the crystal orientation of the crystal nuclei.
  • a semiconductor layer 230 having crystals with a ⁇ 111> crystal orientation can be formed.
  • Layer 229 can also be made of an oxide whose crystals have a cubic crystal structure.
  • semiconductor layer 230 can grow epitaxially using layer 229 as a nucleus, thereby improving the crystallinity of semiconductor layer 230.
  • crystals of oxides containing Group 3 elements in the periodic table tend to have a cubic crystal structure.
  • Group 3 elements in such crystals exist primarily as trivalent cations. Therefore, layer 229 preferably contains at least one element that can become a trivalent cation.
  • the element that layer 229 contains that can become a trivalent cation is preferably scandium, yttrium, cerium, gadolinium, erbium, ytterbium, or the like.
  • oxides containing one or both of yttrium and zirconium, erbium oxide, etc. can be used for layer 229.
  • oxides containing one or both of yttrium and zirconium include yttrium oxide, zirconium oxide, and yttrium zirconium oxide.
  • the difference also referred to as lattice mismatch
  • lattice mismatch the difference between the lattice constant or unit lattice vector of the crystal nucleus and the lattice constant or unit lattice vector of the crystal of the semiconductor layer 230 is small.
  • the lattice mismatch ⁇ a [%] of the crystals of the formed film relative to the crystals of the film to be formed is calculated using the following formula (1).
  • the lattice mismatch ⁇ a of the crystals of the formed film relative to the crystals of the film to be formed may be simply referred to as the lattice mismatch ⁇ a of the formed film relative to the film to be formed.
  • L 1 is the lattice constant or unit lattice vector of the crystal of the forming film
  • L 2 is the lattice constant or unit lattice vector of the crystal of the film to be formed.
  • the lattice mismatch ⁇ a of the crystal grains in semiconductor layer 230 with respect to the crystal nuclei is preferably between -10% and 10%, more preferably between -5% and 5%, and even more preferably between -3% and 3%.
  • the lattice constant of indium oxide crystal (bixbyite type) is said to be 1.01194 nm.
  • the lattice constant of yttrium oxide crystal (bixbyite type) is said to be 1.05976 nm. Therefore, the lattice mismatch between the crystal of indium oxide and the crystal of yttrium oxide is -4.5%. Therefore, when indium oxide is used for semiconductor layer 230, yttrium oxide can be used for layer 229.
  • the lattice constant of erbium oxide crystal (bixbyite type) is said to be 1.0582 nm. Therefore, the lattice mismatch between the crystal of erbium oxide and the crystal of indium oxide is -4.4%. Therefore, when indium oxide is used for semiconductor layer 230, erbium oxide can be used for layer 229.
  • the lattice constant of Zr0.9Y0.1O1.95 crystal which is an example of yttrium zirconium oxide
  • the lattice mismatch of indium oxide with Zr0.9Y0.1O1.95 crystal is -1.7%. Therefore, when indium oxide is used for the semiconductor layer 230, yttrium zirconium oxide can be suitably used for the layer 229. Note that yttrium zirconium oxide contains yttrium, zirconium, and oxygen.
  • the crystal structure of zirconium oxide can be stabilized.
  • the yttrium content in yttrium zirconium oxide is preferably 2 atomic% or more and 15 atomic% or less, and more preferably 5 atomic% or more and 10 atomic% or less.
  • indium oxide may be used for layer 229.
  • the semiconductor layer 230 can be grown homoepitaxially using layer 229 as a nucleus, thereby improving the crystallinity of the semiconductor layer 230. In this case, the crystal orientation of the crystals in layer 229 and the crystal orientation of the crystals in semiconductor layer 230 coincide or nearly coincide.
  • Layer 229 may be made of an insulating material, a semiconductor material, or a conductive material. When a semiconductor material is used for layer 229, layer 229 may be considered to be part of semiconductor layer 230.
  • FIG. 15A shows an example in which layer 229 is circular in plan view.
  • layer 229 can be, for example, a circle or an approximately circle such as an oval, a triangle, a quadrangle (including a rectangle, a diamond, and a square), a pentagon, a star-shaped polygon, or any of these polygons with rounded corners.
  • layer 229 may be triangular or hexagonal in plan view.
  • a configuration equivalent to layer 229 can be applied to improve the crystallinity of the configuration equivalent to semiconductor layer 230.
  • ⁇ Configuration Example 2 of IO Transistor> 16A to 16D show examples of cross-sectional structures of transistors applicable to the IO transistor of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 16A is a plan view of a transistor 200A applicable to the IO transistor of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 16B is a cross-sectional view taken along dashed lines A1-A2 in FIG. 16A.
  • FIG. 16C is a cross-sectional view taken along dashed lines A3-A4 in FIG. 16A.
  • FIG. 16D is a cross-sectional view taken along dashed lines A5-A6 in FIGS. 16B and 16C.
  • Transistor 200A has a conductive layer 220, a conductive layer 240, a semiconductor layer 230, an insulating layer 250 on the semiconductor layer 230, and a conductive layer 260 on the insulating layer 250.
  • the conductive layer 220 is provided on the insulating layer 210, the insulating layer 280 is provided on the conductive layer 220, and the conductive layer 240 is provided on the insulating layer 280.
  • An opening 290 is formed in the conductive layer 240 and the insulating layer 280, reaching the conductive layer 220, and the semiconductor layer 230 is provided along the bottom and sidewalls of the opening 290.
  • the semiconductor layer 230 has a portion that contacts the conductive layer 240 and a portion that contacts the conductive layer 220.
  • conductive layer 260 functions as a gate electrode
  • insulating layer 250 functions as a gate insulating layer
  • conductive layer 220 functions as one of a source electrode and a drain electrode
  • conductive layer 240 functions as the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode.
  • the semiconductor layer 230 has a region that overlaps with the conductive layer 260 via the insulating layer 250. At least a portion of this region functions as the channel formation region of the transistor 200A.
  • One of the region of the semiconductor layer 230 near the conductive layer 220 and the region of the semiconductor layer 230 near the conductive layer 240 functions as the source region, and the other functions as the drain region. In other words, the channel formation region is sandwiched between the source region and the drain region.
  • the semiconductor layer 230 is provided inside the opening 290. Furthermore, the transistor 200A has a configuration in which one of the source and drain electrodes (conductive layer 220 in this case) is located at the bottom and the other of the source and drain electrodes (conductive layer 240 in this case) is located at the top, allowing current to flow vertically. In other words, a channel is formed along the side of the opening 290. This allows the transistor 200A to occupy a smaller area than a planar transistor in which the channel formation region, source region, and drain region are separately provided on the XY plane. This allows for a higher degree of integration of the semiconductor device. Furthermore, when the transistor 200A is used in a memory device, the memory capacity per unit area can be increased. Since the channel length direction of the transistor 200A can be said to have a component in the height direction (vertical direction), the transistor 200A can be called a VFET (Vertical Field Effect Transistor), vertical transistor, vertical channel transistor, vertical channel transistor, etc.
  • VFET Very Field Effect Transistor
  • the semiconductor layer 230, insulating layer 250, and conductive layer 260 are arranged concentrically. Therefore, the distance between the conductive layer 260 and the semiconductor layer 230 is approximately uniform, allowing a gate electric field to be applied to the semiconductor layer 230 approximately uniformly.
  • opening 290 is circular in plan view. By making it circular, the processing precision when forming the opening can be improved, and openings of a fine size can be formed.
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • opening 290 can be, for example, a circle or an approximately circle such as an oval, a triangle, a quadrangle (including a rectangle, a diamond, and a square), a pentagon, a star-shaped polygon, or any of these polygons with rounded corners.
  • ⁇ Configuration Example 3 of IO Transistor> 17A to 17D show examples of cross-sectional structures of transistors applicable to the IO transistor of the first embodiment.
  • Figure 17A is a plan view of transistor 200B applicable to the IO transistor of embodiment 1 above.
  • Figure 17B is a cross-sectional view of the portion indicated by the dashed dotted line A1-A2 in Figure 17A, and is also a cross-sectional view of transistor 200B in the channel length direction.
  • Figure 17C is a cross-sectional view of the portion indicated by the dashed dotted line A3-A4 in Figure 17A, and is also a cross-sectional view of transistor 200B in the channel width direction.
  • Figure 17D is a cross-sectional view of the portion indicated by the dashed dotted line A5-A6 in Figure 17A.
  • Transistor 200B has conductive layer 220, conductive layer 240a and conductive layer 240b on insulating layer 280, layer 229a on conductive layer 240a, layer 229b on conductive layer 240b, semiconductor layer 230 on layers 229a and 229b, insulating layer 250 on semiconductor layer 230, and conductive layer 260 on insulating layer 250.
  • Insulating layer 280 is located on conductive layer 220.
  • the conductive layer 220 is provided on the insulating layer 210, an insulating layer 280 is provided on the conductive layer 220, and conductive layers 240a and 240b are provided on the insulating layer 280.
  • a groove 291 reaching the conductive layer 220 is formed in the conductive layers 240a and 240b and the insulating layer 280, and the semiconductor layer 230 is provided along the bottom and sidewalls of the groove 291.
  • the semiconductor layer 230 has a portion in contact with layers 229a and 229b and the conductive layers 240a and 240b, and a portion in contact with the conductive layer 220.
  • an insulating layer 283 is provided on the insulating layer 250.
  • An insulating layer 285 is provided on the insulating layer 283.
  • conductive layers 243a and 243b which have portions in contact with layers 229a and 229b and conductive layers 240a and 240b, are provided over layers 229a and 229b and conductive layers 240a and 240b.
  • conductive layer 260 functions as a gate wiring
  • insulating layer 250 functions as a gate insulating layer.
  • conductive layer 220 functions as one of a source electrode and a drain electrode
  • conductive layers 240a and 240b function as the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode.
  • the semiconductor layer 230 has a region that overlaps with the conductive layer 260 via the insulating layer 250. At least a portion of this region functions as the channel formation region of the transistor 200B.
  • One of the region of the semiconductor layer 230 near the conductive layer 220 and the region of the semiconductor layer 230 near the conductive layer 240 functions as the source region, and the other functions as the drain region. In other words, the channel formation region is sandwiched between the source region and the drain region.
  • the semiconductor layer 230 is provided inside the groove 291. Therefore, the conductive layer 260 is provided to extend in the direction in which the groove 291 extends. Furthermore, in the transistor 200B, one of the source and drain electrodes (conductive layer 220 in this case) is located on the bottom, and the other of the source and drain electrodes (conductive layers 240a and 240b in this case) is located on the top, so that current flows vertically. In other words, a channel is formed along the side surface of the groove 291. As a result, compared to a planar transistor in which the channel formation region, source region, and drain region are provided separately on the XY plane, the transistor 200B can occupy a smaller area. This allows for a higher degree of integration of the semiconductor device. Furthermore, when the transistor 200B is used in a memory device, the memory capacity per unit area can be increased.
  • the semiconductor layer 230 contacts the bottom and side surfaces of the recess in the conductive layer 220.
  • the presence of a recess in the conductive layer 220 increases the contact area between the semiconductor layer 230 and the conductive layer 220. This reduces the contact resistance between the semiconductor layer 230 and the conductive layer 220.
  • the width D1 of the groove 291 is set by the film thickness of the semiconductor layer 230, insulating layer 250, and conductive layer 260 provided within the groove 291.
  • the side surface of the conductive layer 260 provided in the groove 291 has a portion that faces the side surface of the semiconductor layer 230, with the insulating layer 250 interposed therebetween. Therefore, the channel width of the transistor 200B is determined by the width D2 of the semiconductor layer 230 (see Figure 17D).
  • the channel width of the transistor 200B can be calculated as "2 x D2".
  • Increasing the width D2 of the semiconductor layer 230 increases the channel width per unit area, thereby increasing the on-current. Meanwhile, the area occupied by the transistor 200B, for example, the area of the transistor 200B in a planar view, is roughly determined by the width D1 of the groove 291 and the width D2 of the semiconductor layer 230. Reducing the width D1 of the groove 291 and the width D2 of the semiconductor layer 230 reduces the area occupied by the transistor 200B, allowing for a higher level of integration of the semiconductor device.
  • the channel length of transistor 200B is the distance between the source region and the drain region. In other words, the channel length of transistor 200B is determined by the thickness of insulating layer 280 on conductive layer 220. Therefore, the channel length of transistor 200B does not affect the area occupied by transistor 200B, for example, the area of transistor 200B in a planar view. This makes it possible to improve productivity and yield in forming insulating layer 280 and forming grooves 291 in insulating layer 280. Furthermore, the on-current of transistor 200B increases, enabling improved frequency characteristics.
  • ⁇ Configuration Example 4 of IO Transistor> 18A to 18C show examples of cross-sectional structures of transistors applicable to the IO transistor of Embodiment 1.
  • Figure 18A is a plan view of transistor 200C applicable to the IO transistor of embodiment 1 above.
  • Figure 18B is a cross-sectional view of the portion indicated by the dashed dotted line A1-A2 in Figure 18A, and is also a cross-sectional view of transistor 200C in the channel length direction.
  • Figure 18C is a cross-sectional view of the portion indicated by the dashed dotted line B1-B2 in Figure 18A, and is also a cross-sectional view of transistor 200B in the channel width direction. Note that some components (such as insulating layer 280) are omitted from Figure 18A.
  • Transistor 200C has multiple semiconductor layers (semiconductor layers 230_1 to 230_3), an insulating layer 250, a conductive layer 260, a pair of conductive layers 220 (conductive layer 220a and conductive layer 220b), a pair of conductive layers 240 (conductive layer 240a and conductive layer 240b), and multiple pairs of buffer layers 231 (buffer layer 231_1 to buffer layer 231_4).
  • a transistor having three semiconductor layers will be described.
  • a portion of the insulating layer 250 functions as a gate insulating layer, and a portion of the conductive layer 260 functions as a gate electrode.
  • the conductive layers 220a and 220b function as a source electrode and a drain electrode, respectively.
  • the conductive layers 240a and 240b also function as a source electrode and a drain electrode, respectively.
  • Transistor 200C is provided on an insulating layer 210 provided on a substrate (not shown).
  • the insulating layer 210 functions as a base insulating layer.
  • a pair of buffer layers 231_1 is provided on the insulating layer 210, and a semiconductor layer 230_1 is provided on the buffer layer 231_1.
  • the pair of buffer layers 231_1 are provided at a distance from each other, and the semiconductor layer 230_1 has a region between a portion located on one buffer layer 231_1 and a portion located on the other buffer layer 231_1 that does not overlap with either buffer layer 231_1.
  • a pair of buffer layers 231_2 are provided on the semiconductor layer 230_1. Each of the pair of buffer layers 231_2 is provided at a position overlapping with the buffer layer 231_1.
  • the semiconductor layer 230_1 has a region between the pair of buffer layers 231_2 that does not overlap with either of the buffer layers 231_2.
  • buffer layer 231_3, semiconductor layer 230_3, and buffer layer 231_4 are stacked in this order on buffer layer 231_2. Furthermore, conductive layer 240a and conductive layer 240b are each provided on buffer layer 231_4.
  • Conductive layer 220a and conductive layer 220b are provided in contact with the side of each semiconductor layer 230, the outer side of each buffer layer 231 (the side opposite to the conductive layer 260), and the outer side of conductive layer 240a or conductive layer 240b, respectively.
  • Conductive layer 220 can connect each semiconductor layer 230 and conductive layer 240.
  • each semiconductor layer 230 preferably has a protruding portion 21t that protrudes outward beyond the respective side surfaces of the buffer layer 231 that it contacts.
  • the conductive layer 220 is preferably provided in contact with not only the side surfaces of the protruding portion 21t of each semiconductor layer 230, but also the upper and lower surfaces of the protruding portion 21t. This increases the contact area between the conductive layer 220 and the semiconductor layer 230, thereby reducing the contact resistance between them.
  • the insulating layer 250 is provided so as to surround the regions of the semiconductor layer 230 that do not overlap with the buffer layer 231.
  • the insulating layer 250 is provided in contact with the upper and lower surfaces of each semiconductor layer 230 in the regions that do not overlap with each pair of buffer layers 231. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 18C, the insulating layer 250 is provided so as to surround the upper, lower, and both side surfaces of the semiconductor layer 230 in the channel width direction.
  • the conductive layer 260 is arranged to surround the top, side, and bottom surfaces of each semiconductor layer 230 via the insulating layer 250. This allows an electric field from the conductive layer 260 to be applied to the channel formation region of the semiconductor layer 230 from above and below, thereby increasing the on-current per semiconductor layer 230. Furthermore, by having multiple semiconductor layers 230, the on-current of the transistor 200C can be made extremely high.
  • insulating layers 250 are provided between each buffer layer 231 and conductive layer 260, and between each conductive layer 240 and conductive layer 260, to insulate them. This makes it possible to prevent electrical short circuits between the buffer layer 231 and conductive layer 260, and between the conductive layer 240 and conductive layer 260.
  • Insulating layer 280 is provided covering conductive layer 220 and conductive layer 240.
  • a slit is provided in insulating layer 280, and insulating layer 250 and conductive layer 260 are formed inside the slit.
  • Insulating layer 250 is provided along the side of the slit in insulating layer 280, and conductive layer 260 is provided so as to fill the slit in insulating layer 250.
  • a portion of conductive layer 260 functions as wiring that follows the shape of the slit.
  • a metal oxide oxide semiconductor
  • a conductive metal oxide oxide conductor
  • the conductive layer 220 preferably contains a metal oxide containing the same metal element as the semiconductor layer 230.
  • both the conductive layer 220 and the semiconductor layer 230 contain a metal oxide containing indium. This reduces the contact resistance between the semiconductor layer 230 and the conductive layer 220.
  • etching can be performed under the same conditions, simplifying the manufacturing process and improving yield and productivity. It is particularly preferable to use a metal oxide containing indium and tin for the conductive layer 220, as this can increase conductivity.
  • a metal oxide for the buffer layer 231 is preferable to use as well.
  • the buffer layer 231 itself can function as a source electrode or a drain electrode.
  • a metal oxide for both the buffer layer 231 and the conductive layer 220 not only can the contact resistance between them be reduced, but the current path between the semiconductor layer 230 and the conductive layer 240 can also be expanded, further reducing the load on the wiring.
  • the number of semiconductor layers 230 included in the transistor 200C is not limited to this.
  • each layer constituting the IO transistor of this embodiment may have a single-layer structure or a stacked-layer structure.
  • Indium oxide is preferably used for the semiconductor layer 230 of the semiconductor device.
  • the transistor can have large on-state current and high frequency characteristics.
  • indium oxide having at least a crystalline portion or crystalline region in the film is referred to as crystalline indium oxide (crystal IO) or crystalline indium oxide (crystalline IO).
  • crystalline indium oxide crystal IO
  • crystalline IO crystalline indium oxide
  • examples of crystalline IO or crystalline IO include single-crystalline indium oxide, polycrystalline indium oxide, and microcrystalline indium oxide.
  • Indium oxide is a semiconductor material with completely different physical properties from oxide semiconductors such as In-Ga-Zn oxide (hereinafter also referred to as IGZO) and zinc oxide.
  • oxide semiconductors such as In-Ga-Zn oxide (hereinafter also referred to as IGZO) and zinc oxide.
  • Fig. 19A is a schematic diagram showing the carrier concentration dependence of the Hall mobility for silicon (Si) and indium oxide (InO x ), and Fig. 19B is a schematic diagram showing the carrier concentration dependence of the Hall mobility for IGZO.
  • IGZO tends to exhibit higher hole mobility as the carrier concentration increases, as indicated by the arrows in Figure 19B.
  • indium oxide tends to exhibit higher hole mobility as the carrier concentration decreases, as indicated by the arrows in Figure 19A (see Non-Patent Document 2).
  • This trend is similar to that of silicon; the lower the dopant (impurity) concentration in the material, the less impurity scattering there is and the higher the hole mobility.
  • the higher the purity and intrinsic the indium oxide the higher the hole mobility. From these results, it can be said that indium oxide, unlike IGZO, is a material with physical properties closer to silicon. Note that the characteristics of indium oxide shown in Figure 19A are assumed to be single crystal. Therefore, when indium oxide is non-single crystal (e.g., polycrystalline), the characteristics may differ from those shown in Figure 19A.
  • the low carrier concentration range R1 has extremely high hole mobility, and can therefore be considered a carrier concentration range suitable for, for example, a channel formation region of a transistor.
  • range R1 is a range including a carrier concentration value of 1 ⁇ 10 15 cm ⁇ 3 , for example, a range of 1 ⁇ 10 14 cm ⁇ 3 or more and 1 ⁇ 10 18 cm ⁇ 3 or less.
  • the hole mobility value can be increased to approximately 270 cm 2 /(V ⁇ s).
  • the region where the carrier concentration is in range R1 can contain elements that lower the carrier concentration.
  • elements that lower the carrier concentration include magnesium, calcium, zinc, cadmium, and copper. By substituting these elements for indium, the carrier concentration can be lowered.
  • elements that lower the carrier concentration include nitrogen, phosphorus, arsenic, and antimony. For example, by substituting nitrogen, phosphorus, arsenic, or antimony for oxygen, the carrier concentration can be lowered.
  • the range R2 with a high carrier concentration has a low electrical resistance, and can be said to be a range of carrier concentrations suitable for, for example, the source and drain regions of a transistor, a resistor, or a transparent conductive film.
  • Range R2 is a range in which the carrier concentration value includes 1 ⁇ 10 20 cm ⁇ 3 , for example, a range of 1 ⁇ 10 19 cm ⁇ 3 or more and 1 ⁇ 10 22 cm ⁇ 3 or less. By sufficiently increasing the carrier concentration, it is expected that the resistivity can be reduced to 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 ⁇ cm or less.
  • the region with a carrier concentration in range R2 may contain an element that increases the carrier concentration.
  • the region contains the same element as the source electrode and drain electrode of the transistor.
  • elements that increase the carrier concentration include titanium, zirconium, hafnium, tantalum, tungsten, molybdenum, tin, silicon, and boron. It is particularly preferable to use an element whose oxide has conductive or semiconducting properties.
  • Methods for supplying an element that increases the carrier concentration include forming a film containing the element and diffusing it, ion implantation, ion doping, plasma immersion ion implantation, and plasma treatment. Unless otherwise specified, the present specification does not limit the use of mass separation. For example, in the present specification, a method of supplying ions after mass separation is referred to as ion implantation, and a method of supplying ions without mass separation is referred to as ion doping.
  • indium oxide uses a region with a low carrier concentration as the channel formation region of a transistor, and a region with a high carrier concentration as the source and drain regions of the transistor.
  • indium oxide can be considered an oxide capable of valence electron control.
  • strain can form in the source and drain regions due to stress from electrodes in contact with the IGZO, resulting in the formation of n-type regions.
  • indium oxide allows for valence electron control, so strain does not need to be formed in the film as with IGZO. Minimizing strain in the film is expected to improve reliability.
  • n-i-n junction a junction between an n-type region, an i-type region, and an n-type region
  • valence electron control in silicon-based transistors is generally known.
  • valence electron control in indium oxide-based transistors is a novel technological concept that would not normally be conceived.
  • the transistor containing indium oxide in this specification has two or more, preferably three or more, more preferably four or more, and most preferably five of the following characteristics (1) to (5): (1) A high on-state current (in other words, high mobility). (2) A low off-state current. (3) Normally-off operation is possible. (4) High reliability. (5) A high cutoff frequency (fT).
  • the transistor containing indium oxide in this specification has high mobility, a low off-state current, and is normally-off operation. This transistor has high mobility and is different from a normally-on transistor.
  • Ef Fermi level
  • Ei intrinsic Fermi level
  • a transistor containing indium oxide is likely to be normally-off due to its low carrier concentration. Therefore, a transistor containing indium oxide can be normally-off and achieve high field-effect mobility.
  • normally-off refers to a state in which no current flows through a transistor when no potential is applied to the gate or when the gate-source voltage is 0 V. Furthermore, normally-off can be evaluated by the threshold voltage (Vth) or shift value (Vsh) of the transistor. Unless otherwise specified, Vth is calculated by a constant current method. More specifically, Vth is defined as the gate voltage (Vg) when the value of drain current (Id) ⁇ channel length (L) ⁇ channel width (W) in the Id-Vg characteristics of the transistor is 1 nA (1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 9 A).
  • Vth and Vsh are zero or a positive value, the transistor can be considered to be normally off.
  • a film containing oxygen such as a silicon oxynitride film, a silicon nitride oxide film, an aluminum oxide film, or a gallium oxide film, can also be used.
  • a silicon nitride oxide film, a silicon oxynitride film, or the like can also be used.
  • the hafnium oxide film which is located closer to the indium oxide film than the silicon nitride film, functions as a gettering site for hydrogen.
  • the above film configuration can also be considered as a stacked structure of a film capable of supplying oxygen to the indium oxide film from the indium oxide film side (e.g., a silicon oxide film), a film capable of gettering hydrogen (e.g., a hafnium oxide film), and a film that suppresses the penetration of oxygen and hydrogen (e.g., a silicon nitride film).
  • a film capable of supplying oxygen to the indium oxide film from the indium oxide film side e.g., a silicon oxide film
  • a film capable of gettering hydrogen e.g., a hafnium oxide film
  • a film that suppresses the penetration of oxygen and hydrogen e.g., a silicon nitride film.
  • oxygen vacancies in the indium oxide film are filled with oxygen in the silicon oxide film.
  • hydrogen in the indium oxide film is captured by the hafnium oxide film by heat treatment or the like.
  • the provision of a silicon nitride film results
  • the indium oxide film be crystalline (i.e., have crystal grains).
  • films having crystal grains include single-crystal films, polycrystalline films, and amorphous films containing crystal grains (also known as microcrystalline films).
  • polycrystalline indium oxide films are preferred, and single-crystal films are even more preferred.
  • Single-crystal films do not have grain boundaries. Impurities that impede carrier flow (typically, insulating impurities, insulating oxides, etc.) tend to segregate at grain boundaries.
  • Using a single-crystal film can suppress carrier scattering at grain boundaries, resulting in a transistor with high field-effect mobility. It also offers the excellent effect of suppressing variations in transistor characteristics due to the grain boundaries.
  • polycrystalline films are preferable because they can reduce carrier scattering and exhibit high field-effect mobility compared to microcrystalline or amorphous films.
  • a polycrystalline film it is preferable to use a film with as large a crystal grain size as possible and as few crystal grain boundaries as possible. Note that in a transistor using a polycrystalline film of indium oxide, if there are no crystal grain boundaries in the channel formation region or no crystal grain boundaries are observed, the channel formation region is located within a single crystal region included in the polycrystalline film, and therefore the transistor can be considered to use single-crystal indium oxide.
  • the crystallinity of indium oxide can be analyzed, for example, by X-ray diffraction (XRD), transmission electron microscopy (TEM), or electron diffraction (ED). Alternatively, analysis may be performed by combining multiple of these techniques.
  • XRD X-ray diffraction
  • TEM transmission electron microscopy
  • ED electron diffraction
  • a semiconductor layer in which no crystal grain boundaries are observed in the channel formation region a semiconductor layer in which the channel formation region is contained in a single crystal grain, or a semiconductor layer in which the crystal axis direction is the same in at least two regions within the channel formation region can be referred to as a single crystal film.
  • a semiconductor layer in which, within a single crystal grain in the channel formation region, the direction of the other crystal axis changes continuously around a certain crystal axis or a certain crystal orientation as the axis of rotation can be referred to as a single crystal film.
  • the channel formation region refers to the region of the semiconductor layer that overlaps (or faces) the gate electrode via the gate insulating layer, and is located between the region in contact with the source electrode and the region in contact with the drain electrode.
  • the current path in the channel formation region is the shortest distance between the source electrode and the drain electrode. Therefore, the crystal grains, crystal grain boundaries, crystal axes, crystal orientation, etc. in the channel formation region can be confirmed by observing a cross section including the semiconductor layer, source electrode, and drain electrode.
  • Impurities in the indium oxide film in the channel formation region can act as a source of carrier scattering, which can reduce field-effect mobility. These impurities can also hinder the crystal growth of the indium oxide film. Impurities in the indium oxide film include boron and silicon.
  • the indium oxide film preferably has a concentration of these impurities of 0.1% or less, and more preferably 0.01% (100 ppm) or less. Note that carbon, hydrogen, and other elements can be contained in the film formation gas or precursor during film formation, and may remain in the indium oxide film in greater amounts than the above impurities.
  • the indium oxide film in the channel formation region may contain elements that can become the same trivalent cations as indium, as long as the crystals maintain a cubic crystal structure (bixbyite type). Examples include elements in Group 13 of the periodic table, such as gallium and aluminum, and elements in Group 3 of the periodic table. These elements exist primarily as trivalent cations in oxides, allowing the carrier concentration of the indium oxide to be maintained low.
  • the field-effect mobility of the transistor can be increased to 50 cm 2 /(V ⁇ s) or more, preferably 100 cm 2 /(V ⁇ s) or more, more preferably 150 cm 2 /(V ⁇ s) or more, even more preferably 200 cm 2 /(V ⁇ s) or more, and still more preferably 250 cm 2 /(V ⁇ s) or more.
  • an indium oxide film is its high oxygen permeability (diffusibility) compared to an IGZO film.
  • oxygen (O) diffusing into an indium oxide film passes through the indium oxide film and is released as oxygen molecules (O 2 ). It may also react with hydrogen contained in the film and be released as water molecules (H 2 O).
  • oxygen vacancies ( VO ) exist in the film the diffusing oxygen atoms compensate for the oxygen vacancies. Since oxygen easily diffuses through an indium oxide film, it can be said that oxygen vacancies are more easily compensated for in an indium oxide film compared to an IGZO film.
  • indium oxide films are easier to reduce oxygen vacancies in than IGZO films, and by applying such indium oxide films to transistors, it is possible to create transistors that exhibit extremely high reliability.
  • the indium oxide film diffuses hydrogen. Hydrogen that diffuses into the indium oxide film from the outside passes through the indium oxide film and is released as hydrogen molecules (H 2 ). Alternatively, hydrogen reacts with oxygen contained in the film and is released as water molecules.
  • Transistors using indium oxide film are accumulation-type transistors that use electrons as majority carriers. Assuming that the carrier relaxation time is a constant value, the smaller the effective mass of the electrons (carriers), the higher the electron mobility. In other words, using indium oxide, which has a small effective electron mass, in a transistor can increase the transistor's on-current or field-effect mobility.
  • Table 1 shows the effective masses of single-crystal indium oxide (here, In 2 O 3 ) and single-crystal silicon (Si).
  • indium oxide is characterized by a small effective mass of electrons and a large effective mass of holes.
  • the effective mass of electrons in indium oxide is characterized by being almost independent of the crystal orientation. Therefore, by using crystalline indium oxide for a transistor, a transistor with high field-effect mobility and high frequency characteristics (also referred to as f characteristics) can be realized.
  • f characteristics also referred to as f characteristics
  • the off-state current per 1 ⁇ m of channel width can be 1 fA (1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 15 A) or less or 1 aA (1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 18 A) or less in an environment of 125° C., and 1 aA (1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 18 A) or less or 1 zA (1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 21 A) or less in an environment of room temperature (25° C.).
  • indium oxide has a smaller effective mass of electrons and a larger effective mass of holes than silicon, and therefore may be able to realize a transistor with higher field-effect mobility and lower off-state current than a Si transistor.
  • a seed layer so that it is in contact with at least a portion of the crystalline indium oxide film.
  • a material containing crystals with a small difference in lattice constant also called lattice mismatch
  • lattice mismatch lattice mismatch
  • a substrate e.g., a single-crystal substrate
  • ⁇ a can be set to between -5% and 5%, preferably between -4% and 4%, more preferably between -3% and 3%, and even more preferably between -2% and 2%.
  • the indium oxide crystals have a cubic crystal structure (bixbyite type).
  • yttria-stabilized zirconia (YSZ) crystals can have a cubic crystal structure (fluorite type).
  • the lattice mismatch of the indium oxide crystals with the cubic YSZ crystals is within the range of -2% to 2%, and a single crystal film of indium oxide can be epitaxially grown on a YSZ substrate.
  • the crystal structure of the seed layer and the crystal structure of the indium oxide film may not necessarily have the same crystal system or crystal orientation.
  • a film having hexagonal or trigonal crystal structure can be used under an indium oxide film having cubic crystal structure.
  • hexagonal or trigonal crystals include wurtzite structure, YbFe2O4 structure, Yb2Fe3O7 structure, and modified structures thereof .
  • a crystal having a YbFe2O4 structure or a Yb2Fe3O7 structure is IGZO.
  • a single crystal film of indium oxide can be formed not only on a YSZ substrate but also on an insulating film.
  • silicon crystals have a diamond structure.
  • indium oxide and silicon have similar properties in terms of single crystals.
  • they have different properties.
  • Insulating layer It is preferable to use an inorganic insulating film for each of the insulating layers (insulating layer 210, insulating layer 212, insulating layer 214, insulating layer 216, insulating layer 221, insulating layer 222, insulating layer 224, insulating layer 241a, insulating layer 241b, insulating layer 250, insulating layer 275, insulating layer 280, insulating layer 282, insulating layer 283, insulating layer 285, etc.) included in the semiconductor device.
  • the insulating layers insulating layer 210, insulating layer 212, insulating layer 214, insulating layer 216, insulating layer 221, insulating layer 222, insulating layer 224, insulating layer 241a, insulating layer 241b, insulating layer 250, insulating layer 275, insulating layer 280, insulating layer 282, insulating layer 283, insulating layer 285, etc.
  • Examples of the inorganic insulating film include an oxide insulating film, a nitride insulating film, an oxynitride insulating film, and a nitride oxide insulating film.
  • Examples of the oxide insulating film include a silicon oxide film, an aluminum oxide film, a magnesium oxide film, a gallium oxide film, a germanium oxide film, an yttrium oxide film, a zirconium oxide film, a lanthanum oxide film, a neodymium oxide film, a hafnium oxide film, a tantalum oxide film, a cerium oxide film, a gallium zinc oxide film, and a hafnium aluminate film.
  • Examples of the nitride insulating film include a silicon nitride film and an aluminum nitride film.
  • Examples of the oxynitride insulating film include a silicon oxynitride film, an aluminum oxynitride film, a gallium oxynitride film, an yttrium oxynitride film, and a hafnium oxynitride film.
  • Examples of the nitride oxide insulating film include a silicon nitride oxide film and an aluminum nitride oxide film.
  • An insulating layer included in a semiconductor device may be an organic insulating film.
  • gate insulating layers can cause problems such as leakage current.
  • high-k high-dielectric-constant
  • EOT equivalent oxide thickness
  • using a material with a low dielectric constant for the insulating layer that functions as an interlayer film can reduce the parasitic capacitance that occurs between wiring. Therefore, it is preferable to select materials based on the function of the insulating layer. Materials with a low dielectric constant also have high dielectric strength.
  • Examples of materials with a high relative dielectric constant include aluminum oxide, gallium oxide, hafnium oxide, tantalum oxide, zirconium oxide, hafnium zirconium oxide, oxides containing aluminum and hafnium, oxynitrides containing aluminum and hafnium, oxides containing silicon and hafnium, oxynitrides containing silicon and hafnium, and nitrides containing silicon and hafnium.
  • materials with a low dielectric constant include inorganic insulating materials such as silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, and silicon nitride oxide, as well as resins such as polyester, polyolefin, polyamide (nylon, aramid, etc.), polyimide, polycarbonate, and acrylic resin.
  • inorganic insulating materials with a low dielectric constant include silicon oxide containing fluorine, silicon oxide containing carbon, and silicon oxide containing carbon and nitrogen. Another example is silicon oxide with vacancies. These silicon oxides may contain nitrogen.
  • a material that can exhibit ferroelectricity may be used for the insulating layer of a semiconductor device.
  • a material that can exhibit ferroelectricity it is preferable to use an oxide containing one or both of hafnium and zirconium.
  • oxides include metal oxides such as hafnium oxide, zirconium oxide, and hafnium zirconium oxide.
  • element J1 is one or more selected from the other of hafnium and zirconium, silicon, aluminum, gadolinium, yttrium, lanthanum, strontium, etc.
  • element J1 is one or more selected from the other of hafnium and zirconium, silicon, aluminum, gadolinium, yttrium, lanthanum, strontium, etc.
  • adding a Group 3 element in the periodic table to an oxide containing one or both of hafnium and zirconium increases the concentration of oxygen vacancies in the oxide, making it easier to form crystals with an orthorhombic crystal structure. This is preferable because it increases the proportion of crystals with an orthorhombic crystal structure and increases remanent polarization.
  • adding too much of the Group 3 element may reduce the crystallinity of the oxide, making it difficult to exhibit ferroelectricity.
  • the content of the Group 3 element in an oxide containing one or both of hafnium and zirconium is preferably 0.1 atomic% or more and 10 atomic% or less, more preferably 0.1 atomic% or more and 5 atomic% or less, and even more preferably 0.1 atomic% or more and 3 atomic% or less.
  • the content of the Group 3 element refers to the ratio of the number of atoms of the Group 3 element to the sum of the number of atoms of all metal elements contained in the layer.
  • the Group 3 element is preferably one or more selected from scandium, lanthanum, and yttrium, and more preferably one or both of lanthanum and yttrium.
  • examples of materials that may exhibit ferroelectricity include metal nitrides containing nitrogen and at least one of the elements M1 and M2.
  • the element M1 is one or more elements selected from aluminum, gallium, indium, etc.
  • the element M2 is one or more elements selected from boron, scandium, yttrium, lanthanum, cerium, neodymium, europium, titanium, zirconium, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, chromium, etc.
  • examples of materials that may exhibit ferroelectricity include materials in which the element M3 is added to the above metal nitrides.
  • the element M3 is one or more elements selected from magnesium, calcium, strontium, zinc, cadmium, etc.
  • Examples of materials that can have ferroelectricity include perovskite-type oxynitrides such as SrTaO 2 N and BaTaO 2 N, and GaFeO 3 with a ⁇ -alumina structure.
  • Examples of materials that can have ferroelectricity include piezoelectric ceramics with a perovskite structure, such as lead titanate (PbTiO x ), barium strontium titanate (BST), strontium titanate, lead zirconate titanate (PZT), strontium bismuth tantalate (SBT), bismuth ferrite (BFO), and barium titanate.
  • metal oxides and metal nitrides are used as examples, but the present invention is not limited to these.
  • metal oxynitrides in which nitrogen is added to the aforementioned metal oxides, or metal oxynitrides, in which oxygen is added to the aforementioned metal nitrides, may also be used.
  • materials that can exhibit ferroelectricity can be, for example, mixtures or compounds made up of multiple materials selected from the materials listed above.
  • crystal structure (characteristics) of the materials listed above can change not only depending on the film formation conditions but also on various processes, in this specification and other documents, materials that exhibit ferroelectricity are not only referred to as ferroelectrics, but also as materials that can exhibit ferroelectricity.
  • a layer of a material that may have ferroelectric properties may be referred to as a ferroelectric layer, metal oxide film, or metal nitride film.
  • a device having such a ferroelectric layer, metal oxide film, or metal nitride film may be referred to as a ferroelectric device.
  • the ferroelectric layer contains crystals having an orthorhombic crystal structure, as this will result in the development of ferroelectricity.
  • the crystal structure of the crystals contained in the ferroelectric layer may be one or more selected from the group consisting of tetragonal, orthorhombic, monoclinic, and hexagonal.
  • the ferroelectric layer may also have an amorphous structure. In this case, the ferroelectric layer may have a composite structure having an amorphous structure and a crystalline structure.
  • Metal oxides containing either or both of hafnium and zirconium are also insulating materials that have the ability to capture or fix hydrogen. Therefore, by using a metal oxide containing either or both of hafnium and zirconium in at least a portion of the gate insulating layer, it is possible to capture or fix hydrogen contained in the oxide semiconductor layer, thereby reducing the hydrogen concentration in the oxide semiconductor layer. Furthermore, a transistor having such a gate insulating layer can function as an FeFET (Ferroelectric Field Effect Transistor).
  • FeFET Ferroelectric Field Effect Transistor
  • the electrical characteristics of a transistor using metal oxide can be stabilized by surrounding it with an insulating layer that functions to suppress the permeation of impurities and oxygen.
  • the insulating layer that functions to suppress the permeation of impurities and oxygen can be, for example, a single-layer or stacked insulating layer containing one or more elements selected from boron, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine, magnesium, aluminum, silicon, phosphorus, chlorine, argon, gallium, germanium, yttrium, zirconium, lanthanum, neodymium, hafnium, and tantalum.
  • the insulating layer that functions to suppress the permeation of impurities and oxygen can be made of metal oxides such as aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, germanium oxide, yttrium oxide, zirconium oxide, lanthanum oxide, neodymium oxide, hafnium oxide, or tantalum oxide; metal nitrides such as aluminum nitride or silicon nitride; or metal nitride oxides such as silicon nitride oxide.
  • metal oxides such as aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, germanium oxide, yttrium oxide, zirconium oxide, lanthanum oxide, neodymium oxide, hafnium oxide, or tantalum oxide
  • metal nitrides such as aluminum nitride or silicon nitride
  • metal nitride oxides such as silicon nitride oxide.
  • metal oxides such as aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, germanium oxide, yttrium oxide, zirconium oxide, lanthanum oxide, neodymium oxide, hafnium oxide, tantalum oxide, and oxides containing aluminum and hafnium (hafnium aluminate).
  • metal nitrides such as aluminum nitride, aluminum titanium nitride, titanium nitride, and silicon nitride.
  • metal nitride oxides such as silicon nitride oxide.
  • Gallium oxide is also an example of an insulating layer
  • an insulating layer such as a gate insulating layer, that is in contact with an oxide semiconductor layer or that is provided near the oxide semiconductor layer is preferably an insulating layer that has a region containing excess oxygen.
  • an insulating layer that has a region containing excess oxygen is in contact with an oxide semiconductor layer or is located near the oxide semiconductor layer, oxygen vacancies in the oxide semiconductor layer can be reduced.
  • insulating layers that are likely to form a region containing excess oxygen see the description in ⁇ Structure of Semiconductor Device>.
  • a barrier insulating layer against hydrogen is preferable to use as an insulating layer in contact with an oxide semiconductor layer or an insulating layer provided near the oxide semiconductor layer.
  • the insulating layer has barrier properties against hydrogen, it can suppress the diffusion of hydrogen into the oxide semiconductor layer.
  • a barrier insulating layer against hydrogen can also be said to be an insulating layer that has a function of suppressing the diffusion of hydrogen.
  • Insulating materials capable of capturing or fixing hydrogen include metal oxides such as oxides containing hafnium, oxides containing magnesium, oxides containing aluminum, oxides containing aluminum and hafnium (hafnium aluminate), and hafnium silicate. These metal oxides may also contain zirconium, such as oxides containing hafnium and zirconium.
  • An insulating layer that has the function of capturing or fixing hydrogen preferably has an amorphous structure.
  • metal oxides with an amorphous structure some oxygen atoms have dangling bonds, which gives them a high ability to capture or fix hydrogen. Therefore, by having the insulating layer have an amorphous structure, the ability to capture or fix hydrogen can be enhanced.
  • the insulating layer By making the insulating layer an amorphous structure, it is possible to suppress the formation of grain boundaries. Suppressing the formation of grain boundaries can improve the flatness of the insulating layer. This makes the film thickness distribution of the insulating layer uniform, reducing areas with extremely thin film thickness, thereby improving the dielectric strength of the insulating layer. It also makes it possible to uniform the film thickness distribution of the film provided on the insulating layer. Furthermore, by suppressing the formation of grain boundaries in the insulating layer, it is possible to reduce leakage current caused by defect levels in the grain boundaries. Therefore, the insulating layer can function as an insulating film with low leakage current.
  • the ability to capture or fix the corresponding substance can also be said to have the property of making the corresponding substance difficult to diffuse. Therefore, the ability to capture or fix the corresponding substance can be rephrased as barrier properties.
  • a barrier insulating layer refers to an insulating layer having barrier properties.
  • barrier properties refers to a property that makes it difficult for a corresponding substance to diffuse (also referred to as a property that makes it difficult for a corresponding substance to permeate, a property that the permeability of a corresponding substance is low, or a function that suppresses the diffusion of a corresponding substance).
  • hydrogen refers to at least one of, for example, a hydrogen atom, a hydrogen molecule, a substance bonded to hydrogen, such as a water molecule or OH ⁇ .
  • impurities when impurities are described as corresponding substances, they refer to impurities in a channel formation region or a semiconductor layer, and refer to at least one of, for example, a hydrogen atom, a hydrogen molecule, a water molecule, a nitrogen atom, a nitrogen molecule, a nitrogen oxide molecule (such as N 2 O, NO, and NO 2 ), a copper atom, and the like.
  • oxygen when oxygen is described as a corresponding substance, it refers to at least one of, for example, an oxygen atom, an oxygen molecule, and the like.
  • Materials for the barrier insulating layer against hydrogen include aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, hafnium oxide, zirconium oxide, oxides containing aluminum and hafnium (hafnium aluminate), oxides containing hafnium and zirconium (hafnium zirconium oxide), silicon nitride, and silicon nitride oxide.
  • the inorganic insulating layers listed as insulating layers with the function of capturing or fixing hydrogen and insulating layers with the function of suppressing hydrogen diffusion also have barrier properties against oxygen.
  • materials for oxygen barrier insulating layers include oxides containing either or both of aluminum and hafnium, magnesium oxide, gallium zinc oxide, silicon nitride, and silicon nitride oxide.
  • oxides containing either or both of aluminum and hafnium include aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, oxides containing aluminum and hafnium (hafnium aluminate), and hafnium silicate.
  • conductive layer 205 For the conductive layers (conductive layer 205, conductive layer 220, conductive layer 240, conductive layer 242a, conductive layer 242b, conductive layer 243a, conductive layer 243b, conductive layer 246, conductive layer 260, etc.) included in the semiconductor device, it is preferable to use a metal element selected from aluminum, chromium, copper, silver, gold, platinum, zinc, tantalum, nickel, titanium, iron, cobalt, molybdenum, tungsten, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, manganese, magnesium, zirconium, beryllium, indium, ruthenium, palladium, iridium, strontium, lanthanum, etc., or an alloy containing any of the above metal elements as a component, or an alloy combining any of the above metal elements, etc.
  • a metal element selected from aluminum, chromium, copper, silver, gold, platinum, zinc, tantalum, nickel, titanium, iron,
  • a nitride of the alloy or an oxide of the alloy may be used.
  • semiconductors with high electrical conductivity typified by polycrystalline silicon containing impurity elements such as phosphorus, and silicides such as nickel silicide may also be used.
  • conductive materials containing nitrogen such as nitrides containing tantalum, nitrides containing titanium, nitrides containing molybdenum, nitrides containing tungsten, nitrides containing ruthenium, nitrides containing tantalum and aluminum, or nitrides containing titanium and aluminum;
  • conductive materials containing oxygen such as ruthenium oxide, oxides containing strontium and ruthenium, or oxides containing lanthanum and nickel; and materials containing metal elements such as titanium, tantalum, or ruthenium, are preferred because they are conductive materials that are resistant to oxidation, have the function of suppressing oxygen diffusion, or maintain conductivity even after absorbing oxygen.
  • Examples of conductive materials containing oxygen include indium oxide containing tungsten oxide, indium oxide containing titanium oxide, ITO, indium tin oxide containing titanium oxide, ITSO, In-Zn oxide, and indium zinc oxide containing tungsten oxide.
  • a conductive film formed using a conductive material containing oxygen may be referred to as an oxide conductive film.
  • a layered structure may be formed by combining the above-mentioned material containing a metal element with a conductive material containing oxygen.
  • a layered structure may be formed by combining the above-mentioned material containing a metal element with a conductive material containing nitrogen.
  • a layered structure may be formed by combining the above-mentioned material containing a metal element with a conductive material containing oxygen and a conductive material containing nitrogen.
  • the conductive layer that functions as the gate electrode preferably has a stacked structure that combines a material containing the metal element described above and a conductive material containing oxygen.
  • Substrates on which transistors are formed can include, for example, insulating substrates, semiconductor substrates, or conductive substrates.
  • insulating substrates include glass substrates, quartz substrates, sapphire substrates, stabilized zirconia substrates (e.g., yttria-stabilized zirconia substrates), and resin substrates.
  • semiconductor substrates include semiconductor substrates made of silicon or germanium, or compound semiconductor substrates made of silicon carbide, silicon germanium, gallium arsenide, indium phosphide, zinc oxide, or gallium oxide.
  • semiconductor substrates having an insulating region within the semiconductor substrate, such as an SOI substrate are also available.
  • Examples of conductive substrates include graphite substrates, metal substrates, alloy substrates, and conductive resin substrates. Other examples include substrates having a metal nitride or a metal oxide. Other examples include substrates having a conductor or semiconductor provided on an insulating substrate, substrates having a conductor or insulator provided on a semiconductor substrate, and substrates having a semiconductor or insulator provided on a conductive substrate. Alternatively, these substrates may be provided with elements. The elements provided on the substrate include a capacitor element, a resistor element, a switch element, a light-emitting element, a memory element, and the like.
  • ⁇ Configuration example of Si transistor> 20A and 20B show examples of cross-sectional structures of transistors applicable to the Si transistor of Embodiment 1.
  • Fig. 20A shows an example of a cross-sectional structure of a planar Si transistor in the channel length direction.
  • Fig. 20B shows an example of a cross-sectional structure of a planar Si transistor in the channel width direction.
  • Transistor 130 is composed of a first semiconductor material. Examples of semiconductors that can be used as the first semiconductor material include silicon, germanium, and silicon germanium. Transistor 130 is provided on semiconductor substrate 131 and has a semiconductor layer 132 made of part of semiconductor substrate 131, a gate insulating film 134, a gate electrode 135, and low-resistance layers 133a and 133b that function as source and drain regions.
  • Transistor 130 can be used as either a pMOS or nMOS, depending on the impurity elements added. Transistor 130 can be of an appropriate conductivity type depending on the circuit configuration, driving method, etc.
  • the region where the channel of the semiconductor layer 132 is formed, the region nearby, the low-resistance layer 133a and the low-resistance layer 133b that form the source region or drain region, etc. contain a semiconductor such as a silicon-based semiconductor.
  • Transistor 130 can also be configured to have regions 176a and 176b, which are LDD (Lightly Doped Drain) regions.
  • Low-resistance layer 133a and low-resistance layer 133b contain, in addition to the semiconductor material used in semiconductor layer 132, an element that imparts n-type conductivity, such as phosphorus, or an element that imparts p-type conductivity, such as boron.
  • the gate electrode 135 can be made of a conductive material such as a semiconductor material, metal material, alloy material, or metal oxide material, such as silicon containing an element that imparts n-type conductivity, such as phosphorus, or an element that imparts p-type conductivity, such as boron. It is particularly preferable to use a high-melting-point material such as tungsten or molybdenum, which has both heat resistance and conductivity, and tungsten is particularly preferred.
  • a conductive material such as a semiconductor material, metal material, alloy material, or metal oxide material, such as silicon containing an element that imparts n-type conductivity, such as phosphorus, or an element that imparts p-type conductivity, such as boron. It is particularly preferable to use a high-melting-point material such as tungsten or molybdenum, which has both heat resistance and conductivity, and tungsten is particularly preferred.
  • transistor 130 may be replaced with a transistor 190 as shown in Figures 20C and 20D.
  • Figure 20C is an example of the cross-sectional configuration in the channel length direction of a Si transistor with a FinFET structure.
  • Figure 20D is an example of the cross-sectional configuration in the channel length direction of a Si transistor with a FinFET structure.
  • the semiconductor layer 132 (part of the semiconductor substrate) where the channel is formed has a convex shape, and a gate insulating film 134 and a gate electrode 135 are provided along the side and top surfaces of the semiconductor layer.
  • An element isolation layer 181 is also provided between the transistors.
  • the transistor 190 may have an insulating film that contacts the top of the convex portion of the semiconductor substrate and functions as a mask for forming the convex portion. While the example shown here shows a case where the convex portion is formed by processing a part of the semiconductor substrate, a semiconductor layer having a convex shape may also be formed by processing an SOI substrate.
  • FIG. 21 also shows a cross-sectional structure in which the transistor 200 described above, which is an example of an IO transistor, is stacked on the transistor 130 described above, which is an example of a Si transistor.
  • FIG. 21 illustrates a cross-sectional structure in which a wiring layer 902 having a conductive layer is provided on an element layer 901 having the transistor 130, and an element layer 903 having the transistor 200 is provided on the wiring layer 902 having the conductive layer.
  • Element layer 901 is a layer containing Si transistors.
  • Wiring layer 902 is a layer containing conductive layers for connecting elements such as upper and lower layer transistors and capacitor elements.
  • Element layer 903 is a layer containing IO transistors.
  • insulating films 136, 137, and 138 are stacked in this order to cover the transistor 130.
  • Insulating film 136 functions as a protective film when activating the elements that impart conductivity added to low-resistance layer 133a and low-resistance layer 133b during the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device. Insulating film 136 does not have to be provided if it is not needed.
  • the insulating film 137 preferably contains an insulating material containing hydrogen.
  • the hydrogen in the insulating film 137 terminates the dangling bonds in the semiconductor layer 132, thereby improving the reliability of the transistor 130.
  • the insulating film 138 functions as a planarizing layer that flattens steps caused by the transistor 130 and other elements provided below it.
  • the top surface of the insulating film 138 may be planarized by a planarization process using a CMP (Chemical Mechanical Polishing) method or the like to improve the flatness of the top surface.
  • CMP Chemical Mechanical Polishing
  • plugs 140 that connect to low-resistance layers 133a, 133b, etc., and plugs 139 that connect to gate electrodes 135 of transistors 130, etc., are embedded in insulating films 136, 137, and 138.
  • Conductive layer 251 is provided on plug 140, and conductive layer 151 is provided on plug 139.
  • a conductive layer 252 is provided in the wiring layer 902 shown in FIG. 21, a conductive layer 252 is provided.
  • the conductive layer 252 functions as wiring that connects a conductive layer provided in the element layer 903 located above, a conductive layer provided in the element layer 901 located below, and the like.
  • the wiring layer 902 can be provided by stacking conductive layers 252 across multiple layers (multilayering).
  • the element layer 903 shown in FIG. 21 has a transistor 200 provided above the transistor 130.
  • the transistor 200 is provided with insulating layers 241a and 241b, conductive layers 243a and 243b, as well as insulating layer 241c and conductive layer 243c.
  • the transistor 200 can be connected to the transistor 130 via the insulating layer 241c, conductive layer 243c, conductive layer 251, and plug 140.
  • Figure 22 illustrates a cross-sectional structure different from that of Figure 21, in which a wiring layer 902 having a conductive layer is provided over an element layer 901 having a transistor 190, an element layer 903 having a transistor 200 is provided over the wiring layer 902 having the conductive layer, and a memory element 950 having a capacitor 930 and a transistor 940 is further provided over the wiring layer 902, across element layers 904_1 to 904_3.
  • the element layer 901 shown in Figure 22 illustrates a transistor 190, which is a Si transistor with a FinFET structure.
  • the transistor 190 has a semiconductor layer 132 in which an element isolation layer 181 and a low-resistance layer 133 are provided on a semiconductor substrate 131.
  • the transistor 190 also has a gate insulating film 134 and a gate electrode 135.
  • a conductive layer 252 is provided, similar to Figure 21.
  • a transistor 200 is provided, as in FIG. 21.
  • the transistor 200 has a semiconductor layer 230, a conductive layer 242 on the semiconductor layer 230, an insulating layer 250 on the semiconductor layer 230, and a conductive layer 260 on the insulating layer 250.
  • the memory element 950 shown in Figure 22 is a 1T (transistor) 1C (capacitor) type DOSRAM (Dynamic Oxide Semiconductor Random Access Memory) memory element.
  • DOSRAM is a memory that takes advantage of the low off-state current of transistors, and by using an IO transistor for the transistor 940, it is possible to achieve both high-speed operation and low power consumption.
  • a memory element 950 including a capacitor 930 and a transistor 940 is stacked.
  • the transistor 940 can be manufactured in a manner similar to that of the transistor 200 described above.
  • the capacitor 930 can be manufactured by stacking conductive layers 932 and 933 with an insulating layer 931 sandwiched therebetween.
  • the multiple memory elements 950 shown in Figure 22 are connected via conductive layers, such as the conductive layer 934, shown in the element layers 904_1 to 904_3.
  • the semiconductor device can have an on-chip memory configuration.
  • an on-chip memory configuration the signal propagation distance can be shortened, enabling faster operation of the interface between the logic circuit and the memory circuit.
  • the number of wirings between the logic circuit and the memory circuit can be increased, improving the bandwidth (also called memory bandwidth) of the memory circuit. Therefore, a memory circuit provided on a logic circuit can be used in applications such as high bandwidth memory (HBM).
  • HBM high bandwidth memory
  • a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be used in, for example, electronic components, mainframe computers, space equipment, data centers (also referred to as DCs), and various electronic devices.
  • DCs data centers
  • a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention low power consumption and high performance can be achieved for electronic components, mainframe computers, space equipment, data centers, and various electronic devices.
  • Electronic devices include, for example, electronic devices with relatively large screens such as televisions, desktop or notebook computers, computer monitors, digital signage, and large game machines such as pachinko machines, as well as digital cameras, digital video cameras, digital photo frames, mobile phones, portable game machines, personal digital assistants, and audio playback devices.
  • electronic devices with relatively large screens such as televisions, desktop or notebook computers, computer monitors, digital signage, and large game machines such as pachinko machines, as well as digital cameras, digital video cameras, digital photo frames, mobile phones, portable game machines, personal digital assistants, and audio playback devices.
  • the electronic device of this embodiment may have a sensor (including the function of sensing, detecting, or measuring force, displacement, position, velocity, acceleration, angular velocity, rotation speed, distance, light, liquid, magnetism, temperature, chemical substances, sound, time, hardness, electric field, current, voltage, power, radiation, flow rate, humidity, gradient, vibration, odor, or infrared light).
  • a sensor including the function of sensing, detecting, or measuring force, displacement, position, velocity, acceleration, angular velocity, rotation speed, distance, light, liquid, magnetism, temperature, chemical substances, sound, time, hardness, electric field, current, voltage, power, radiation, flow rate, humidity, gradient, vibration, odor, or infrared light).
  • the electronic device of this embodiment can have a variety of functions. For example, it can have a function to display various information (still images, videos, text images, etc.) on a display unit, a touch panel function, a function to display a calendar, date, time, etc., a function to execute various software (programs), a wireless communication function, a function to read programs or data recorded on a recording medium, etc.
  • FIG. 23A shows a perspective view of a substrate (mounting substrate 989) on which an electronic component 980 is mounted.
  • the electronic component 980 shown in FIG. 23A has a semiconductor device 981 inside a mold 984.
  • FIG. 23A omits some parts in order to show the interior of the electronic component 980.
  • the electronic component 980 has lands 985 on the outside of the mold 984. The lands 985 are connected to electrode pads 986, and the electrode pads 986 are connected to the semiconductor device 981 via wires 987.
  • the electronic component 980 is mounted on, for example, a printed circuit board 988. A plurality of such electronic components are combined and connected on the printed circuit board 988 to complete the mounting substrate 989.
  • the semiconductor device 981 also has a drive circuit layer 982 and a memory layer 983.
  • the memory layer 983 is configured by stacking multiple memory cell arrays.
  • the stacked configuration of the drive circuit layer 982 and the memory layer 983 can be a monolithic stacked configuration. In a monolithic stacked configuration, the layers can be connected without using through-electrode technology such as TSV (Through Silicon Via) or bonding technology such as Cu-Cu direct bonding.
  • TSV Through Silicon Via
  • bonding technology such as Cu-Cu direct bonding.
  • connection wiring can be reduced compared to technologies that use through electrodes such as TSVs, making it possible to increase the number of connection pins.
  • Increasing the number of connection pins enables parallel operation, making it possible to improve the memory bandwidth (also known as memory bandwidth).
  • the multiple memory cell arrays included in the memory layer 983 are formed using OS transistors and that the multiple memory cell arrays are monolithically stacked.
  • OS transistors By configuring the multiple memory cell arrays as a monolithic stack, it is possible to improve either or both of the memory bandwidth and memory access latency.
  • bandwidth refers to the amount of data transferred per unit time
  • access latency refers to the time from access to the start of data exchange.
  • Si transistors are used for the memory layer 983, it is more difficult to achieve a monolithic stack configuration than OS transistors. Therefore, it can be said that OS transistors have a superior structure to Si transistors in a monolithic stack configuration.
  • Semiconductor device 981 may also be referred to as a die.
  • a die refers to a chip piece obtained during the semiconductor chip manufacturing process by forming a circuit pattern on, for example, a disk-shaped substrate (also called a wafer) and dicing it into cubes.
  • Semiconductor materials that can be used for the die include, for example, silicon (Si), silicon carbide (SiC), or gallium nitride (GaN).
  • Si silicon
  • SiC silicon carbide
  • GaN gallium nitride
  • a die obtained from a silicon substrate also called a silicon wafer
  • a silicon die obtained from a silicon substrate (also called a silicon wafer) may be called a silicon die.
  • FIG. 23B shows a perspective view of electronic component 990.
  • Electronic component 990 is an example of a SiP (System in Package) or MCM (Multi-Chip Module).
  • Electronic component 990 has an interposer 991 provided on a package substrate 992 (printed circuit board), and a semiconductor device 994 and multiple semiconductor devices 981 provided on interposer 991.
  • Electronic component 990 shows an example in which semiconductor device 981 is used as a wideband memory. Furthermore, semiconductor device 994 can be used in integrated circuits such as a CPU, GPU, or FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array).
  • semiconductor device 994 can be used in integrated circuits such as a CPU, GPU, or FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array).
  • the package substrate 992 can be, for example, a ceramic substrate, a plastic substrate, or a glass epoxy substrate.
  • the interposer 991 can be, for example, a silicon interposer or a resin interposer.
  • the interposer 991 has multiple wiring lines and functions to connect multiple integrated circuits with different terminal pitches.
  • the multiple wiring lines are provided in a single layer or multiple layers.
  • the interposer 991 also functions to connect the integrated circuits provided on the interposer 991 to electrodes provided on the package substrate 992.
  • the interposer is sometimes called a "rewiring substrate” or "intermediate substrate.”
  • through electrodes are provided in the interposer 991, and these through electrodes are used to connect the integrated circuits to the package substrate 992.
  • TSVs can also be used as through electrodes.
  • the interposer on which the HBM is mounted must be able to form fine, high-density wiring. Therefore, it is preferable to use a silicon interposer for the interposer on which the HBM is mounted.
  • SiPs and MCMs that use silicon interposers that use silicon interposers, a decrease in reliability due to differences in the coefficient of expansion between the integrated circuit and the interposer is less likely. Furthermore, because the surface of a silicon interposer is highly flat, poor connections between the integrated circuit mounted on the silicon interposer and the silicon interposer are less likely to occur. It is particularly preferable to use silicon interposers in 2.5D packages (2.5-dimensional packaging), in which multiple integrated circuits are arranged horizontally on an interposer.
  • a monolithic stacked configuration using OS transistors is preferable.
  • a composite structure may also be used that combines a memory cell array stacked using TSVs with a monolithic stacked memory cell array.
  • a heat sink may also be provided overlapping the electronic component 990.
  • a heat sink it is preferable to align the height of the integrated circuit provided on the interposer 991.
  • the electronic component 990 shown in this embodiment it is preferable to align the height of the semiconductor device 981 and the semiconductor device 994.
  • Electrodes 993 may be provided on the bottom of the package substrate 992 in order to mount the electronic component 990 on another substrate.
  • Figure 23B shows an example in which the electrodes 993 are formed from solder balls. By providing solder balls in a matrix on the bottom of the package substrate 992, BGA (Ball Grid Array) mounting can be achieved.
  • the electrodes 993 may also be formed from conductive pins. By providing conductive pins in a matrix on the bottom of the package substrate 992, PGA (Pin Grid Array) mounting can be achieved.
  • Electronic component 990 can be mounted on other substrates using a variety of mounting methods, not limited to BGA and PGA. Examples of mounting methods include SPGA (Staggered Pin Grid Array), LGA (Land Grid Array), QFP (Quad Flat Package), QFJ (Quad Flat J-leaded package), and QFN (Quad Flat Non-leaded package).
  • SPGA Stablgered Pin Grid Array
  • LGA Land Grid Array
  • QFP Quad Flat Package
  • QFJ Quad Flat J-leaded package
  • QFN Quad Flat Non-leaded package
  • Fig. 24A shows a perspective view of a mainframe computer 5600.
  • the mainframe computer 5600 shown in Fig. 24A has a rack 5610 housing a plurality of rack-mounted computers 5620.
  • the mainframe computer 5600 may also be called a supercomputer.
  • Computer 5620 can have the configuration shown in the perspective view in Figure 24B, for example.
  • computer 5620 has a motherboard 5630, which has multiple slots 5631 and multiple connection terminals.
  • PC card 5621 is inserted into slot 5631.
  • PC card 5621 has connection terminals 5623, 5624, and 5625, which are each connected to motherboard 5630.
  • PC card 5621 shown in Figure 24C is an example of a processing board equipped with a CPU, GPU, memory device, etc.
  • PC card 5621 has board 5622.
  • Board 5622 also has connection terminal 5623, connection terminal 5624, connection terminal 5625, semiconductor device 5626, semiconductor device 5627, semiconductor device 5628, and connection terminal 5629.
  • Figure 24C illustrates semiconductor devices other than semiconductor device 5626, semiconductor device 5627, and semiconductor device 5628, but for these semiconductor devices, please refer to the descriptions of semiconductor device 5626, semiconductor device 5627, and semiconductor device 5628 described below.
  • connection terminal 5629 has a shape that allows it to be inserted into the slot 5631 of the motherboard 5630, and functions as an interface for connecting the PC card 5621 and the motherboard 5630.
  • Examples of standards for the connection terminal 5629 include PCI Express (Tokiriki trademark).
  • Connection terminals 5623, 5624, and 5625 can be, for example, interfaces for supplying power to PC card 5621, inputting signals, etc. They can also be, for example, interfaces for outputting signals calculated by PC card 5621.
  • Examples of standards for connection terminals 5623, 5624, and 5625 include USB (Universal Serial Bus), SATA (Serial ATA), and SCSI (Small Computer System Interface).
  • Examples of standards for each include HDMI (registered trademark).
  • the semiconductor device 5626 has terminals (not shown) for inputting and outputting signals, and the semiconductor device 5626 can be connected to the board 5622 by inserting these terminals into sockets (not shown) provided on the board 5622.
  • the semiconductor device 5627 has multiple terminals, and the semiconductor device 5627 can be connected to the board 5622 by soldering the terminals to wiring on the board 5622, for example, using a reflow soldering method.
  • Examples of the semiconductor device 5627 include FPGAs, GPUs, and CPUs.
  • the electronic component 990 can be used as the semiconductor device 5627.
  • the semiconductor device 5628 has multiple terminals, and the semiconductor device 5628 can be connected to the board 5622 by soldering the terminals to wiring on the board 5622, for example, using a reflow soldering method.
  • Examples of the semiconductor device 5628 include a memory device.
  • the electronic component 990 can be used as the semiconductor device 5628.
  • the mainframe computer 5600 can also function as a parallel computer. By using the mainframe computer 5600 as a parallel computer, it is possible to perform large-scale calculations required for, for example, artificial intelligence learning and inference.
  • the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be suitably used in space equipment.
  • a semiconductor device includes an OS transistor.
  • OS transistors Compared to Si transistors, OS transistors exhibit smaller variations in electrical characteristics due to radiation exposure. In other words, OS transistors have high radiation resistance and are therefore highly reliable and suitable for use in environments where radiation may be incident.
  • OS transistors are suitable for use in outer space.
  • OS transistors can be used as transistors for semiconductor devices installed in space shuttles, artificial satellites, or space probes. Examples of radiation include X-rays and neutron rays.
  • outer space refers to an altitude of 100 km or higher, and the outer space described in this specification can include one or more of the thermosphere, mesosphere, and stratosphere.
  • Figure 24D shows an artificial satellite 6800 as an example of space equipment.
  • the artificial satellite 6800 has a body 6801, a solar panel 6802, an antenna 6803, a secondary battery 6805, and a control device 6807. Note that Figure 24D also shows a planet 6804 in space.
  • the secondary battery 6805 may be provided with a battery management system (also referred to as a BMS) or a battery control circuit.
  • a battery management system also referred to as a BMS
  • a battery control circuit The use of OS transistors in the battery management system or battery control circuit described above is preferable because they consume less power and have high reliability even in space.
  • outer space is an environment with radiation levels more than 100 times higher than on Earth.
  • radiation include electromagnetic waves (electromagnetic radiation) such as X-rays and gamma rays, as well as particle radiation such as alpha rays, beta rays, neutron rays, proton rays, heavy ion rays, and meson rays.
  • the power required for the satellite 6800 to operate is generated.
  • the amount of power generated will be small. Therefore, there is a possibility that the power required for the satellite 6800 to operate will not be generated.
  • a secondary battery 6805 be provided on the satellite 6800.
  • the solar panel is sometimes called a solar cell module.
  • Satellite 6800 can generate a signal. This signal is transmitted via antenna 6803, and can be received, for example, by a receiver located on the ground or by another satellite. By receiving the signal transmitted by satellite 6800, the position of the receiver that received the signal can be determined. As described above, satellite 6800 can constitute a satellite positioning system.
  • the control device 6807 also has a function of controlling the satellite 6800.
  • the control device 6807 is configured using, for example, one or more selected from a CPU, a GPU, and a storage device.
  • the control device 6807 is preferably a semiconductor device including an OS transistor, which is one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the artificial satellite 6800 can be configured to include a sensor.
  • the artificial satellite 6800 can have the function of detecting sunlight reflected off an object on the ground.
  • the artificial satellite 6800 can have the function of detecting thermal infrared rays emitted from the earth's surface.
  • the artificial satellite 6800 can function as, for example, an Earth observation satellite.
  • a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be suitably used in space equipment such as a spaceship, a space capsule, or a space probe.
  • OS transistors have the advantages of being able to achieve a wider memory bandwidth and having higher radiation resistance compared to Si transistors.
  • the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be suitably used in a storage system applied to, for example, a data center.
  • the data center is required to perform long-term management of data, such as ensuring data immutability.
  • the building must be large enough to accommodate the installation of storage devices and servers for storing a huge amount of data, a stable power source for storing the data, or cooling equipment required for storing the data.
  • the power required to store data can be reduced and the semiconductor device that stores data can be made smaller. This allows for the storage system to be made smaller, the power supply for storing data to be made smaller, and cooling equipment to be made smaller. This allows for space savings in the data center.
  • the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention has low power consumption, and therefore heat generation from the circuit can be reduced. Therefore, adverse effects of the heat generation on the circuit itself, peripheral circuits, and modules can be reduced. Furthermore, by using the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention, a data center that operates stably even in a high-temperature environment can be realized. Therefore, the reliability of the data center can be improved.
  • Figure 24E shows a storage system applicable to a data center.
  • the storage system 7010 shown in Figure 24E has multiple servers 7001sb as hosts 7001 (illustrated as Host Computers). It also has multiple storage devices 7003md as storage 7003 (illustrated as Storage).
  • the host 7001 and storage 7003 are shown connected via a storage area network 7004 (illustrated as SAN: Storage Area Network) and a storage control circuit 7002 (illustrated as Storage Controller).
  • SAN Storage Area Network
  • the host 7001 corresponds to a computer that accesses data stored in the storage 7003.
  • the hosts 7001 may be connected to each other via a network.
  • Storage 7003 uses flash memory to reduce data access speed, i.e., the time required to store and output data, but this time is significantly longer than the time required for DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory), which can be used as cache memory within the storage.
  • DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory
  • storage systems typically provide cache memory within the storage to reduce the time required to store and output data.
  • the aforementioned cache memory is used within the storage control circuit 7002 and storage 7003. Data exchanged between the host 7001 and storage 7003 is stored in the cache memory within the storage control circuit 7002 and storage 7003, and then output to the host 7001 or storage 7003.
  • OS transistors as transistors for storing data in the cache memory and maintaining a potential corresponding to the data
  • the frequency of refreshes can be reduced, lowering power consumption.
  • stacking the memory cell array miniaturization is possible.
  • the content (or even a part of the content) described in one embodiment can be applied to, combined with, or replaced with another content (or even a part of the content) described in that embodiment, and/or the content (or even a part of the content) described in one or more other embodiments.
  • figure (or even a part thereof) described in one embodiment can be combined with another part of that figure, another figure (or even a part thereof) described in that embodiment, and/or a figure (or even a part thereof) described in one or more other embodiments to form even more figures.
  • block diagrams classify components by function and show them as independent blocks.
  • it is difficult to separate components by function and there may be cases where a single circuit is involved in multiple functions, or where a single function is involved across multiple circuits. Therefore, the blocks in the block diagrams are not limited to the components described in the specification and may be rephrased appropriately.
  • the terms "one of the source or drain” (or first electrode or first terminal) and “the other of the source or drain” (or second electrode or second terminal) are used. This is because the source and drain of a transistor vary depending on the transistor's structure or operating conditions, etc.
  • the source and drain of a transistor can also be appropriately referred to as source (drain) terminal, source (drain) electrode, etc.
  • electrode and “wiring” used in this specification do not limit the functionality of these components.
  • an “electrode” may be used as part of a “wiring,” and vice versa.
  • the terms “electrode” and “wiring” also include cases where multiple “electrodes” or “wirings” are formed as a single unit.
  • Voltage refers to the potential difference from a reference potential; for example, if the reference potential is a ground voltage (earth voltage), then voltage can be interchanged with potential. Ground potential does not necessarily mean 0V. Note that potential is relative, and the potential applied to wiring, etc. may change depending on the reference potential.
  • conductive layer can be changed to the term “conductive film.”
  • insulating film can be changed to the term “insulating layer.”
  • a switch refers to a device that can be in a conductive state (on state) or a non-conductive state (off state) and has the function of controlling whether or not a current flows.
  • a switch refers to a device that has the function of selecting and switching the path through which a current flows.
  • the channel length of a planar transistor refers to, for example, the distance between the source and drain in the region where the semiconductor (or the portion of the semiconductor through which current flows when the transistor is on) and the gate overlap in a plan view of the transistor, or the region where the channel is formed.
  • channel width refers to, for example, the length of the region where the semiconductor (or the portion of the semiconductor through which current flows when the transistor is on) and the gate electrode overlap, or the length of the portion where the source and drain face each other in the region where the channel is formed.
  • a node can be referred to as a terminal, wiring, electrode, conductive layer, conductor, impurity region, etc. depending on the circuit configuration, device structure, etc. Furthermore, a terminal, wiring, etc. can be referred to as a node.
  • the "on state” of a transistor refers to, for example, a state in which the source and drain of the transistor can be considered to be short-circuited.
  • the "on state” refers to a state in which the voltage between the gate and source of an n-channel transistor is higher than the threshold voltage, or a state in which the voltage between the gate and source of a p-channel transistor is lower than the threshold voltage.
  • the "on state” of a transistor refers to a state in which current can flow between the source and drain. Therefore, the "on state” of a transistor may also be referred to as the "conducting state" of the transistor.
  • the "off state” of a transistor refers to a state in which the source and drain of the transistor can be considered to be cut off.
  • the “off state” refers to a state in which the voltage between the gate and source of an n-channel transistor is lower than the threshold voltage, or a state in which the voltage between the gate and source of a p-channel transistor is higher than the threshold voltage.
  • the “off state” of a transistor may also be referred to as the "non-conducting state" of the transistor.
  • the voltage between the gate and source is sometimes referred to as the "gate voltage”
  • the voltage between the drain and source is sometimes referred to as the “drain voltage”
  • the voltage between the backgate and source is sometimes referred to as the “backgate voltage”
  • the current flowing from the drain to the source is sometimes referred to as the "drain current.”
  • the "off-state current" of a transistor refers to the drain current when the transistor is in an off state. Note that in this specification, the off-state current and the current flowing from the gate to the source and drain (also referred to as gate leakage current) may also be referred to as leakage current.
  • connection includes, as an example, “electrical connection.”
  • electrical connection is sometimes used to define the connection relationship between circuit elements as an object.
  • electrical connection includes “direct connection” and “indirect connection.”
  • a and B are directly connected means that A and B are connected without the intervention of a circuit element (e.g., a transistor, a switch, etc.; note that wiring is not a circuit element).
  • a and B are indirectly connected means that A and B are connected via one or more circuit elements. Note that A and B represent objects such as elements, circuits, wiring, electrodes, terminals, semiconductor layers, and conductive layers.
  • a and B are indirectly connected
  • a and B are connected via the source and drain of one or more transistors.
  • an example of a case where it cannot be said that "A and B are indirectly connected” is when an insulator is present in the path from A to B. Specifically, this would be the case when a capacitive element is connected between A and B, or when a transistor gate insulating film or the like is present between A and B. Therefore, it cannot be said that "the transistor gate (A) and the transistor source or drain (B) are indirectly connected.”

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Computing Systems (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Critical Care (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Remote Sensing (AREA)
  • Aviation & Aerospace Engineering (AREA)
  • Thin Film Transistor (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a semiconductor device that has a novel configuration. A p-channel transistor and one n-channel transistor have a first semiconductor layer that contains silicon. A second n-channel transistor has a second semiconductor layer that contains indium oxide. One of either the source or the drain of the second n-channel transistor is electrically connected to one of either the source or the drain of the first n-channel transistor. The other of either the source or the drain of the second n-channel transistor is electrically connected to a second power line. A signal line electrically connected to the gate of the second n-channel transistor has a function of conveying a signal for turning off the second n-channel transistor during a period in which a logic circuit is inactive. A first power line is provided in a layer below the layer in which the logic circuit is provided. The second power line is provided in a layer above the layer in which the logic circuit is provided.

Description

半導体装置Semiconductor Devices

 本明細書は、半導体装置等について説明する。 This specification describes semiconductor devices, etc.

 なお、本発明の一態様は、上記の技術分野に限定されない。本明細書等で開示する本発明の一態様の技術分野としては、半導体装置、撮像装置、表示装置、発光装置、蓄電装置、記憶装置、表示システム、電子機器、照明装置、入力装置、入出力装置、それらの駆動方法、又はそれらの製造方法、を一例として挙げることができる。 Note that one embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the above technical field. Examples of technical fields of one embodiment of the present invention disclosed in this specification and the like include semiconductor devices, imaging devices, display devices, light-emitting devices, power storage devices, memory devices, display systems, electronic devices, lighting devices, input devices, input/output devices, and driving methods thereof or manufacturing methods thereof.

 近年、地球温暖化に対する取り組みの重要度が高まっている。エネルギー消費量は増加の一途をたどっており、地球温暖化の一因である二酸化炭素の排出量は未だ削減できていない。単にエネルギー消費量を低減するだけでは、却って利便性が損なわれる場合がある。利便性を損なうことなくエネルギー消費量を低減するためには、低消費電力化の技術が非常に重要になってくる。 In recent years, efforts to combat global warming have become increasingly important. Energy consumption continues to increase, and carbon dioxide emissions, one of the causes of global warming, have yet to be reduced. Simply reducing energy consumption may actually result in a loss of convenience. In order to reduce energy consumption without sacrificing convenience, low-power consumption technologies are becoming extremely important.

 CPU(Central Processing Unit)、GPU(Graphics Processing Unit)といった演算処理を行うロジック回路では性能向上を図るためにトランジスタの微細化および集積化が進んでいる。ロジック回路は、nチャネル型トランジスタ(nMOSともいう)とpチャネル型トランジスタ(pMOSともいう)とを組み合わせた回路構造(CMOS(Complementary Metal−Oxide−Semiconductor)ともいう)を有する。CMOSでは、トランジスタの微細化に伴うリーク電流、トランジスタのオン状態とオフ状態との切り替えに伴う貫通電流、等に応じて消費電力が増大する。 In logic circuits that perform arithmetic processing, such as CPUs (Central Processing Units) and GPUs (Graphics Processing Units), transistors are becoming increasingly miniaturized and integrated to improve performance. Logic circuits have a circuit structure (also known as CMOS (Complementary Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor)) that combines n-channel transistors (also known as nMOS) and p-channel transistors (also known as pMOS). In CMOS, power consumption increases due to factors such as leakage currents that accompany transistor miniaturization and through currents that occur when transistors switch between on and off states.

 微細化に伴うリーク電流への対策としてFinFET構造、GAA(Gate All Around)構造などのトランジスタの実用化が進んでいる。またさらなる性能向上を図るための集積化の技術として、トランジスタを積層する3次元実装技術が検討されている。例えばGAAナノシート構造のトランジスタをシリコン基板の垂直方向に積層するCFET(Complementary Field−Effect Transistor)が提案されている(例えば特許文献1および非特許文献1参照)。 Transistors with FinFET and Gate All Around (GAA) structures are being put into practical use as a countermeasure to the leakage current that accompanies miniaturization. Furthermore, three-dimensional packaging technology for stacking transistors is being considered as an integration technique to further improve performance. For example, a complementary field-effect transistor (CFET) has been proposed, in which transistors with a GAA nanosheet structure are stacked vertically on a silicon substrate (see, for example, Patent Document 1 and Non-Patent Document 1).

国際公開2019/112952号International Publication No. 2019/112952

J.Park et al.,“First demonstration of 3−dimensional stacked FET with top/bottom source−drain isolation and stacked n/p metal gate”IEDM2023J. Park et al. , “First demonstration of 3-dimensional stacked FET with top/bo ttom source-drain isolation and stacked n/p metal gate"IEDM2023 鯉田崇、“高移動度透明導電膜”、国立研究開発法人産業技術総合研究所、AIST太陽光発電研究成果報告会2019、インターネット<URL:https://unit.aist.go.jp/rpd−envene/PV/ja/results/2019/oral/T13.pdf>Takashi Koida, "High Mobility Transparent Conductive Film," National Institute of Advanced Industrial Science and Technology, AIST Photovoltaic Power Generation Research Results Report 2019, Internet <URL: https://unit.aist.go.jp/rpd-envene/PV/ja/results/2019/oral/T13.pdf>

 FinFET構造、GAAナノシート構造、CFETといった技術は、トランジスタの微細化および高集積化を図るうえで重要である。一方でCMOS、つまりnMOSとpMOSとを組み合わせた回路構造の場合、トランジスタ数の増加に伴ってリーク電流が大きくなる。リーク電流の低減を防ぐためには、ロジック回路が非アクティブ時にリーク電流を遮断するパワーゲーティングが有効である。 Technologies such as the FinFET structure, GAA nanosheet structure, and CFET are important for miniaturizing transistors and increasing their integration density. However, in the case of CMOS, a circuit structure that combines nMOS and pMOS, leakage current increases as the number of transistors increases. To prevent this, power gating, which cuts off leakage current when the logic circuit is inactive, is effective.

 しかしながら、ロジック回路の単位でパワーゲーティングのためのトランジスタを配置する場合、トランジスタ数の増加に伴って集積度が低下する虞がある。または、パワーゲーティングのためのトランジスタそのもののリーク電流によって消費電力が増大する虞がある。または、パワーゲーティングのためのスイッチの電流供給能力が低い場合、動作速度が低下する虞がある。または、ロジック回路を制御するための入力信号および出力信号を伝える信号線、ロジック回路を動作させるための電源電位を伝える信号線に加え、パワーゲーティングのためのトランジスタを制御するため信号を伝える信号線が増える場合、信号線とトランジスタとの間の結線が複雑化する虞がある。 However, when power gating transistors are arranged on a logic circuit basis, there is a risk that the level of integration will decrease as the number of transistors increases. Alternatively, there is a risk that power consumption will increase due to leakage current from the power gating transistors themselves. Alternatively, there is a risk that the operating speed will decrease if the current supply capacity of the power gating switches is low. Alternatively, there is a risk that the wiring between the signal lines and transistors will become more complex if there are additional signal lines that transmit signals to control the power gating transistors, in addition to the signal lines that transmit input and output signals to control the logic circuit and the signal lines that transmit the power supply potential to operate the logic circuit.

 本発明の一態様は、新規な構成の半導体装置を提供することを課題の一とする。または本発明の一態様は、トランジスタの集積度を低下することなく、ロジック回路の単位でパワーゲーティングのためのトランジスタを配置することのできる、新規な構成の半導体装置を提供することを課題の一とする。または本発明の一態様は、パワーゲーティングのためのトランジスタそのもののリーク電流による消費電力を低減できる、新規な構成の半導体装置を提供することを課題の一とする。または本発明の一態様は、パワーゲーティングのためのトランジスタの電流供給能力を高めることで動作速度の低下が抑制された、新規な構成の半導体装置を提供することを課題の一とする。または本発明の一態様は、信号線とトランジスタとの間の結線を効率的に配置することのできる、新規な構成の半導体装置を提供することを課題の一とする。 An object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a semiconductor device with a novel structure. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a semiconductor device with a novel structure in which transistors for power gating can be arranged in units of logic circuits without reducing the degree of integration of the transistors. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a semiconductor device with a novel structure in which power gating transistors themselves can consume less power due to leakage current. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a semiconductor device with a novel structure in which a decrease in operating speed is suppressed by increasing the current supply capability of the transistors for power gating. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a semiconductor device with a novel structure in which connections between signal lines and transistors can be efficiently arranged.

 なお、本発明の一態様は、必ずしも上記の課題の全てを解決する必要はなく、少なくとも一の課題を解決できるものであればよい。また、上記の課題の記載は、他の課題の存在を妨げるものではない。これら以外の課題は、明細書、特許請求の範囲、図面などの記載から、自ずと明らかとなるものであり、明細書、特許請求の範囲、図面などの記載から、これら以外の課題を抽出することが可能である。 Note that one embodiment of the present invention does not necessarily have to solve all of the above problems, but it is sufficient if it can solve at least one of the problems. Furthermore, the description of the above problems does not preclude the existence of other problems. Problems other than these will become apparent from the description in the specification, claims, drawings, etc., and it is possible to extract other problems from the description in the specification, claims, drawings, etc.

 本発明の一態様は、pチャネル型トランジスタ、第1のnチャネル型トランジスタおよび第2のnチャネル型トランジスタを有するロジック回路と、ロジック回路に制御するための信号を供給する第1の信号線と、高電源電位を供給する第1電源線および低電源電位を供給する第2電源線と、を有し、pチャネル型トランジスタおよび第1のnチャネル型トランジスタは、シリコンを有する第1半導体層を有し、第2のnチャネル型トランジスタは、酸化インジウムを有する第2半導体層を有し、第2のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方は、第1のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方と電気的に接続され、pチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方は、第1電源線と電気的に接続され、第2のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの他方は、第2電源線と電気的に接続され、第2のnチャネル型トランジスタのゲートに電気的に接続される第1の信号線は、ロジック回路が非動作とする期間において、第2のnチャネル型トランジスタをオフ状態とする信号が供給される機能を有し、第1電源線は、ロジック回路が設けられる層の下層に設けられ、第2電源線は、ロジック回路が設けられる層の上層に設けられる、半導体装置である。 One aspect of the present invention includes a logic circuit having a p-channel transistor, a first n-channel transistor, and a second n-channel transistor; a first signal line that supplies a control signal to the logic circuit; a first power supply line that supplies a high power supply potential; and a second power supply line that supplies a low power supply potential. The p-channel transistor and the first n-channel transistor have a first semiconductor layer containing silicon, the second n-channel transistor has a second semiconductor layer containing indium oxide, and one of the source and drain of the second n-channel transistor is connected to the source of the first n-channel transistor. The semiconductor device has a first signal line electrically connected to the gate of the second n-channel transistor, a first source or drain of the p-channel transistor electrically connected to a first power supply line, and a second signal line electrically connected to the gate of the second n-channel transistor, which supplies a signal that turns off the second n-channel transistor during a period when the logic circuit is inactive. The first power supply line is provided below the layer in which the logic circuit is provided, and the second power supply line is provided above the layer in which the logic circuit is provided.

 本発明の一態様は、pチャネル型トランジスタ、第1のnチャネル型トランジスタおよび第2のnチャネル型トランジスタを有するロジック回路と、ロジック回路に制御信号を供給する第1の信号線と、高電源電位を供給する第1電源線および低電源電位を供給する第2電源線と、を有し、pチャネル型トランジスタおよび第1のnチャネル型トランジスタは、シリコンを有する第1半導体層を有し、第2のnチャネル型トランジスタは、酸化インジウムを有する第2半導体層を有し、第2のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方は、第1のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方と電気的に接続され、pチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方は、第1電源線と電気的に接続され、第2のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの他方は、第2電源線と電気的に接続され、第2のnチャネル型トランジスタのゲートに電気的に接続される第1の信号線は、ロジック回路が非動作とする期間において、第2のnチャネル型トランジスタをオフ状態とする信号が供給される機能を有し、第1電源線は、pチャネル型トランジスタが設けられる層の下層に設けられ、第2電源線は、第2のnチャネル型トランジスタが設けられる層の上層に設けられる、半導体装置である。 One aspect of the present invention includes a logic circuit having a p-channel transistor, a first n-channel transistor, and a second n-channel transistor; a first signal line that supplies a control signal to the logic circuit; a first power supply line that supplies a high power supply potential; and a second power supply line that supplies a low power supply potential, wherein the p-channel transistor and the first n-channel transistor have a first semiconductor layer having silicon, the second n-channel transistor has a second semiconductor layer having indium oxide, and one of the source and drain of the second n-channel transistor is connected to the source or drain of the first n-channel transistor. One of the source or drain of the p-channel transistor is electrically connected to a first power supply line, and the other of the source or drain of the second n-channel transistor is electrically connected to a second power supply line. A first signal line electrically connected to the gate of the second n-channel transistor has a function of supplying a signal that turns off the second n-channel transistor during a period when the logic circuit is inactive, and the first power supply line is provided below the layer in which the p-channel transistor is provided, and the second power supply line is provided above the layer in which the second n-channel transistor is provided.

 本発明の一態様は、pチャネル型トランジスタ、第1のnチャネル型トランジスタおよび第2のnチャネル型トランジスタを有するロジック回路と、ロジック回路に制御信号を供給する第1の信号線と、高電源電位を供給する第1電源線および低電源電位を供給する第2電源線と、を有し、pチャネル型トランジスタおよび第1のnチャネル型トランジスタは、シリコンを有する第1半導体層を有し、第2のnチャネル型トランジスタは、酸化インジウムを有する第2半導体層を有し、第2のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方は、第1のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方と電気的に接続され、pチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方は、第1電源線と電気的に接続され、第2のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの他方は、第2電源線と電気的に接続され、第2のnチャネル型トランジスタのゲートに電気的に接続される第1の信号線は、ロジック回路が非動作とする期間において、第2のnチャネル型トランジスタをオフ状態とする信号が供給される機能を有し、第1電源線および第2電源線は、それぞれ、pチャネル型トランジスタが設けられる層の下層に設けられ、信号線は、それぞれ、第2のnチャネル型トランジスタが設けられる層の上層に設けられる、半導体装置である。 One embodiment of the present invention includes a logic circuit having a p-channel transistor, a first n-channel transistor, and a second n-channel transistor; a first signal line that supplies a control signal to the logic circuit; a first power supply line that supplies a high power supply potential; and a second power supply line that supplies a low power supply potential. The p-channel transistor and the first n-channel transistor have a first semiconductor layer containing silicon, the second n-channel transistor has a second semiconductor layer containing indium oxide, and one of the source and drain of the second n-channel transistor is electrically connected to one of the source and drain of the first n-channel transistor. The semiconductor device is connected to a first power supply line, one of the source or drain of the p-channel transistor is electrically connected to a first power supply line, and the other of the source or drain of the second n-channel transistor is electrically connected to a second power supply line. A first signal line electrically connected to the gate of the second n-channel transistor has a function of supplying a signal that turns off the second n-channel transistor during a period when the logic circuit is inactive. The first power supply line and the second power supply line are each provided in a layer below the layer in which the p-channel transistor is provided, and the signal lines are each provided in a layer above the layer in which the second n-channel transistor is provided.

 本発明の一態様において、第1半導体層は、pチャネル型トランジスタのゲート、および1のnチャネル型トランジスタのゲートに周囲が取り囲まれた構造を有する、半導体装置が好ましい。 In one aspect of the present invention, the semiconductor device preferably has a structure in which the first semiconductor layer is surrounded by the gate of one p-channel transistor and the gate of one n-channel transistor.

 本発明の一態様において、第1電源線および第2電源線は、高電源電位を供給する第3電源線および低電源電位を供給する第4電源線と、を有し、第3電源線は、pチャネル型トランジスタが設けられる層の下層に設けられ、第4電源線は、第2のnチャネル型トランジスタが設けられる層の上層、に設けられる、半導体装置が好ましい。 In one aspect of the present invention, the semiconductor device preferably includes a first power supply line and a second power supply line, each of which includes a third power supply line that supplies a high power supply potential and a fourth power supply line that supplies a low power supply potential, the third power supply line being provided below the layer in which the p-channel transistor is provided, and the fourth power supply line being provided above the layer in which the second n-channel transistor is provided.

 本発明の一態様において、第3のnチャネル型トランジスタを有し、第1のnチャネル型トランジスタのゲートおよびpチャネル型トランジスタのゲートに電気的に接続される第2の信号線は、第3のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方と電気的に接続され、第3のnチャネル型トランジスタをオフ状態とすることで第2の信号線の電位を保持する機能を有する、半導体装置が好ましい。 In one embodiment of the present invention, a semiconductor device preferably has a third n-channel transistor, and a second signal line electrically connected to the gate of the first n-channel transistor and the gate of the p-channel transistor is electrically connected to one of the source and drain of the third n-channel transistor, and has a function of maintaining the potential of the second signal line by turning off the third n-channel transistor.

 なおその他の本発明の一態様については、以下で述べる実施の形態における説明、および図面に記載されている。 Further aspects of the present invention are described in the following embodiments and drawings.

 本発明の一態様によって、新規な構成の半導体装置を提供することができる。または本発明の一態様によって、トランジスタの集積度を低下することなく、ロジック回路の単位でパワーゲーティングのためのトランジスタが設けられた、新規な構成の半導体装置を提供することができる。または本発明の一態様によって、パワーゲーティングのためのトランジスタそのもののリーク電流による消費電力が低減された、新規な構成の半導体装置を提供することができる。または本発明の一態様によって、パワーゲーティングのためのトランジスタの電流供給能力を高めることで動作速度の低下が抑制された、新規な構成の半導体装置を提供することができる。または本発明の一態様によって、信号線とトランジスタとの間の結線を効率的に配置することのできる、新規な構成の半導体装置を提供することができる。 One embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device with a novel structure. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device with a novel structure in which a transistor for power gating is provided for each logic circuit without reducing the integration density of the transistors. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device with a novel structure in which power consumption due to leakage current of the transistor for power gating itself is reduced. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device with a novel structure in which a decrease in operating speed is suppressed by increasing the current supply capability of the transistor for power gating. Alternatively, one embodiment of the present invention can provide a semiconductor device with a novel structure in which wiring between signal lines and transistors can be efficiently arranged.

 複数の効果の記載は、他の効果の存在を妨げるものではない。また、本発明の一態様は、必ずしも、例示した効果の全てを有する必要はない。また、本発明の一態様について、上記以外の課題、効果、および新規な特徴については、本明細書の記載および図面から自ずと明らかになるものである。 The description of multiple effects does not preclude the existence of other effects. Furthermore, one embodiment of the present invention does not necessarily have to have all of the effects exemplified. Furthermore, issues, effects, and novel features of one embodiment of the present invention other than those described above will become apparent from the description and drawings in this specification.

図1Aは、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を説明する回路図である。図1Bは、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を説明するタイミングチャートである。
図2は、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を説明する模式図である。
図3は、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を説明する回路図である。
図4は、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を説明する回路図である。
図5は、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を説明する回路図である。
図6は、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を説明する回路図である。
図7は、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を説明する回路図である。
図8Aは、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を説明する回路図である。図8Bは、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を説明するタイミングチャートである。
図9Aは、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を説明する回路図である。図9Bは、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を説明するタイミングチャートである。
図10は、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を説明する回路図である。
図11は、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を説明する回路図である。
図12A乃至図12Cは、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を説明する回路図である。
図13は、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を説明する回路図である。
図14は、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を説明する回路図である。
図15Aは、半導体装置の一例を示す平面図である。図15B乃至図15Dは、半導体装置の一例を示す断面図である。
図16Aは、半導体装置の一例を示す平面図である。図16B乃至図16Dは、半導体装置の一例を示す断面図である。
図17Aは、半導体装置の一例を示す平面図である。図17B乃至図17Dは、半導体装置の一例を示す断面図である。
図18Aは、半導体装置の一例を示す平面図である。図18B及び図18Cは、半導体装置の一例を示す断面図である。
図19Aおよび図19Bは、ホール(Hall)移動度のキャリア濃度依存性を説明する図である。図19Cは、酸化インジウム膜を説明する断面図である。
図20A乃至図20Dは、半導体装置の一例を示す断面図である。
図21は、半導体装置の一例を示す断面図である。
図22は、半導体装置の一例を示す断面図である。
図23A及び図23Bは、電子部品の一例を示す図である。
図24A乃至図24Cは、大型計算機の一例を示す図である。図24Dは、宇宙用機器の一例を示す図である。図24Eは、データセンターに適用可能なストレージシステムの一例を示す図である。
1A and 1B are circuit diagrams illustrating a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention, and timing charts illustrating a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention.
FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
FIG. 3 is a circuit diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
FIG. 4 is a circuit diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
FIG. 5 is a circuit diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
FIG. 6 is a circuit diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
FIG. 7 is a circuit diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
8A and 8B are circuit diagrams illustrating a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention, and timing charts illustrating a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention.
9A and 9B are circuit diagrams illustrating a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention, and timing charts illustrating a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention.
FIG. 10 is a circuit diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
FIG. 11 is a circuit diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
12A to 12C are circuit diagrams illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
FIG. 13 is a circuit diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
FIG. 14 is a circuit diagram illustrating a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention.
15A is a plan view showing an example of a semiconductor device, and FIGS. 15B to 15D are cross-sectional views showing the example of the semiconductor device.
16A is a plan view showing an example of a semiconductor device, and FIGS. 16B to 16D are cross-sectional views showing an example of the semiconductor device.
17A is a plan view showing an example of a semiconductor device, and FIGS. 17B to 17D are cross-sectional views showing an example of the semiconductor device.
18A is a plan view showing an example of a semiconductor device, and FIGS. 18B and 18C are cross-sectional views showing the example of the semiconductor device.
19A and 19B are diagrams illustrating the carrier concentration dependence of Hall mobility, and Fig. 19C is a cross-sectional view illustrating an indium oxide film.
20A to 20D are cross-sectional views showing an example of a semiconductor device.
FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a semiconductor device.
FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a semiconductor device.
23A and 23B are diagrams illustrating an example of an electronic component.
24A to 24C are diagrams showing an example of a mainframe computer, Fig. 24D is a diagram showing an example of space equipment, and Fig. 24E is a diagram showing an example of a storage system applicable to a data center.

 以下に、本発明の実施の形態を説明する。ただし、本発明の一態様は、以下の説明に限定されず、本発明の趣旨およびその範囲から逸脱することなくその形態および詳細を様々に変更し得ることは、当業者であれば容易に理解される。したがって、本発明の一態様は、以下に示す実施の形態の記載内容に限定して解釈されるものではない。 The following describes an embodiment of the present invention. However, one aspect of the present invention is not limited to the following description, and those skilled in the art will readily understand that various changes in form and details may be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. Therefore, one aspect of the present invention should not be interpreted as being limited to the description of the embodiment shown below.

 なお本明細書等において、「第1」、「第2」、「第3」という序数詞は、構成要素の混同を避けるために付したものである。従って、構成要素の数を限定するものではない。また、構成要素の順序を限定するものではない。また例えば、本明細書等の実施の形態の一において「第1」に言及された構成要素が、他の実施の形態、あるいは特許請求の範囲において「第2」に言及された構成要素とすることもありうる。また例えば、本明細書等の実施の形態の一において「第1」に言及された構成要素を、他の実施の形態、あるいは特許請求の範囲において省略することもありうる。 In this specification, the ordinal numbers "first," "second," and "third" are used to avoid confusion between components. Therefore, they do not limit the number of components. Nor do they limit the order of the components. For example, a component referred to as "first" in one embodiment of this specification may be a component referred to as "second" in another embodiment or in the claims. For example, a component referred to as "first" in one embodiment of this specification may be omitted in another embodiment or in the claims.

 図面において、同一の要素または同様な機能を有する要素、同一の材質の要素、あるいは同時に形成される要素等には同一の符号を付す場合があり、その繰り返しの説明は省略する場合がある。 In the drawings, identical elements, elements with similar functions, elements made of the same material, or elements formed at the same time may be given the same reference numerals, and repeated explanations may be omitted.

 本明細書において、例えば、電源電位VDDを、電位VDD、VDD等と省略して記載する場合がある。これは、他の構成要素(例えば、信号、電圧、回路、素子、電極、配線等)についても同様である。 In this specification, for example, the power supply potential VDD may be abbreviated as potential VDD, VDD, etc. This also applies to other components (for example, signals, voltages, circuits, elements, electrodes, wiring, etc.).

 また、複数の要素に同じ符号を用いる場合、特に、それらを区別する必要があるときには、符号に“_1”、”_2”、”[n]”、”[m,n]”等の識別用の符号を付記して記載する場合がある。例えば、2番目の配線GLを配線GL[2]と記載する。 Furthermore, when the same reference numeral is used for multiple elements, and particularly when it is necessary to distinguish between them, an identification symbol such as "_1", "_2", "[n]", or "[m, n]" may be added to the reference numeral. For example, the second wiring GL is written as wiring GL[2].

(実施の形態1)
 本発明の一態様である半導体装置の構成、および動作等について説明する。
(Embodiment 1)
The structure, operation, and the like of a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention will be described.

 なお、本明細書等において半導体装置とは、半導体特性を利用することで機能し得る装置全般を指す。トランジスタなどの半導体素子をはじめ、当該半導体素子を有するロジック回路は、半導体装置の一態様である。 In this specification, a semiconductor device refers to any device that can function by utilizing semiconductor characteristics. Semiconductor elements such as transistors, as well as logic circuits that include such semiconductor elements, are examples of semiconductor devices.

 本発明の一態様は、CMOSの回路構成を有するロジック回路、例えばNOT(インバータ、NOT回路ともいう)、NAND(NAND回路ともいう)、NOR(NOR回路ともいう)、AND(AND回路ともいう)、OR(NAND回路ともいう)といった基本的な論理ゲートに適用することができる。また、これらの論理ゲートの組み合わせであるフリップフロップ、レジスタ、シフトレジスタなどといった回路に適用することができる。また、これら複数の上記回路の組み合わせである大規模な演算回路に適用することができる。 One embodiment of the present invention can be applied to logic circuits having a CMOS circuit configuration, such as basic logic gates such as NOT (also referred to as an inverter or NOT circuit), NAND (also referred to as a NAND circuit), NOR (also referred to as a NOR circuit), AND (also referred to as an AND circuit), and OR (also referred to as a NAND circuit). It can also be applied to circuits such as flip-flops, registers, and shift registers, which are combinations of these logic gates. It can also be applied to large-scale arithmetic circuits, which are combinations of a plurality of these circuits.

<半導体装置の構成例および動作例>
 図1Aは、NOT回路として機能する半導体装置の例を示す。図1Aに示すNOT回路100は、トランジスタ101、102、および106を有する。図1Aに図示するように、トランジスタ101はpチャネル型トランジスタ(pMOS)、トランジスタ102、106はnチャネル型トランジスタ(nMOS)である。トランジスタ102は第1のnチャネル型トランジスタ、トランジスタ106は第2のnチャネル型トランジスタともいう。また図1Aには、電源線VHL、VLL、信号線INL1、INL2およびOUTLを図示している。
<Configuration and Operation Examples of Semiconductor Device>
FIG. 1A shows an example of a semiconductor device that functions as a NOT circuit. The NOT circuit 100 shown in FIG. 1A includes transistors 101, 102, and 106. As shown in FIG. 1A, the transistor 101 is a p-channel transistor (pMOS), and the transistors 102 and 106 are n-channel transistors (nMOS). The transistor 102 is also referred to as a first n-channel transistor, and the transistor 106 is also referred to as a second n-channel transistor. FIG. 1A also shows power supply lines VHL and VLL, and signal lines INL1, INL2, and OUTL.

 NOT回路100が有するトランジスタと電源線VHL、VLL、およびNOT回路100が有するトランジスタと信号線INL1、INL2およびOUTLは、図1Aに図示するように接続される。 The transistors and power supply lines VHL and VLL of the NOT circuit 100, and the transistors and signal lines INL1, INL2, and OUTL of the NOT circuit 100 are connected as shown in FIG. 1A.

 具体的には、トランジスタ101のゲートおよびトランジスタ102のゲートは、信号線INL2に接続される。トランジスタ106のゲートは、信号線INL1に接続される。トランジスタ101のソースまたはドレインの一方は、信号線OUTLに接続される。トランジスタ102のソースまたはドレインの一方は、信号線OUTLに接続される。トランジスタ101のソースまたはドレインの他方は、電源線VHLに接続される。トランジスタ102のソースまたはドレインの他方は、トランジスタ106のソースまたはドレインの一方に接続される。トランジスタ106のソースまたはドレインの他方は、電源線VLLに接続される。 Specifically, the gate of transistor 101 and the gate of transistor 102 are connected to signal line INL2. The gate of transistor 106 is connected to signal line INL1. One of the source or drain of transistor 101 is connected to signal line OUTL. One of the source or drain of transistor 102 is connected to signal line OUTL. The other of the source or drain of transistor 101 is connected to power supply line VHL. The other of the source or drain of transistor 102 is connected to one of the source or drain of transistor 106. The other of the source or drain of transistor 106 is connected to power supply line VLL.

 電源線VHLは、高電源電位を伝える電源線である。電源線VHLは、第1電源線ともいう。また電源線VLLは、低電源電位を伝える電源線である。電源線VLLは、第2電源線ともいう。 The power supply line VHL is a power supply line that transmits a high power supply potential. The power supply line VHL is also called the first power supply line. The power supply line VLL is a power supply line that transmits a low power supply potential. The power supply line VLL is also called the second power supply line.

 信号線INL1は、トランジスタ106のオン状態(導通状態)またはオフ状態(非導通状態)を制御する信号を伝える配線である。トランジスタ106は、スイッチとして機能するトランジスタである。トランジスタ106は、信号線INL1の電位がH(High)レベルでオン状態、L(Low)レベルでオフ状態となる。トランジスタ106のソースまたはドレインの一方は、トランジスタ102のソースまたはドレインの他方に直接に接続される。 Signal line INL1 is a wiring that transmits a signal that controls the on state (conducting state) or off state (non-conducting state) of transistor 106. Transistor 106 is a transistor that functions as a switch. Transistor 106 is in the on state when the potential of signal line INL1 is at H (High) level, and in the off state when it is at L (Low) level. One of the source or drain of transistor 106 is directly connected to the other of the source or drain of transistor 102.

 信号線INL1の制御により、電源線VHLと電源線VLLとの間を流れる電流が遮断され、NOT回路100といったロジック回路ごとのパワーゲーティングを図ることができる。信号線INL1の電位がHレベルでNOT回路100がNOT回路として機能し、信号線INL1の電位がLレベルでNOT回路100は直前の状態の論理を出力する回路として機能する。なおここでいうパワーゲーティングとは、出力信号を伝える信号線OUTLから電源線VLLに流れるリーク電流を遮断する動作をいう。 By controlling signal line INL1, the current flowing between power supply line VHL and power supply line VLL is cut off, enabling power gating of each logic circuit such as NOT circuit 100. When the potential of signal line INL1 is at H level, NOT circuit 100 functions as a NOT circuit, and when the potential of signal line INL1 is at L level, NOT circuit 100 functions as a circuit that outputs the logic of the previous state. Note that power gating here refers to the operation of cutting off leakage current flowing from signal line OUTL, which transmits the output signal, to power supply line VLL.

 信号線INL2は、ロジック回路であるNOT回路に入力信号を伝える配線である。信号線OUTLは、ロジック回路であるNOT回路の出力信号を伝える配線である。 Signal line INL2 is a wiring that transmits an input signal to the NOT circuit, which is a logic circuit. Signal line OUTL is a wiring that transmits an output signal from the NOT circuit, which is a logic circuit.

 信号線INL1の電位をLレベルとする場合、ロジック回路における入力信号がLレベルで、かつ入力信号の切り替えが行われない期間に行うことが好ましい。それ以外の期間は、信号線INL1の電位をHレベルのままとすることが好ましい。当該構成とすることで、入力信号がLレベルで出力信号のHレベルを継続して出力する際に、トランジスタ102を流れるリーク電流を低減することができる。 When the potential of the signal line INL1 is set to the L level, it is preferable to do so during a period when the input signal to the logic circuit is at the L level and the input signal is not being switched. During other periods, it is preferable to keep the potential of the signal line INL1 at the H level. This configuration can reduce the leakage current flowing through the transistor 102 when the input signal is at the L level and the output signal is continuously at the H level.

 なおロジック回路の種類によって、トランジスタ102に相当するトランジスタを複数有する場合がある。この場合、トランジスタ106もトランジスタ102に合わせて複数設けられる。信号線INL1は、複数のトランジスタ106に接続される。 Depending on the type of logic circuit, there may be multiple transistors equivalent to transistor 102. In this case, multiple transistors 106 are provided to match the number of transistors 102. Signal line INL1 is connected to multiple transistors 106.

 図1Aに図示するNOT回路100の場合、信号線INL1の電位がHレベルの期間で、信号線INL2がHレベルのとき、トランジスタ101がオフ状態、トランジスタ102がオン状態となり、信号線INL2がLレベルのとき、トランジスタ102がオフ状態となる。その結果、信号線INL2がHレベルで信号線OUTLがLレベル、信号線INL2がLレベルで信号線OUTLがHレベルとなる。 In the case of the NOT circuit 100 shown in FIG. 1A, when the potential of signal line INL1 is at H level and signal line INL2 is at H level, transistor 101 is in the OFF state and transistor 102 is in the ON state, and when signal line INL2 is at L level, transistor 102 is in the OFF state. As a result, when signal line INL2 is at H level, signal line OUTL is at L level, and when signal line INL2 is at L level, signal line OUTL is at H level.

 上述したように図1Aに図示するNOT回路100をパワーゲーティングする場合、つまり信号線INL2の電位が継続してLレベルの期間のとき、信号線INL1をLレベルとする。トランジスタ101がオン状態、トランジスタ102、106がオフ状態となる。その結果、信号線INL2がLレベルで信号線OUTLがHレベルとなる。トランジスタ102に加え、トランジスタ106もオフ状態となるため、トランジスタ102におけるリーク電流を低減することができる。その結果、信号線OUTLのHレベルの電位の変動を小さくすることができる。 As described above, when the NOT circuit 100 shown in FIG. 1A is power-gated, that is, when the potential of signal line INL2 is continuously at the L level, signal line INL1 is set to the L level. Transistor 101 is turned on, and transistors 102 and 106 are turned off. As a result, signal line INL2 is at the L level and signal line OUTL is at the H level. Since transistor 106 is also turned off in addition to transistor 102, the leakage current in transistor 102 can be reduced. As a result, fluctuations in the H-level potential of signal line OUTL can be reduced.

 信号線INL2の電位がHレベルの期間のとき、図1Aに図示するNOT回路100はパワーゲーティングしない。そのため、信号線INL1をHレベルのままとする。トランジスタ101がオフ状態、トランジスタ102、106がオン状態となる。その結果、信号線INL2がHレベルで信号線OUTLがLレベルとなる。 When the potential of signal line INL2 is at H level, the NOT circuit 100 shown in FIG. 1A does not perform power gating. Therefore, signal line INL1 remains at H level. Transistor 101 is in the OFF state, and transistors 102 and 106 are in the ON state. As a result, signal line INL2 is at H level and signal line OUTL is at L level.

 NOT回路は1入力1出力の論理ゲートであるが、論理ゲートによっては複数の入力、複数の出力となる場合がある。この場合、論理ゲートにおいて、トランジスタ101、102に相当するトランジスタを複数有することとなる。信号線INL2は、複数のトランジスタ101、102に対応して複数有する構成となる。 A NOT circuit is a logic gate with one input and one output, but some logic gates may have multiple inputs and multiple outputs. In this case, the logic gate will have multiple transistors equivalent to transistors 101 and 102. There will be multiple signal lines INL2 corresponding to the multiple transistors 101 and 102.

 図1Bは、上述した図1AのNOT回路の動作を説明するタイミングチャートである。図1Bでは、信号線INL1に伝わるトランジスタ106のオン状態またはオフ状態を切り替える信号の電位、信号線INL2に伝わるNOT回路100の入力信号の電位、信号線OUTLに伝わるNOT回路100の出力信号の電位を図示している。 FIG. 1B is a timing chart explaining the operation of the NOT circuit of FIG. 1A described above. FIG. 1B illustrates the potential of the signal transmitted to signal line INL1 that switches the on/off state of transistor 106, the potential of the input signal of NOT circuit 100 transmitted to signal line INL2, and the potential of the output signal of NOT circuit 100 transmitted to signal line OUTL.

 図1Bにおいて、期間T0はNOT回路の非動作期間(動作前)、期間T1はNOT回路の動作期間、期間T2はNOT回路の非動作期間(動作後)である。なお非動作期間は、ロジック回路における入力信号の切り替えが行われない期間である。また、動作期間は、ロジック回路における入力信号の切り替えが行われる期間である。 In Figure 1B, period T0 is the non-operating period of the NOT circuit (before operation), period T1 is the operating period of the NOT circuit, and period T2 is the non-operating period of the NOT circuit (after operation). Note that the non-operating period is a period during which the input signal to the logic circuit is not switched. Furthermore, the operating period is a period during which the input signal to the logic circuit is switched.

 期間T0の非動作期間は、信号線INL2の電位はLレベル(図中L)のまま、電位の切り替えが行われない期間である。そのため、NOT回路100のパワーゲーティングを行うことができ、期間T0において信号線INL1の電位をLレベル(図中L)とする。トランジスタ106はオフ状態となる。信号線OUTLと電源線VLLとの間を流れる電流が遮断され、NOT回路100といったロジック回路ごとのパワーゲーティングを図ることができる。 During the non-operating period of period T0, the potential of signal line INL2 remains at L level (L in the diagram) and the potential is not switched. As a result, power gating of the NOT circuit 100 can be performed, and the potential of signal line INL1 is set to L level (L in the diagram) during period T0. The transistor 106 is turned off. The current flowing between the signal line OUTL and the power supply line VLL is cut off, allowing power gating of each logic circuit, such as the NOT circuit 100.

 期間T1の動作期間において、信号線INL2の電位は、電位の切り替えが行われる期間である。そのため、NOT回路100のパワーゲーティングを行わず、信号線INL1の電位はHレベル(図中H)とする。トランジスタ106はオン状態となる。信号線INL2の入力信号の電位の変化に応じた信号線OUTLの出力信号の電位の変化を図ることができる。図1Bの例ではロジック回路がNOT回路であり、この場合、信号線INL2の入力信号の論理が反転した論理を信号線OUTLの出力信号とすることができる。 During the operation period of period T1, the potential of signal line INL2 is switched. Therefore, power gating of NOT circuit 100 is not performed, and the potential of signal line INL1 is set to the H level (H in the figure). Transistor 106 is turned on. It is possible to change the potential of the output signal of signal line OUTL in response to changes in the potential of the input signal of signal line INL2. In the example of Figure 1B, the logic circuit is a NOT circuit, and in this case, the output signal of signal line OUT can be the inverted logic of the input signal of signal line INL2.

 期間T2の非動作期間は、信号線INL2の電位はLレベル(図中L)のまま、電位の切り替えが行われない期間である。そのため、NOT回路100のパワーゲーティングを行うことができ、期間T2において信号線INL1の電位をLレベルとする。トランジスタ106はオフ状態となる。信号線OUTLと電源線VLLとの間を流れる電流が遮断され、NOT回路100といったロジック回路ごとのパワーゲーティングを図ることができる。 During the non-operating period of period T2, the potential of signal line INL2 remains at the L level (L in the diagram) and the potential is not switched. This allows power gating of the NOT circuit 100, and the potential of signal line INL1 is set to the L level during period T2. The transistor 106 is turned off. The current flowing between the signal line OUTL and the power supply line VLL is cut off, allowing power gating of each logic circuit, such as the NOT circuit 100.

 本発明の一態様では、ロジック回路ごとのパワーゲーティングを行う非動作期間において、入力信号である信号線INL2がLレベルで信号線OUTLがHレベルを出力する場合に、トランジスタ102を介して流れるリーク電流を削減することができる。そのため、トランジスタ102を介してリーク電流が流れることに起因する消費電力を削減することができる。また信号線OUTLのHレベルの電位を維持しやすくすることができる。そのため、電位を維持するために信号線OUTLに接続する保持容量の容量値を小さくすることができる。その結果、ロジック回路の高速動作を図ることができる。 In one embodiment of the present invention, when the signal line INL2, which is an input signal, is at an L level and the signal line OUTL outputs an H level during a non-operation period in which power gating is performed for each logic circuit, the leakage current flowing through the transistor 102 can be reduced. This reduces power consumption caused by the leakage current flowing through the transistor 102. This also makes it easier to maintain the H-level potential of the signal line OUTL. This allows the capacitance value of the storage capacitor connected to the signal line OUT to be reduced in order to maintain the potential. As a result, high-speed operation of the logic circuit can be achieved.

 なお、信号線INL2がLレベルを維持する期間で、信号線INL1に伝えるパワーゲーティングを制御するための信号は、Lレベルに切り替える。また、入力信号である信号線INL2をHレベルとする期間と、入力信号である信号線IHL2をHレベルとLレベルで頻繁に切り替える期間と、では、信号線INL1に伝えるパワーゲーティングを制御するための信号は、Hレベルに切り替える。当該構成とすることで信号線OUTLのHレベルの電位を維持しやすくするとともに、パワーゲーティングを制御するための信号を切り替えることによる頻度を低減し、低消費電力化を図ることができる。 Note that during the period when signal line INL2 maintains the L level, the signal for controlling power gating transmitted to signal line INL1 is switched to the L level. Furthermore, during the period when signal line INL2, which is the input signal, is set to the H level and the period when signal line IHL2, which is the input signal, is frequently switched between the H level and the L level, the signal for controlling power gating transmitted to signal line INL1 is switched to the H level. This configuration makes it easier to maintain the H level potential of signal line OUTL, reduces the frequency of switching the signal for controlling power gating, and enables lower power consumption.

 なお多入力多出力のロジック回路の場合、信号線INL2および信号線OUTLに相当する配線が複数ある場合があり得る。この場合、複数の信号線INL2がいずれもLレベルで、複数の信号線OUTLがいずれもHレベルの場合に、信号線INL1に伝えるパワーゲーティングを制御するための信号をLレベルとする。当該構成とすることで、信号線OUTLのHレベルの電位を維持しやすくするとともに、パワーゲーティングを制御するための信号を切り替えることによる頻度を低減し、低消費電力化を図ることができる。 In the case of a multi-input, multi-output logic circuit, there may be multiple wirings corresponding to signal line INL2 and signal line OUTL. In this case, when multiple signal lines INL2 are all at L level and multiple signal lines OUTL are all at H level, the signal for controlling power gating transmitted to signal line INL1 is set to L level. This configuration makes it easier to maintain the H level potential of signal line OUTL, reduces the frequency of switching the signal for controlling power gating, and enables lower power consumption.

<半導体装置の模式図>
 図2は、図1AにおいてNOT回路100で例示したロジック回路の三次元構造を模式的に示す図である。また図3は、図2のNOT回路100の三次元構造に対応してZ方向に積層して設けられるトランジスタ101、102、106、信号線INL1、INL2、OUTL、および電源線VHL、VLLの接続関係を示す回路図である。
<Schematic diagram of semiconductor device>
Fig. 2 is a diagram schematically illustrating a three-dimensional structure of the logic circuit exemplified by the NOT circuit 100 in Fig. 1A. Fig. 3 is a circuit diagram illustrating the connection relationship between transistors 101, 102, and 106, signal lines INL1, INL2, and OUTL, and power supply lines VHL and VLL, which are stacked in the Z direction in accordance with the three-dimensional structure of the NOT circuit 100 in Fig. 2.

 なお図2で例示したロジック回路の三次元構造では、図面の簡略化のため、導電層および半導体層の周囲にある絶縁層を省略している。また図2における一部の半導体層は、絶縁層を介して導電層に囲まれる様子を表すため、点線で図示している。 In the three-dimensional structure of the logic circuit illustrated in Figure 2, the insulating layers surrounding the conductive and semiconductor layers have been omitted to simplify the drawing. Also, some of the semiconductor layers in Figure 2 are shown with dotted lines to show how they are surrounded by conductive layers via insulating layers.

 図2および図3に示す模式図および回路図では、各構成の配置を説明するため、NOT回路100が設けられる基板の表面に対して垂直方向をZ軸方向と規定している。なお理解を容易にするため、明細書中、Z軸方向を基板の表面に対して垂直な方向と呼ぶ場合がある。なお「垂直」とは、85度以上95度以下の角度で配置されている状態をいう。 In the schematic diagrams and circuit diagrams shown in Figures 2 and 3, in order to explain the arrangement of each component, the direction perpendicular to the surface of the substrate on which the NOT circuit 100 is provided is defined as the Z-axis direction. For ease of understanding, the Z-axis direction may also be referred to as the direction perpendicular to the surface of the substrate throughout this specification. Note that "perpendicular" refers to an arrangement at an angle of 85 degrees or greater and 95 degrees or less.

 なお本明細書および図面等において各要素の配置を説明するため、X方向、Y方向、およびZ方向を規定する場合がある。例えば図2および図3に示す模式図および回路図において、半導体装置を構成する各要素の配置を説明するため、X方向、Y方向、およびZ方向を規定している。X方向、Y方向、およびZ方向のそれぞれは、互いに垂直である。 In this specification and drawings, the X, Y, and Z directions may be defined to explain the arrangement of each element. For example, in the schematic diagrams and circuit diagrams shown in Figures 2 and 3, the X, Y, and Z directions are defined to explain the arrangement of each element that makes up the semiconductor device. The X, Y, and Z directions are perpendicular to each other.

 図2に示す模式図において、基板側には信号線INL2、電源線VHL、信号線OUTLとして機能する導電層を図示している。信号線INL2、電源線VHL、信号線OUTLとして機能する導電層は、図3に示す模式図の層L1に設けられる配線である。 In the schematic diagram shown in Figure 2, conductive layers that function as signal line INL2, power supply line VHL, and signal line OUTL are shown on the substrate side. The conductive layers that function as signal line INL2, power supply line VHL, and signal line OUTL are wiring provided on layer L1 in the schematic diagram shown in Figure 3.

 層L1に設けられる配線は、シリコン、ゲルマニウム、シリコン−ゲルマニウムなどを含む半導体基板、またはSi−On−Insulator(SOI)基板に設けられる導電層に相当する。層L1に設けられる配線は、例えばシリコン基板を加工して形成した溝部に導電体を埋め込むことで形成することができる。シリコン基板を加工して電源線VHL、VLLを形成する場合、上層である層L5に電源線VHL、VLLを設ける場合と比べて、配線の幅および深さを大きくとることができる。そのため電源線VHL、VLLの配置に伴う電圧降下を低減することができる。 The wiring provided in layer L1 corresponds to a conductive layer provided in a semiconductor substrate containing silicon, germanium, silicon-germanium, etc., or in a Si-On-Insulator (SOI) substrate. The wiring provided in layer L1 can be formed, for example, by processing a silicon substrate and filling grooves with a conductor. When forming power supply lines VHL and VLL by processing a silicon substrate, the width and depth of the wiring can be made larger than when the power supply lines VHL and VLL are provided in the upper layer, layer L5. This makes it possible to reduce the voltage drop associated with the placement of the power supply lines VHL and VLL.

 図2に示す模式図において、信号線INL2、電源線VHL、信号線OUTLとして機能する導電層の上層には、トランジスタ101が有する導電層101S、半導体層101I、導電層101D、および導電層101Gを図示している(導電層101S、半導体層101I、導電層101D、および導電層101Gの周囲の絶縁層は図示せず)。導電層101Sおよび導電層101Dは、トランジスタ101のソースまたはドレインとして機能する電極である。導電層101Gは、トランジスタ101のゲートとして機能する電極である。半導体層101Iは、トランジスタ101のチャネル形成領域を有する半導体層である。導電層101S、半導体層101I、導電層101D、および導電層101Gを有するトランジスタ101は、図3に示す模式図の層L2に設けられるトランジスタである。 In the schematic diagram shown in FIG. 2, conductive layer 101S, semiconductor layer 101I, conductive layer 101D, and conductive layer 101G of transistor 101 are shown above the conductive layers that function as signal line INL2, power supply line VHL, and signal line OUTL (insulating layers around conductive layer 101S, semiconductor layer 101I, conductive layer 101D, and conductive layer 101G are not shown). Conductive layer 101S and conductive layer 101D are electrodes that function as the source or drain of transistor 101. Conductive layer 101G is an electrode that functions as the gate of transistor 101. Semiconductor layer 101I is a semiconductor layer that has a channel formation region of transistor 101. Transistor 101, which includes conductive layer 101S, semiconductor layer 101I, conductive layer 101D, and conductive layer 101G, is a transistor provided in layer L2 in the schematic diagram shown in FIG. 3.

 図2および図3に図示するようにトランジスタ101は、例えば導電層101Gおよび導電層101Lを介して信号線INL2に接続される。図2および図3に図示するようにトランジスタ101は、例えば導電層101Sを介して電源線VHLに接続される。図2および図3に図示するようにトランジスタ101は、例えば導電層101Dおよび導電層101Mを介して信号線OUTLに接続される。 As shown in Figures 2 and 3, transistor 101 is connected to signal line INL2, for example, via conductive layer 101G and conductive layer 101L. As shown in Figures 2 and 3, transistor 101 is connected to power supply line VHL, for example, via conductive layer 101S. As shown in Figures 2 and 3, transistor 101 is connected to signal line OUTL, for example, via conductive layer 101D and conductive layer 101M.

 図2に示す模式図において、導電層101S、半導体層101I、導電層101D、および導電層101Gを有するトランジスタ101の上層には、トランジスタ102が有する導電層102S、半導体層102I、導電層102D、および導電層102Gを図示している(導電層102S、半導体層102I、導電層102D、および導電層102Gの周囲の絶縁層は図示を省略)。導電層102Sおよび導電層102Dは、トランジスタ102のソースまたはドレインとして機能する電極である。導電層102Gは、トランジスタ102のゲートとして機能する電極である。半導体層102Iは、トランジスタ102のチャネル形成領域を有する半導体層である。導電層102S、半導体層102I、導電層102D、および導電層102Gを有するトランジスタ102は、図3に示す模式図の層L3に設けられるトランジスタである。 2, the conductive layer 102S, semiconductor layer 102I, conductive layer 102D, and conductive layer 102G of transistor 102 are shown above transistor 101, which has conductive layer 101S, semiconductor layer 101I, conductive layer 101D, and conductive layer 101G (insulating layers around conductive layer 102S, semiconductor layer 102I, conductive layer 102D, and conductive layer 102G are not shown). Conductive layer 102S and conductive layer 102D are electrodes that function as the source or drain of transistor 102. Conductive layer 102G is an electrode that functions as the gate of transistor 102. Semiconductor layer 102I is a semiconductor layer that has a channel formation region of transistor 102. Transistor 102, which has conductive layer 102S, semiconductor layer 102I, conductive layer 102D, and conductive layer 102G, is a transistor provided in layer L3 of the schematic diagram shown in FIG. 3.

 図2および図3に図示するようにトランジスタ102は、例えば導電層102G、導電層101Gおよび導電層101Lを介して信号線INL2に接続される。導電層102Gは導電層101Gに接続されるため、導電層を共有して設けることができる。図2および図3に図示するようにトランジスタ102は、導電層102Sおよび導電層102Lを介してトランジスタ106に接続される。図2および図3に図示するようにトランジスタ102は、導電層101D、導電層102N、導電層102Mおよび導電層101Mを介して信号線OUTLに接続される。 As shown in Figures 2 and 3, transistor 102 is connected to signal line INL2 via, for example, conductive layer 102G, conductive layer 101G, and conductive layer 101L. Because conductive layer 102G is connected to conductive layer 101G, the conductive layer can be shared. As shown in Figures 2 and 3, transistor 102 is connected to transistor 106 via conductive layer 102S and conductive layer 102L. As shown in Figures 2 and 3, transistor 102 is connected to signal line OUTL via conductive layer 101D, conductive layer 102N, conductive layer 102M, and conductive layer 101M.

 図2では、pMOSであるトランジスタ101を有する層L2と、nMOSであるトランジスタ102を有する層L3とを、同じゲートとして機能する導電層で駆動する構成を図示している。またpMOSであるトランジスタ101を有する層L2と、nMOSであるトランジスタ102を有する層L3とを、別基板で形成して貼り合わせる構成とすることもできる。 Figure 2 shows a configuration in which layer L2, which has pMOS transistor 101, and layer L3, which has nMOS transistor 102, are driven by the same conductive layer that functions as a gate. It is also possible to form layer L2, which has pMOS transistor 101, and layer L3, which has nMOS transistor 102, on separate substrates and then bond them together.

 図2に示す模式図でトランジスタ101および102は、GAAナノシート構造として図示している。GAAナノシート構造とすることで、半導体層がゲートとして機能する導電層に取り囲まれる構造とできるため、トランジスタの微細化および高集積化を図ることができる。 In the schematic diagram shown in Figure 2, transistors 101 and 102 are shown as having a GAA nanosheet structure. The GAA nanosheet structure allows the semiconductor layer to be surrounded by a conductive layer that functions as the gate, enabling transistors to be miniaturized and highly integrated.

 半導体層101I、102Iは、シリコンとすることが好ましい。半導体層101I、102Iにシリコンを有するトランジスタ101、102は、Siトランジスタともいう。半導体層101I、102Iをシリコンとする場合、シリコンとシリコンゲルマニウムとを交互に積層し、シリコンゲルマニウムを選択的にエッチングされる犠牲層として用いることができる。そのため半導体層101I、102Iは、ゲートとして機能する導電層101G、102Gに取り囲まれた構造とすることができる。 Semiconductor layers 101I and 102I are preferably made of silicon. Transistors 101 and 102 having silicon in semiconductor layers 101I and 102I are also called Si transistors. When semiconductor layers 101I and 102I are made of silicon, silicon and silicon germanium can be alternately stacked, and silicon germanium can be used as a sacrificial layer that is selectively etched. Therefore, semiconductor layers 101I and 102I can be surrounded by conductive layers 101G and 102G that function as gates.

 半導体層101Iには選択的にp型不純物を添加することでトランジスタ101をpMOSとすることができる。半導体層102Iには選択的にn型不純物を添加することでトランジスタ102をnMOSとすることができる。図2に図示するように、GAAナノシート構造のpMOSであるトランジスタ101と、GAAナノシート構造のnMOSであるトランジスタ102をZ方向に積層して設ける構成とすることで、CFETとすることができる。 Transistor 101 can be made a pMOS by selectively doping p-type impurities into semiconductor layer 101I. Transistor 102 can be made an nMOS by selectively doping n-type impurities into semiconductor layer 102I. As shown in Figure 2, a CFET can be formed by stacking transistor 101, a pMOS with a GAA nanosheet structure, and transistor 102, an nMOS with a GAA nanosheet structure, in the Z direction.

 導電層101L、101M、102L、102M、102N、101G、102Gは、チタン、アルミニウムなどの金属元素を含む材料とすることが好ましい。また導電層101Sおよび導電層101D、並びに導電層102Sおよび導電層102Dは、導電性を有するシリコンとすることが好ましい。導電性を有するシリコンは、半導体層101I、102Iがシリコンである場合、半導体層101I、102Iをエピタキシャル成長させて得られたシリコンに導電性を付与する元素を添加して形成することができる。 Conductive layers 101L, 101M, 102L, 102M, 102N, 101G, and 102G are preferably made of a material containing a metal element such as titanium or aluminum. Furthermore, conductive layers 101S and 101D, as well as conductive layers 102S and 102D, are preferably made of conductive silicon. When semiconductor layers 101I and 102I are made of silicon, conductive silicon can be formed by epitaxially growing semiconductor layers 101I and 102I and adding an element that imparts conductivity to the silicon obtained.

 なおトランジスタ101および102について、図2の模式図ではGAAナノシート構造とする構成を図示したが他の構成でもよい。トランジスタ101および102は、微細化および高集積化を図ることのできる構造であればよく、例えばFinFET構造、プレーナ構造とすることもできる。 Note that while the schematic diagram in Figure 2 shows transistors 101 and 102 as having a GAA nanosheet structure, other structures are also possible. Transistors 101 and 102 may have any structure that allows for miniaturization and high integration, and may also have, for example, a FinFET structure or a planar structure.

 図2に示す模式図において、導電層102S、半導体層102I、導電層102D、および導電層102Gを有するトランジスタ102の上層には、トランジスタ106が有する導電層106S、半導体層106I、導電層106D、および導電層106Gを図示している(導電層106S、半導体層106I、導電層106D、および導電層106Gの周囲の絶縁層は図示を省略)。導電層106Sおよび導電層106Dは、トランジスタ106のソースまたはドレインとして機能する電極である。導電層106Gは、トランジスタ106のゲートとして機能する電極である。半導体層106Iは、トランジスタ106のチャネル形成領域を有する半導体層である。導電層106S、半導体層106I、導電層106D、および導電層106Gを有するトランジスタ106は、図3に示す模式図の層L4に設けられるトランジスタである。 2, the conductive layer 106S, semiconductor layer 106I, conductive layer 106D, and conductive layer 106G of transistor 106 are shown above transistor 102, which has conductive layer 102S, semiconductor layer 102I, conductive layer 102D, and conductive layer 102G (insulating layers around conductive layer 106S, semiconductor layer 106I, conductive layer 106D, and conductive layer 106G are not shown). Conductive layer 106S and conductive layer 106D are electrodes that function as the source or drain of transistor 106. Conductive layer 106G is an electrode that functions as the gate of transistor 106. Semiconductor layer 106I is a semiconductor layer that has a channel formation region of transistor 106. Transistor 106, which has conductive layer 106S, semiconductor layer 106I, conductive layer 106D, and conductive layer 106G, is a transistor provided in layer L4 of the schematic diagram shown in FIG. 3.

 図2および図3に図示するようにトランジスタ106は、例えば導電層106Gおよび導電層102Lを介して信号線INL1に接続される。図2および図3に図示するようにトランジスタ106は、導電層106Sおよび導電層102Lを介してトランジスタ102に接続される。図2および図3に図示するようにトランジスタ106は、導電層101Dを介して電源線VLLに接続される。 As shown in Figures 2 and 3, transistor 106 is connected to signal line INL1 via, for example, conductive layer 106G and conductive layer 102L. As shown in Figures 2 and 3, transistor 106 is connected to transistor 102 via conductive layer 106S and conductive layer 102L. As shown in Figures 2 and 3, transistor 106 is connected to power supply line VLL via conductive layer 101D.

 図2に示す模式図でトランジスタ106は、プレーナ構造として図示している。半導体層106Iを挟んで導電層106Gと重なる領域に、バックゲートとして機能する導電層を設ける構成とすることも可能である。またトランジスタ106は、トランジスタの微細化および高集積化を図られた構造であればよく、例えばプレーナ構造、縦型トランジスタまたはGAAナノシート構造とすることもできる。 In the schematic diagram shown in Figure 2, the transistor 106 is shown as having a planar structure. It is also possible to provide a conductive layer that functions as a back gate in the region that overlaps with the conductive layer 106G, sandwiching the semiconductor layer 106I. The transistor 106 may have any structure that allows for miniaturization and high integration of the transistor, and may also have, for example, a planar structure, a vertical transistor, or a GAA nanosheet structure.

 また導電層106L、106G、106Sおよび106Dは、チタン、アルミニウムなどの金属元素を含む材料とすることが好ましい。半導体層106Iは、酸化インジウムとすることが好ましい。半導体層106Iに酸化インジウムを有するトランジスタ106は、IOトランジスタともいう。IOトランジスタの構成例については、後述する実施の形態2を参照することができる。 The conductive layers 106L, 106G, 106S, and 106D are preferably made of a material containing a metal element such as titanium or aluminum. The semiconductor layer 106I is preferably made of indium oxide. A transistor 106 having indium oxide in the semiconductor layer 106I is also referred to as an IO transistor. For a configuration example of an IO transistor, see Embodiment 2 described below.

 また、半導体層106Iとしては、In−Ga−Zn酸化物(IGZO)に代表される酸化物半導体を用いることもできる。IGZOを半導体層106Iに有するトランジスタは、IGZOトランジスタという。上述した半導体層106Iに酸化インジウムを有するトランジスタ、およびIGZOを半導体層106Iに有するトランジスタを総じてOSトランジスタという。 Furthermore, an oxide semiconductor such as In-Ga-Zn oxide (IGZO) can also be used for the semiconductor layer 106I. A transistor having IGZO in the semiconductor layer 106I is called an IGZO transistor. The above-described transistor having indium oxide in the semiconductor layer 106I and a transistor having IGZO in the semiconductor layer 106I are collectively referred to as OS transistors.

 ここでIOトランジスタの半導体層に用いる酸化インジウムに関して説明する。 Here we will explain indium oxide, which is used in the semiconductor layer of IO transistors.

 トランジスタ106の半導体層106Iに用いることのできる酸化インジウム膜は、例えばIn−Ga−Zn酸化物膜(IGZO膜)と比較して、水素及び酸素の一方又は双方が移動しやすい膜である。よって、酸化インジウム膜は、例えばIGZO膜と比較して、水素及び酸素の一方又は双方が供給されやすく、水素及び酸素の一方又は双方が排出されやすい膜であるといえる。なお、酸化インジウム膜は、例えばIGZO膜と比較して、水素及び酸素の一方又は双方に対する透過性が高い膜であるといえる。別言すると、酸化インジウム膜は、例えばIGZO膜と比較して、水素及び酸素の一方又は双方に対するバリア性が低い膜であるといえる。 The indium oxide film that can be used for the semiconductor layer 106I of the transistor 106 is a film through which one or both of hydrogen and oxygen move more easily than, for example, an In-Ga-Zn oxide film (IGZO film). Therefore, it can be said that the indium oxide film is a film through which one or both of hydrogen and oxygen are more easily supplied and from which one or both of hydrogen and oxygen are more easily discharged than, for example, an IGZO film. Note that it can be said that the indium oxide film is a film that is more permeable to one or both of hydrogen and oxygen than, for example, an IGZO film. In other words, it can be said that the indium oxide film is a film that has lower barrier properties against one or both of hydrogen and oxygen than, for example, an IGZO film.

 酸化インジウム膜は、加熱の温度が400℃であって、処理時間が8時間である熱処理において、例えば、酸素が1×1020atoms/cm以上2×1021atoms/cm以下、好ましくは2×1020atoms/cm以上1×1021atoms/cm以下透過する性質を有する。また、酸化インジウム膜は、加熱の温度が400℃であって、処理時間が8時間である熱処理によって、例えば、1×1020atoms/cm以上2×1021atoms/cm以下、好ましくは2×1020atoms/cm以上1×1021atoms/cm以下の酸素が結晶粒内を拡散する性質を有する。 An indium oxide film has a property that oxygen permeates at, for example, 1×10 20 atoms/cm 3 to 2×10 21 atoms/cm 3 , preferably 2×10 20 atoms/cm 3 to 1×10 21 atoms/cm 3 , during heat treatment at a heating temperature of 400° C. for 8 hours. Furthermore, an indium oxide film has a property that oxygen diffuses within crystal grains at, for example, 1×10 20 atoms/cm 3 to 2×10 21 atoms/cm 3 , preferably 2×10 20 atoms/cm 3 to 1×10 21 atoms/cm 3 , during heat treatment at a heating temperature of 400° C. for 8 hours.

 酸化インジウム膜中の酸素が結晶粒及び結晶粒界を拡散することで、結晶粒又は結晶粒界に存在するVを低減できる。よって、トランジスタの電気特性及び信頼性を向上させることができる。 Oxygen in the indium oxide film diffuses through the crystal grains and the crystal grain boundaries, thereby reducing V 2 O present in the crystal grains or the crystal grain boundaries, thereby improving the electrical characteristics and reliability of the transistor.

 IOトランジスタが有する半導体層における第1の元素の含有率は低いことが好ましい。また、半導体層における第1の元素の濃度は低いことが好ましい。特に、チャネル形成領域における第1の元素の濃度は低いことが好ましい。ここで、第1の元素は、ホウ素、炭素、アルミニウム、シリコン、亜鉛、及びガリウムの少なくとも一である。つまり、半導体層において、ホウ素、炭素、アルミニウム、シリコン、亜鉛、及びガリウムのいずれか一の濃度は低いことが好ましく、ホウ素、炭素、アルミニウム、シリコン、亜鉛、及びガリウムから選ばれる二の濃度は低いことがより好ましく、ホウ素、炭素、アルミニウム、シリコン、亜鉛、及びガリウムの全ての濃度は低いことがさらに好ましい。半導体層における第1の元素の濃度は、例えば、1atomic%以下であることが好ましく、0.1atomic%以下であることがより好ましく、0.01atomic%(100ppm)以下であることがさらに好ましい。なお半導体層における第1の元素の好ましい濃度は、チャネル形成領域における第1の元素の好ましい濃度ともいえる。 The content of the first element in the semiconductor layer of the IO transistor is preferably low. Furthermore, the concentration of the first element in the semiconductor layer is preferably low. In particular, the concentration of the first element in the channel formation region is preferably low. Here, the first element is at least one of boron, carbon, aluminum, silicon, zinc, and gallium. In other words, in the semiconductor layer, the concentration of any one of boron, carbon, aluminum, silicon, zinc, and gallium is preferably low; it is more preferable that the concentrations of two selected from boron, carbon, aluminum, silicon, zinc, and gallium are low; and it is even more preferable that the concentrations of all of boron, carbon, aluminum, silicon, zinc, and gallium are low. The concentration of the first element in the semiconductor layer is, for example, preferably 1 atomic% or less, more preferably 0.1 atomic% or less, and even more preferably 0.01 atomic% (100 ppm) or less. The preferred concentration of the first element in the semiconductor layer can also be said to be the preferred concentration of the first element in the channel formation region.

 半導体層における、ホウ素、炭素、アルミニウム、及びシリコンの濃度を低くすることで、半導体層の結晶性を向上させることができる。 By lowering the concentrations of boron, carbon, aluminum, and silicon in the semiconductor layer, the crystallinity of the semiconductor layer can be improved.

 IOトランジスタが有する半導体層がガリウム原子を含む場合、当該ガリウム原子が過剰な酸素原子と結合することで、Ga−O構造が形成される。Ga−O構造は、電子をトラップするアクセプターとして機能する。したがって、ガリウム原子と過剰な酸素原子を含むIOトランジスタでは、PBTS(Positive Bias Temperature Stress)試験におけるしきい値電圧の変動量が大きくなる。よって半導体層におけるガリウムの濃度を低くすることで、PBTS試験におけるしきい値電圧の変動量を小さくすることができる。よって、正バイアス印加に対する信頼性が高いトランジスタとすることができる。なお、IOトランジスタが有する半導体層が亜鉛原子を含む場合も、ガリウム原子を含む場合と同様のことが起こり得る。 When the semiconductor layer of an IO transistor contains gallium atoms, the gallium atoms bond with excess oxygen atoms to form a Ga-O structure. The Ga-O structure functions as an acceptor that traps electrons. Therefore, in IO transistors containing gallium atoms and excess oxygen atoms, the threshold voltage fluctuation in PBTS (Positive Bias Temperature Stress) testing is large. Therefore, by lowering the gallium concentration in the semiconductor layer, the threshold voltage fluctuation in PBTS testing can be reduced. This results in a transistor with high reliability when a positive bias is applied. Note that the same phenomenon as when gallium atoms are included can occur when the semiconductor layer of an IO transistor contains zinc atoms.

 また、インジウム原子と比較して、アルミニウム原子、ガリウム原子、及び亜鉛原子は、酸素原子との結合力が強い原子である。よって、酸化インジウム膜中のアルミニウム、ガリウム、及び亜鉛の濃度を低くすることで、酸素に対する透過性が低くなることを抑制できる。 Furthermore, compared to indium atoms, aluminum atoms, gallium atoms, and zinc atoms have stronger bonding strength with oxygen atoms. Therefore, by lowering the concentrations of aluminum, gallium, and zinc in the indium oxide film, it is possible to prevent a decrease in permeability to oxygen.

 また、酸化インジウム膜に含まれる、第1の元素等の不純物は結晶核になりうる。酸化インジウム膜中の不純物を可能な限り低減することで、結晶核を少数にし、結晶の大粒径化を促すことができる。 Furthermore, impurities such as the first element contained in the indium oxide film can become crystal nuclei. By reducing the impurities in the indium oxide film as much as possible, the number of crystal nuclei can be reduced, promoting the growth of larger crystal grain sizes.

 また、酸化インジウム膜が多結晶膜である場合、第1の元素が結晶粒界に偏析し、第1の元素を含む酸化物が形成される。当該酸化物は絶縁性を有するため、トランジスタのオン電流の低下、又は電界効果移動度の低下を引き起こす恐れがある。酸化インジウム膜中の第1の元素を可能な限り低減することで、トランジスタのオン電流、又は電界効果移動度を高めることができる。 Furthermore, when the indium oxide film is a polycrystalline film, the first element segregates at the grain boundaries, forming an oxide containing the first element. Because this oxide has insulating properties, it may cause a decrease in the on-state current or field-effect mobility of the transistor. By reducing the first element in the indium oxide film as much as possible, the on-state current or field-effect mobility of the transistor can be increased.

 また、酸化インジウム膜中の不純物を低減することで、不純物散乱を抑制することができる。よって、高い電界効果移動度のトランジスタを実現できる。例えば、半導体層における第1の元素の濃度を上記の好ましい範囲とすることで、トランジスタの電界効果移動度を、100cm/(V・s)以上、好ましくは150cm/(V・s)以上、より好ましくは200cm/(V・s)以上、さらに好ましくは250cm/(V・s)以上とすることができる。そのため、IOトランジスタを含むOSトランジスタは、電界効果移動度に優れたトランジスタとすることができる。 Furthermore, by reducing the impurities in the indium oxide film, impurity scattering can be suppressed. Therefore, a transistor with high field-effect mobility can be realized. For example, by setting the concentration of the first element in the semiconductor layer within the above preferred range, the field-effect mobility of the transistor can be 100 cm 2 /(V·s) or more, preferably 150 cm 2 /(V·s) or more, more preferably 200 cm 2 /(V·s) or more, and further preferably 250 cm 2 /(V·s) or more. Therefore, an OS transistor including an IO transistor can be a transistor with excellent field-effect mobility.

 酸化インジウムのバンドギャップは、2.5eV以上3.7eV以下である。バンドギャップの大きい酸化インジウムを半導体層に用いることで、トランジスタのオフ電流を小さくでき、半導体装置の消費電力を十分に低減できる。 The band gap of indium oxide is 2.5 eV or more and 3.7 eV or less. By using indium oxide, which has a wide band gap, for the semiconductor layer, the off-state current of the transistor can be reduced, and the power consumption of the semiconductor device can be significantly reduced.

 IOトランジスタは、電子を多数キャリアとする蓄積型トランジスタである。つまり、IOトランジスタにおけるキャリアは電子である。キャリアの緩和時間が一定値であると仮定する場合、電子(キャリア)の有効質量が小さいほど、電子移動度(キャリア移動度)が高くなる。つまり、電子の有効質量が小さい金属酸化物をトランジスタの半導体層に用いることで、トランジスタのオン電流、又は電界効果移動度を高めることができる。 IO transistors are accumulation-type transistors that use electrons as the majority carriers. In other words, the carriers in IO transistors are electrons. Assuming that the carrier relaxation time is a constant value, the smaller the effective mass of the electron (carrier), the higher the electron mobility (carrier mobility). In other words, by using a metal oxide with a small effective electron mass in the semiconductor layer of a transistor, the on-current or field-effect mobility of the transistor can be increased.

 酸化インジウムの電子の有効質量は小さい。よって、電子の有効質量が小さい酸化インジウムを半導体層に用いることで、オン電流が大きいトランジスタ、電界効果移動度が高いトランジスタ、周波数特性(f特とも呼称する)が高いトランジスタを実現できる。また酸化インジウムの電子の有効質量は結晶方位にほとんど依存しないという特徴がある。また、酸化インジウムの電子の有効質量は、例えばシリコンの電子の有効質量よりも小さい。よって、電子の有効質量の観点では、酸化インジウムをチャネル形成領域に用いたトランジスタのf特は、Siトランジスタのf特よりも高くなる。 The effective mass of electrons in indium oxide is small. Therefore, by using indium oxide, which has a small effective electron mass, in the semiconductor layer, it is possible to realize transistors with large on-state currents, high field-effect mobility, and high frequency characteristics (also called f-characteristics). Another feature of indium oxide is that the effective mass of electrons is almost independent of crystal orientation. Furthermore, the effective mass of electrons in indium oxide is smaller than the effective mass of electrons in silicon, for example. Therefore, from the perspective of effective electron mass, the f-characteristics of a transistor using indium oxide in the channel formation region are higher than the f-characteristics of a Si transistor.

 酸化インジウムの正孔の有効質量は大きい。したがって、正孔の有効質量が大きい酸化インジウムを半導体層に用いることで、オフ電流が極めて小さいトランジスタを実現できる。また、酸化インジウムの正孔の有効質量は、例えばシリコンの正孔の有効質量よりも大きい。よって、正孔の有効質量の観点では、IOトランジスタのオフ電流は、Siトランジスタのオフ電流よりも十分小さくなる。 Indium oxide has a large effective mass of holes. Therefore, by using indium oxide, which has a large effective mass of holes, in the semiconductor layer, it is possible to realize a transistor with an extremely small off-state current. Furthermore, the effective mass of holes in indium oxide is larger than the effective mass of holes in, for example, silicon. Therefore, from the perspective of the effective mass of holes, the off-state current of an IO transistor is significantly smaller than the off-state current of a Si transistor.

 IOトランジスタにおいては、チャネル幅が1μmあたりの室温におけるオフ電流値を1×10−17A/μm以下、好ましくは1×10−18A/μm以下、より好ましくは1×10−19A/μm以下にすることが可能である。また、チャネル幅が1μmあたりの85℃におけるオフ電流値を1×10−16A/μm以下、好ましくは1×10−17A/μm以下、より好ましくは1×10−18A/μm以下にすることが可能である。そのため、IOトランジスタを含むOSトランジスタは、チャネル幅が1μmあたりの85℃におけるオフ電流値が極めて低いトランジスタとすることができる。 The off-state current per μm of channel width of an IO transistor at room temperature can be set to 1×10 −17 A/μm or less, preferably 1×10 −18 A/μm or less, and more preferably 1× 10 −19 A /μm or less. The off-state current per μm of channel width at 85° C. can be set to 1×10 −16 A/μm or less, preferably 1×10 −17 A/μm or less, and more preferably 1×10 −18 A/μm or less. Therefore, OS transistors including IO transistors can be transistors with an extremely low off-state current per μm of channel width at 85° C.

 上述したようにトランジスタ106は、OSトランジスタとすることで、Siトランジスタに匹敵する電界効果移動度と、極めて低いリーク電流と、の両立が図られたトランジスタとすることができる。そのため、SiトランジスタのpMOSと、OSトランジスタのnMOSと、でCMOSのロジック回路と構成する際、トランジスタサイズを同程度とすることができる。OSトランジスタとSiトランジスタを組み合わせて用いることにより、消費電力が少なく、高速動作可能なCMOSのロジック回路が実現できる。 As described above, by using an OS transistor as the transistor 106, it is possible to realize a transistor that has both field-effect mobility comparable to that of a Si transistor and extremely low leakage current. Therefore, when a CMOS logic circuit is configured using a Si pMOS transistor and an OS nMOS transistor, the transistor sizes can be made approximately the same. By using a combination of OS transistors and Si transistors, a CMOS logic circuit that consumes low power and operates at high speed can be realized.

 またIOトランジスタは、結晶性に優れた半導体層を有するため、信頼性に優れたトランジスタとすることができる。IOトランジスタとSiトランジスタを組み合わせて用いることにより、信頼性に優れ、高速動作可能なCMOSのロジック回路が実現できる。 Furthermore, because IO transistors have semiconductor layers with excellent crystallinity, they can be made into highly reliable transistors. By combining IO transistors with Si transistors, it is possible to realize highly reliable CMOS logic circuits capable of high-speed operation.

 以上が酸化インジウムを半導体層に有するトランジスタに関する説明である。 The above is an explanation of a transistor that has indium oxide in the semiconductor layer.

 図2に示す模式図において、導電層106S、半導体層106I、導電層106D、および導電層106Gを有するトランジスタ106の上層には、信号線INL1、電源線VLLとして機能する導電層を図示している。信号線INL1、電源線VLLとして機能する導電層は、図3に示す模式図の層L5に設けられる配線である。 In the schematic diagram shown in FIG. 2, conductive layers functioning as a signal line INL1 and a power supply line VLL are shown in the upper layer of the transistor 106, which has conductive layer 106S, semiconductor layer 106I, conductive layer 106D, and conductive layer 106G. The conductive layers functioning as the signal line INL1 and power supply line VLL are wiring provided on layer L5 in the schematic diagram shown in FIG. 3.

 図3に示す回路図において、NOT回路といったロジック回路が有するトランジスタ101、102、106を層L2乃至層L4に設け、高電源電位を伝える電源線VHLを層L1に設ける構成を図示している。図3に示す回路図において、NOT回路といったロジック回路が有するトランジスタ101、102、106を層L2乃至層L4に設け、低電源電位を伝える電源線VLLを層L5に設ける構成を図示している。当該構成とすることで電源線と、ロジック回路と、信号線と、をZ方向で重なるように配置することが可能になる。そのため、ロジック回路と信号線の間の配線、およびロジック回路と電源線の間の配線、を短くすることができる。またパワーゲーティングを制御するためのトランジスタ、および当該トランジスタを制御する配線を追加する構成であっても集積度の低下の抑制、およびレイアウト面積の増大を抑制することができる。 In the circuit diagram shown in Figure 3, transistors 101, 102, and 106 of a logic circuit such as a NOT circuit are provided on layers L2 to L4, and a power supply line VHL that transmits a high power supply potential is provided on layer L1. In the circuit diagram shown in Figure 3, transistors 101, 102, and 106 of a logic circuit such as a NOT circuit are provided on layers L2 to L4, and a power supply line VLL that transmits a low power supply potential is provided on layer L5. This configuration makes it possible to arrange the power supply lines, logic circuits, and signal lines so that they overlap in the Z direction. This allows for shorter wiring between the logic circuits and signal lines, and between the logic circuits and power supply lines. Furthermore, even when a transistor for controlling power gating and wiring that controls this transistor are added, it is possible to prevent a decrease in integration level and an increase in layout area.

 また図3に示す回路図において、pMOSであるトランジスタ101を層L2に設け、高電源電位を伝える電源線VHLを層L1に設ける構成を図示している。図3に示す回路図において、nMOSであるトランジスタ106を層L4に設け、低電源電位を伝える電源線VLLを層L5に設ける構成を図示している。図3に示す回路図において、トランジスタ106を層L4に設け、トランジスタ106を制御する信号を伝える信号線INL1を層L5に設ける構成を図示している。当該構成とすることで信号線とトランジスタの間の配線の長さ、および電源線とトランジスタの間の配線の長さ、を短くすることができる。 The circuit diagram shown in Figure 3 also illustrates a configuration in which pMOS transistor 101 is provided in layer L2, and a power supply line VHL that transmits a high power supply potential is provided in layer L1. The circuit diagram shown in Figure 3 also illustrates a configuration in which nMOS transistor 106 is provided in layer L4, and a power supply line VLL that transmits a low power supply potential is provided in layer L5. The circuit diagram shown in Figure 3 also illustrates a configuration in which transistor 106 is provided in layer L4, and a signal line INL1 that transmits a signal to control transistor 106 is provided in layer L5. This configuration makes it possible to shorten the length of the wiring between the signal line and the transistor, and the length of the wiring between the power supply line and the transistor.

 また同じ信号で制御されるトランジスタ101を層L2、トランジスタ102を層L3に設ける構成を図示している。当該構成とすることで、Z方向で近接する層に配置されるトランジスタ101と、トランジスタ102と、を接続する配線を短くすることができる。またトランジスタ101および102を制御する信号を伝える信号線INL1を層L1に設ける構成を図示している。当該構成とすることで、信号線INL1を上層、例えば層L5に配置する場合と比べて、信号線とトランジスタの間の配線の長さを短くすることができる。 Also shown is a configuration in which transistor 101, which is controlled by the same signal, is provided on layer L2, and transistor 102 is provided on layer L3. This configuration makes it possible to shorten the wiring connecting transistors 101 and 102, which are arranged on layers adjacent in the Z direction. Also shown is a configuration in which signal line INL1, which transmits a signal to control transistors 101 and 102, is provided on layer L1. This configuration makes it possible to shorten the length of the wiring between the signal line and the transistor, compared to when signal line INL1 is arranged on an upper layer, for example, layer L5.

 以上のように、トランジスタ101およびトランジスタ102を有するロジック回路上に、パワーゲーティングを制御するスイッチとして機能するトランジスタ106を設けることで、トランジスタの集積度を低下することなく、ロジック回路の単位でパワーゲーティングのためのトランジスタを配置することができる。またトランジスタ106として、Siトランジスタに匹敵する電界効果移動度と、極めて低いリーク電流と、の両立が図られたOSトランジスタを用いることで、パワーゲーティング時のリーク電流による消費電力を低減するとともに、通常動作時の動作速度の低下の抑制を図ることができる。 As described above, by providing transistor 106, which functions as a switch that controls power gating, on a logic circuit that includes transistors 101 and 102, it is possible to arrange transistors for power gating on a logic circuit basis without reducing the degree of integration of the transistors. Furthermore, by using an OS transistor, which has both field-effect mobility comparable to that of a Si transistor and extremely low leakage current, as transistor 106, it is possible to reduce power consumption due to leakage current during power gating and to suppress a decrease in operating speed during normal operation.

<トランジスタと信号線との接続の構成例>
 上記では本発明の一態様を適用する半導体装置の一例として、ロジック回路の下側の層の電源線、信号線を配置する一例を説明したが、本発明の一態様はこれに限られるものではない。以下、図3の構成例とは異なる、本発明の一態様のトランジスタと信号線との接続の構成例について説明する。なお図3と同様の構成については上記説明を援用し、繰り返しの説明を省略する場合がある。
<Configuration example of connection between transistor and signal line>
Although an example of a semiconductor device to which one embodiment of the present invention is applied has been described above in which power supply lines and signal lines are arranged in a layer below a logic circuit, one embodiment of the present invention is not limited to this. Hereinafter, a structural example of a connection between a transistor and a signal line according to one embodiment of the present invention, which is different from the structural example shown in FIG. 3, will be described. Note that the above description will be used for the same structure as that shown in FIG. 3, and repeated description may be omitted.

 図4は、図3においてNOT回路100で例示したロジック回路を構成するトランジスタ101、102、および106が設けられる層L2乃至L4の上層にあたる層L5に信号線INL1、INL2、およびOUTLを配置し、下層にあたる層L1に電源線VHL、VLLを配置した場合の回路図である。 FIG. 4 is a circuit diagram in which signal lines INL1, INL2, and OUTL are arranged on layer L5, which is an upper layer above layers L2 to L4 in which transistors 101, 102, and 106 that constitute the logic circuit illustrated by NOT circuit 100 in FIG. 3 are provided, and power supply lines VHL and VLL are arranged on layer L1, which is a lower layer.

 層L5に設けられる信号線INL1、INL2、およびOUTLは、層L1乃至L4に設けられる配線と比べ、層L5より上層にある複数の層に設けられる配線との接続がしやすい。そのため、層L5にロジック回路の信号を伝える信号線INL1、INL2、およびOUTLを配置する構成とすることで、ロジック回路内の接続のための配線の配置の自由度を高めることができる。 The signal lines INL1, INL2, and OUTL provided on layer L5 can be more easily connected to the wiring provided on multiple layers above layer L5 than the wiring provided on layers L1 to L4. Therefore, by arranging the signal lines INL1, INL2, and OUTL that transmit signals from the logic circuit on layer L5, the degree of freedom in arranging the wiring for connections within the logic circuit can be increased.

 信号線INL1、INL2、およびOUTLを層L5より上層にある複数の層に多層化して配置することで信号を伝える配線間のノイズの影響を低減することができる。また信号線INL1、INL2、およびOUTLを層L5より上層にある複数の層に多層化して配置することで、層L2乃至L4に設けられるトランジスタのオン状態またはオフ状態が切り替わることに伴う信号線INL1、INL2、およびOUTLへの影響を低減することができる。 By arranging the signal lines INL1, INL2, and OUTL in multiple layers above layer L5, the effects of noise between the wiring that transmits signals can be reduced. Furthermore, by arranging the signal lines INL1, INL2, and OUTL in multiple layers above layer L5, the effects on the signal lines INL1, INL2, and OUT caused by the switching of the on/off states of the transistors provided on layers L2 to L4 can be reduced.

 また電源電位を伝える電源線VHL、VLLは、ロジック回路を設ける領域にわたって配置することになる。電源電位を伝える電源線VHL、VLLは、下層である層L1に相当するシリコン基板等を加工して形成する場合、上層である層L5に設ける場合と比べて電源線VHL、VLLの幅および電源線VHL、VLLの深さを広げることができる。そのため電源線VHL、VLLの配置に伴う電圧降下を低減することができる。 Furthermore, the power supply lines VHL and VLL that transmit the power supply potential are arranged across the area where the logic circuit is located. When the power supply lines VHL and VLL that transmit the power supply potential are formed by processing a silicon substrate or the like corresponding to the lower layer L1, the width and depth of the power supply lines VHL and VLL can be made wider than when they are arranged in the upper layer L5. This makes it possible to reduce the voltage drop associated with the arrangement of the power supply lines VHL and VLL.

 図5は、図4においてNOT回路で例示したロジック回路を構成するトランジスタ101、102、および106が設けられる層L2乃至L4の上層にあたる層L5、および下層にあたる層L1の双方に電源線VHL、VLLを配置した場合の回路図である。 Figure 5 is a circuit diagram in which power supply lines VHL and VLL are arranged on both layer L5, which is the layer above layers L2 to L4 in which transistors 101, 102, and 106 that make up the logic circuit illustrated as a NOT circuit in Figure 4 are provided, and layer L1, which is the layer below.

 層L1に加え、上層である層L5にも電源線VHL、VLLを配置する構成とすることで電源線VHL、VLLの配置に伴う電圧降下をさらに低減することができる。加えて複数の層である層L1、L5に電源線VHL、VLLを配置するため、層L5に近い層のトランジスタは層L5の電源線VHL、VLLに接続することができ、また層L1に近いトランジスタは層L1の電源線VHL、VLLに接続することができる。そのため、ロジック回路を構成するトランジスタ101、102、および106との接続をしやすくすることができる。 By arranging power supply lines VHL and VLL in the upper layer L5 in addition to layer L1, the voltage drop associated with the arrangement of power supply lines VHL and VLL can be further reduced. Furthermore, by arranging power supply lines VHL and VLL in multiple layers, layers L1 and L5, transistors in layers close to layer L5 can be connected to the power supply lines VHL and VLL of layer L5, and transistors close to layer L1 can be connected to the power supply lines VHL and VLL of layer L1. This makes it easier to connect to transistors 101, 102, and 106 that make up the logic circuit.

 図6は、図3においてNOT回路100で例示したロジック回路を構成するトランジスタ106が設けられる層L4において、別のNOT回路103として機能するロジック回路での層L4のトランジスタ106を省略した回路図である。 FIG. 6 is a circuit diagram in which the transistor 106 of layer L4, which is provided in the logic circuit illustrated as the NOT circuit 100 in FIG. 3, is omitted from the logic circuit that functions as another NOT circuit 103.

 ロジック回路によっては、パワーゲーティングの頻度が少ない場合があり得る。この場合、トランジスタ106のあるNOT回路100と、トランジスタ106のないNOT回路103と、を有する構成となる。当該構成では、NOT回路100のようにトランジスタ106を設ける場合と比べて、NOT回路103のように部分的にトランジスタ106および信号線INL1を省略することができる。パワーゲーティングすることによる消費電力低減が見込めないロジック回路に対して当該構成を適用することが有効である。 Depending on the logic circuit, power gating may be performed infrequently. In this case, the configuration includes a NOT circuit 100 that includes a transistor 106, and a NOT circuit 103 that does not include a transistor 106. In this configuration, compared to a case in which a transistor 106 is provided as in the NOT circuit 100, it is possible to partially omit the transistor 106 and signal line INL1, as in the NOT circuit 103. It is effective to apply this configuration to logic circuits in which power gating cannot be expected to reduce power consumption.

 図7は、図6においてNOT回路100で例示したロジック回路を構成するトランジスタ106を層L3に設けた回路図である。 FIG. 7 is a circuit diagram in which the transistor 106 constituting the logic circuit exemplified by the NOT circuit 100 in FIG. 6 is provided on layer L3.

 図3、図4など、層L3と層L4との2層にわたってnMOSを設ける層を設け、異なる種類の半導体層を配置する場合を説明したが、異なる種類の半導体層を配置する場合、同じ層に配置することも可能である。例えばトランジスタ102、106をともにOSトランジスタとする場合、同じ層である層L3または層L4に並べて配置することが可能である。またnMOSのSiトランジスタを有する層を省略することが可能でなる。 In Figures 3 and 4, examples have been described in which layers for providing nMOSs are provided across two layers, layer L3 and layer L4, and different types of semiconductor layers are arranged, but when different types of semiconductor layers are arranged, they can also be arranged in the same layer. For example, if transistors 102 and 106 are both OS transistors, they can be arranged side by side in the same layer, layer L3 or layer L4. It is also possible to omit the layer having nMOS Si transistors.

 また本発明の一態様は、ロジック回路の信号線にトランジスタを接続することで機能を追加する構成とすることが可能である。 Furthermore, one embodiment of the present invention can be configured such that additional functions are added by connecting transistors to signal lines of a logic circuit.

 図8Aは、図1Aで説明したNOT回路として機能する半導体装置において、トランジスタ104Aおよび容量素子CSを追加した回路図の構成について図示している。なお図8Aに図示する構成において、図1Aと同様の構成については上記説明を援用し、繰り返しの説明を省略する場合がある。 FIG. 8A illustrates the configuration of a circuit diagram in which a transistor 104A and a capacitance element CS are added to the semiconductor device that functions as the NOT circuit described in FIG. 1A. Note that the above description applies to the configuration shown in FIG. 8A that is similar to that of FIG. 1A, and repeated description may be omitted.

 トランジスタ104Aのソースまたはドレインの一方は、信号線INL2に接続される。トランジスタ104Aのソースまたはドレインの他方は、容量素子CSの一方の電極に接続される。トランジスタ104Aのゲートは、信号線INS1に接続される。容量素子CSの他方は、定電位線、例えばグラウンド線に接続される。 One of the source or drain of transistor 104A is connected to signal line INL2. The other of the source or drain of transistor 104A is connected to one electrode of capacitance element CS. The gate of transistor 104A is connected to signal line INS1. The other end of capacitance element CS is connected to a constant potential line, for example, a ground line.

 信号線INS1は、トランジスタ104Aのオン状態またはオフ状態を制御する信号を伝える配線である。トランジスタ104Aは、スイッチとして機能するトランジスタである。トランジスタ104Aは、信号線INS1の電位がHレベルでオン状態、Lレベルでオフ状態となる。 Signal line INS1 is a wiring that transmits a signal that controls the on/off state of transistor 104A. Transistor 104A functions as a switch. Transistor 104A is in the on state when the potential of signal line INS1 is H level, and in the off state when it is L level.

 またトランジスタ104Aは、nチャネル型のトランジスタ、特にOSトランジスタとすることが好ましい。OSトランジスタは、Siトランジスタに匹敵する電界効果移動度と、極めて低いリーク電流と、の両立が図られたトランジスタとすることができる。そのため、トランジスタ104Aをオフ状態とすることで、信号線INL2に伝わる信号の電位に応じた電荷を容量素子CSに保持する構成とすることができる。 The transistor 104A is preferably an n-channel transistor, particularly an OS transistor. An OS transistor can have both field-effect mobility comparable to that of a Si transistor and extremely low leakage current. Therefore, by turning off the transistor 104A, a charge corresponding to the potential of the signal transmitted to the signal line INL2 can be held in the capacitor CS.

 図8Bは、上述した図8Aにおけるトランジスタ104Aおよび容量素子CSを有する回路の動作を説明するタイミングチャートである。図8Bでは、信号線INS1に伝わるトランジスタ104Aのオン状態またはオフ状態を切り替える信号の電位、信号線INL2に伝わるNOT回路100の入力信号、容量素子CSに保持される電位に対応する入力信号を図示している。 Figure 8B is a timing chart explaining the operation of the circuit having the transistor 104A and capacitor CS in Figure 8A described above. Figure 8B illustrates the potential of the signal transmitted to signal line INS1 that switches the on/off state of transistor 104A, the input signal of NOT circuit 100 transmitted to signal line INL2, and the input signal corresponding to the potential held in capacitor CS.

 図8Bにおいて、時刻T11では信号線INS1の信号をHレベルとしてトランジスタ104Aをオン状態にする。信号線INL2と容量素子CSとが導通状態となる。そのため、入力信号の電位V1が容量素子CSに与えることができる。その後、信号線INS1の信号をLレベルとしてトランジスタ104Aをオフ状態にする。信号線INL2と容量素子CSとが非導通状態となる。そのため、入力信号の電位V1が容量素子CSに保持される。容量素子CSに保持される電位V1は、信号線INL2の電位が変化した後も保持し続けることができる。 In Figure 8B, at time T11, the signal on signal line INS1 is set to H level, turning transistor 104A on. Signal line INL2 and capacitance element CS are brought into a conductive state. As a result, the potential V1 of the input signal can be applied to capacitance element CS. Thereafter, the signal on signal line INS1 is set to L level, turning transistor 104A off. Signal line INL2 and capacitance element CS are brought into a non-conductive state. As a result, the potential V1 of the input signal is held in capacitance element CS. The potential V1 held in capacitance element CS can continue to be held even after the potential of signal line INL2 changes.

 また図8Bにおいて、時刻T12では信号線INS1の信号を再びHレベルとしてトランジスタ104Aをオン状態にする。信号線INL2と容量素子CSとが導通状態となる。そのため、入力信号の電位V2が容量素子CSに与えることができる。その後、信号線INS1の信号をLレベルとしてトランジスタ104Aをオフ状態にする。信号線INL2と容量素子CSとが非導通状態となる。そのため、入力信号の電位V1が容量素子CSに保持される。容量素子CSに保持される電位V2は、信号線INL2の電位が変化した後も保持し続けることができる。 Also in Figure 8B, at time T12, the signal on signal line INS1 is again set to H level, turning transistor 104A on. Signal line INL2 and capacitance element CS are brought into a conductive state. As a result, the potential V2 of the input signal can be applied to capacitance element CS. Thereafter, the signal on signal line INS1 is set to L level, turning transistor 104A off. Signal line INL2 and capacitance element CS are brought into a non-conductive state. As a result, the potential V1 of the input signal is held in capacitance element CS. The potential V2 held in capacitance element CS can continue to be held even after the potential of signal line INL2 changes.

 図8Bで図示したように上述した図8Aにおけるトランジスタ104Aおよび容量素子CSを有する回路は、信号線INL2の入力信号に応じた電位を任意のタイミングで保持することができる。そのため、容量素子CSに保持される入力信号に応じた電位は、入力信号のバックアップデータとして用いることができる。当該バックアップデータを用いることでNOT回路として機能する半導体装置は、バックアップデータを用いた状態の復帰を高速に行うことが可能となる。またトランジスタ104Aをオフ状態とする期間では、信号線INL2と、容量素子CSと、が電気的に切り離された状態となるため、容量素子CSを追加することに伴う、通常動作時の信号線INL2に供給される信号の充放電への影響を小さくすることができる。 As shown in FIG. 8B, the circuit in FIG. 8A that includes the transistor 104A and the capacitor CS can hold a potential corresponding to the input signal on the signal line INL2 at any timing. Therefore, the potential corresponding to the input signal held in the capacitor CS can be used as backup data for the input signal. By using this backup data, a semiconductor device that functions as a NOT circuit can quickly restore a state using the backup data. Furthermore, since the signal line INL2 and the capacitor CS are electrically disconnected during the period when the transistor 104A is in the off state, the addition of the capacitor CS can reduce the impact on the charging and discharging of the signal supplied to the signal line INL2 during normal operation.

 また図9Aは、図1Aで説明したNOT回路として機能する半導体装置において、図8Aとは異なる構成例を図示している。図9Aでは、トランジスタ104Bを追加した回路図の構成について図示している。なお図9Aに図示する構成において、図1Aと同様の構成については上記説明を援用し、繰り返しの説明を省略する場合がある。 Furthermore, Figure 9A illustrates a configuration example different from that of Figure 8A in a semiconductor device that functions as the NOT circuit described in Figure 1A. Figure 9A illustrates a circuit diagram configuration in which transistor 104B is added. Note that in the configuration illustrated in Figure 9A, the above explanation is used for the same configuration as in Figure 1A, and repeated explanation may be omitted.

 トランジスタ104Bのソースまたはドレインの一方は、信号線INL0に接続される。トランジスタ104Bのソースまたはドレインの他方は、信号線INL2に接続される。トランジスタ104Bのゲートは、信号線INS2に接続される。 One of the source or drain of transistor 104B is connected to signal line INL0. The other of the source or drain of transistor 104B is connected to signal line INL2. The gate of transistor 104B is connected to signal line INS2.

 信号線INS2は、トランジスタ104Bのオン状態またはオフ状態を制御する信号を伝える配線である。トランジスタ104Bは、スイッチとして機能するトランジスタである。トランジスタ104Bは、信号線INS2の電位がHレベルでオン状態、Lレベルでオフ状態となる。 Signal line INS2 is a wiring that transmits a signal that controls the on/off state of transistor 104B. Transistor 104B is a transistor that functions as a switch. Transistor 104B is in the on state when the potential of signal line INS2 is H level, and in the off state when it is L level.

 またトランジスタ104Bは、nチャネル型のトランジスタ、特にOSトランジスタとすることが好ましい。OSトランジスタは、Siトランジスタに匹敵する電界効果移動度と、極めて低いリーク電流と、の両立が図られたトランジスタとすることができる。そのため、トランジスタ104Bをオフ状態とすることで、信号線INL0に伝わる信号の電位に応じた電荷を信号線INL2に保持する構成とすることができる。 The transistor 104B is preferably an n-channel transistor, particularly an OS transistor. An OS transistor can be a transistor that combines field-effect mobility comparable to that of a Si transistor with extremely low leakage current. Therefore, by turning off the transistor 104B, a charge corresponding to the potential of the signal transmitted to the signal line INL0 can be held in the signal line INL2.

 図9Bは、上述した図9Aにおけるトランジスタ104Bを有する回路の動作を説明するタイミングチャートである。図9Bでは、信号線INS2に伝わるトランジスタ104Bのオン状態またはオフ状態を切り替える信号の電位、信号線INL0、INL2に伝わるNOT回路100の入力信号の電位を図示している。 Figure 9B is a timing chart explaining the operation of the circuit having transistor 104B in Figure 9A described above. Figure 9B illustrates the potential of the signal transmitted to signal line INS2 that switches transistor 104B between the on and off states, and the potential of the input signal to NOT circuit 100 transmitted to signal lines INL0 and INL2.

 図9Bにおいて、時刻T21では信号線INS2の信号をLレベルとしてトランジスタ104Bをオフ状態にする。信号線INL0と信号線INL2とが非導通状態となる。信号線INL2は、信号線INL0より直前に供給された信号D21、具体的には信号D21の電位に応じた電荷を保持することができる。信号線INL2において保持される信号D21は、信号線INL0への信号の供給を停止しても保持し続けることができる。 In Figure 9B, at time T21, the signal on signal line INS2 is set to L level, turning transistor 104B off. Signal lines INL0 and INL2 become non-conductive. Signal line INL2 can hold signal D21, which was supplied immediately before by signal line INL0, specifically a charge corresponding to the potential of signal D21. Signal D21 held in signal line INL2 can continue to be held even if the supply of the signal to signal line INL0 is stopped.

 また図9Bにおいて、時刻T22では信号線INS2の信号をHレベルとしてトランジスタ104Bをオン状態にする。信号線INL0と信号線INL2とが導通状態となる。信号線INL0の信号D22が信号線INL2に伝わる構成とすることができる。 Also in Figure 9B, at time T22, the signal on signal line INS2 goes high, turning on transistor 104B. Signal lines INL0 and INL2 become conductive. This allows the signal D22 on signal line INL0 to be transmitted to signal line INL2.

 図9Bで図示したように上述した図9Aにおけるトランジスタ104Bを有する回路は、信号線INL2の信号に応じた電位を任意のタイミングで保持し続けることができる。そのため、信号線INL0に与える信号の供給を停止しても動作し続けることができる。また上述したようにOSトランジスタが適用されたトランジスタ104Bは、オフ状態とすることで信号線INL2の信号に応じた電位が可能になるため、オフ状態にした直前の信号を保持する動作を実現可能である。 As shown in FIG. 9B, the circuit including the transistor 104B in FIG. 9A can maintain a potential corresponding to the signal on the signal line INL2 at any timing. Therefore, the circuit can continue to operate even when the supply of a signal to the signal line INL0 is stopped. Furthermore, as described above, the transistor 104B, which is an OS transistor, can maintain a potential corresponding to the signal on the signal line INL2 by turning it off, so the circuit can maintain the signal immediately before turning it off.

<ロジック回路の構成例>
 上記では本発明の一態様を適用する半導体装置の一例としてNOT回路について説明してきたが、本発明の一態様はこれに限られるものではない。以下、NOT回路とは異なる、本発明の一態様のロジック回路として機能する半導体装置について説明する。
<Logic circuit configuration example>
Although the NOT circuit has been described above as an example of a semiconductor device to which one embodiment of the present invention is applied, one embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. Hereinafter, a semiconductor device that functions as a logic circuit of one embodiment of the present invention, which is different from a NOT circuit, will be described.

[NAND回路]
 図10に、NAND回路として機能する半導体装置の例を示す。図10に示すNAND回路111は、トランジスタ101a、101b、102a、102b、106を有する。トランジスタ101a、101b、102a、102b、およびトランジスタ106は、図10に図示するように接続される。
[NAND circuit]
10 shows an example of a semiconductor device that functions as a NAND circuit. A NAND circuit 111 shown in Fig. 10 includes transistors 101a, 101b, 102a, 102b, and 106. The transistors 101a, 101b, 102a, 102b, and the transistor 106 are connected as shown in Fig. 10.

 NAND回路111は、図10に示すように電源線VHL、VLLに接続される。トランジスタ106のゲートには、信号線INL1が接続される。トランジスタ101a、102aのゲートには、信号線INL2_Aが接続される。トランジスタ101b、102bのゲートには、信号線INL2_Bが接続される。トランジスタ101a、101b、および102aのソースまたはドレインの一方には、信号線OUTLが接続される。 As shown in FIG. 10, the NAND circuit 111 is connected to the power supply lines VHL and VLL. A signal line INL1 is connected to the gate of transistor 106. A signal line INL2_A is connected to the gates of transistors 101a and 102a. A signal line INL2_B is connected to the gates of transistors 101b and 102b. A signal line OUTL is connected to either the source or drain of transistors 101a, 101b, and 102a.

 図10においてトランジスタ101a、101bは上述したトランジスタ101に、トランジスタ102a、102bは上述したトランジスタ102に対応する。信号線INL2_Aおよび信号線INL2_Bは、上述した信号線INL2に対応する。 In FIG. 10, transistors 101a and 101b correspond to the above-mentioned transistor 101, and transistors 102a and 102b correspond to the above-mentioned transistor 102. Signal lines INL2_A and INL2_B correspond to the above-mentioned signal line INL2.

 図10に図示するようにトランジスタ102bと電源線VLLとの間にトランジスタ106を設けることにより、非動作時にトランジスタ106をオフ状態としてパワーゲーティングを図ることができ、NAND回路111の消費電力を低減することができる。具体的には信号線INL2_Aおよび信号線INL2_Bに入力される電位に変化がない期間において、トランジスタ106をオフ状態とすることで、トランジスタ102a、102bのリーク電流が流れることを抑制することができる。 As shown in FIG. 10, by providing transistor 106 between transistor 102b and power supply line VLL, power gating can be achieved by turning transistor 106 off when not in operation, thereby reducing the power consumption of NAND circuit 111. Specifically, by turning transistor 106 off during a period when there is no change in the potential input to signal line INL2_A and signal line INL2_B, leakage current from transistors 102a and 102b can be suppressed.

[NOR回路]
 図11に、NOR回路として機能する半導体装置の例を示す。図11に示すNOR回路112は、トランジスタ101a、101b、102a、102b、106a、および106bを有する。トランジスタ101a、101b、102a、102b、106a、および106bは、図11に図示するように接続される。
[NOR circuit]
11 shows an example of a semiconductor device that functions as a NOR circuit. A NOR circuit 112 shown in FIG. 11 includes transistors 101a, 101b, 102a, 102b, 106a, and 106b. The transistors 101a, 101b, 102a, 102b, 106a, and 106b are connected as shown in FIG.

 NOR回路112は、図11に示すように電源線VHL、VLLに接続される。トランジスタ106a、106bのゲートには、信号線INL1が接続される。トランジスタ101a、102aのゲートには、信号線INL2_Aが接続される。トランジスタ101b、102bのゲートには、信号線INL2_Bが接続される。トランジスタ101a、102a、および102bのソースまたはドレインの一方には、信号線OUTLが接続される。 As shown in FIG. 11, the NOR circuit 112 is connected to the power supply lines VHL and VLL. A signal line INL1 is connected to the gates of transistors 106a and 106b. A signal line INL2_A is connected to the gates of transistors 101a and 102a. A signal line INL2_B is connected to the gates of transistors 101b and 102b. A signal line OUTL is connected to either the source or drain of transistors 101a, 102a, and 102b.

 図11においてトランジスタ101a、101bは上述したトランジスタ101に、トランジスタ102a、102bは上述したトランジスタ102、トランジスタ106a、106bは上述したトランジスタ106に対応する。信号線INL2_Aおよび信号線INL2_Bは、上述した信号線INL2に対応する。 In FIG. 11, transistors 101a and 101b correspond to the above-mentioned transistor 101, transistors 102a and 102b correspond to the above-mentioned transistor 102, and transistors 106a and 106b correspond to the above-mentioned transistor 106. Signal lines INL2_A and INL2_B correspond to the above-mentioned signal line INL2.

 図11に図示するようにトランジスタ102aと電源線VLLの間にトランジスタ106a、トランジスタ102bと電源線VLLの間にトランジスタ106b、を設けることにより、非動作時にトランジスタ106a、106bをオフ状態としてパワーゲーティングを図ることができる。その結果、NOR回路112の消費電力を低減することができる。具体的には信号線INL2_Aおよび信号線INL2_Bに入力される電位に変化がない期間において、トランジスタ106a、106bをオフ状態とすることで、トランジスタ102a、102bのリーク電流が流れることを抑制することができる。 As shown in FIG. 11, by providing transistor 106a between transistor 102a and power supply line VLL and transistor 106b between transistor 102b and power supply line VLL, power gating can be achieved by turning off transistors 106a and 106b when not in operation. As a result, the power consumption of the NOR circuit 112 can be reduced. Specifically, by turning off transistors 106a and 106b during a period when there is no change in the potential input to signal line INL2_A and signal line INL2_B, leakage current from transistors 102a and 102b can be suppressed.

[フリップフロップ]
 上記に示したように、NOT回路、NOR回路およびNAND回路において、リーク電流を抑制することができるため、フリップフロップ、分周回路、リングオシレータなど様々なロジック回路において、リーク電流の発生を抑制することができる。
[flip flop]
As described above, since leakage current can be suppressed in NOT circuits, NOR circuits, and NAND circuits, the occurrence of leakage current can be suppressed in various logic circuits such as flip-flops, frequency dividers, and ring oscillators.

 図12Aにフリップフロップとして機能する半導体装置の例として、Dフリップフロップを示す。図12Aに示すDフリップフロップ113は、端子Dに入力信号が入力され、端子CLKにクロック信号が入力される。また、端子Qから第1の出力信号が出力され、端子Qbから第2の出力信号が出力される。 FIG. 12A shows a D flip-flop as an example of a semiconductor device that functions as a flip-flop. In the D flip-flop 113 shown in FIG. 12A, an input signal is input to terminal D, and a clock signal is input to terminal CLK. Furthermore, a first output signal is output from terminal Q, and a second output signal is output from terminal Qb.

 図12BにDフリップフロップ113の具体的な回路構成の一例を示す。Dフリップフロップ113は、NAND回路111a乃至111dを含む。NAND回路111a乃至111d、およびDフリップフロップ113の各端子は、図11に図示するように接続される。 FIG. 12B shows an example of a specific circuit configuration of the D flip-flop 113. The D flip-flop 113 includes NAND circuits 111a to 111d. The terminals of the NAND circuits 111a to 111d and the D flip-flop 113 are connected as shown in FIG. 11.

 ここで、NAND回路111a乃至111dとして、図10に示すNAND回路として機能する半導体装置などを用いることにより、NAND回路111a乃至111dにおいて、リーク電流の低減を図ることができる。これにより、Dフリップフロップ113において、非動作時の消費電力を低減することができる。なお、Dフリップフロップ113に含まれるNAND回路111a乃至111dは、少なくとも一部が非動作時のオフ電流を低減できる構成となっていればよい。 Here, by using a semiconductor device that functions as the NAND circuit shown in FIG. 10 as the NAND circuits 111a to 111d, it is possible to reduce leakage current in the NAND circuits 111a to 111d. This makes it possible to reduce power consumption in the D flip-flop 113 when it is not operating. Note that it is sufficient that at least a portion of the NAND circuits 111a to 111d included in the D flip-flop 113 are configured to reduce off-state current when it is not operating.

 なお、本実施の形態においては、フリップフロップとしてDフリップフロップを形成する例を示したが、これに限られることなく、RSフリップフロップ、JKフリップフロップ、Tフリップフロップなど様々なフリップフロップにおいて、本実施の形態に示す構成を用いることにより、リーク電流の低減を図ることができる。 Note that, although this embodiment shows an example in which a D flip-flop is formed as the flip-flop, this is not limited thereto, and leakage current can be reduced by using the configuration shown in this embodiment in various flip-flops such as an RS flip-flop, a JK flip-flop, and a T flip-flop.

 また、図12Cに本実施の形態に示す構成を用いて形成される分周回路の一例を示す。図12Cに示す分周回路114は、Dフリップフロップ113a乃至113cを有する。Dフリップフロップ113a乃至113cは、図12Aに示すDフリップフロップ113と同様の構成とする。Dフリップフロップ113aは、端子CLKが分周回路114の入力端子として機能し、端子Qbが端子Dと接続されており、端子QがDフリップフロップ113bの端子CLKと接続されている。Dフリップフロップ113bは、端子Qbが端子Dと接続されており、端子QがDフリップフロップ113cの端子CLKと接続されている。Dフリップフロップ113cは、端子Qbが端子Dと接続されており、端子Qが分周回路114の出力端子として機能する。 Furthermore, Figure 12C shows an example of a frequency divider circuit formed using the configuration described in this embodiment. The frequency divider circuit 114 shown in Figure 12C has D flip-flops 113a to 113c. The D flip-flops 113a to 113c have the same configuration as the D flip-flop 113 shown in Figure 12A. The terminal CLK of the D flip-flop 113a functions as the input terminal of the frequency divider circuit 114, the terminal Qb is connected to the terminal D, and the terminal Q is connected to the terminal CLK of the D flip-flop 113b. The terminal Qb of the D flip-flop 113b is connected to the terminal D, and the terminal Q is connected to the terminal CLK of the D flip-flop 113c. The terminal Qb of the D flip-flop 113c is connected to the terminal D, and the terminal Q functions as the output terminal of the frequency divider circuit 114.

 ここで、Dフリップフロップ113a乃至113cとして、上記のリーク電流が低減されたDフリップフロップが用いられているため、Dフリップフロップ113a乃至113cにおいて、リーク電流の低減を図ることができる。これにより、分周回路114において、リーク電流の増大を抑制し、非動作時の消費電力の低減を図ることができる。なお、図12Cに示す分周回路114では、Dフリップフロップを3個用いているが、これに限られることなく、適宜設定すればよい。 Here, because the D flip-flops 113a to 113c are D flip-flops with reduced leakage current, it is possible to reduce the leakage current in the D flip-flops 113a to 113c. This makes it possible to suppress an increase in leakage current in the frequency divider circuit 114 and reduce power consumption when not in operation. Note that although the frequency divider circuit 114 shown in Figure 12C uses three D flip-flops, this is not limited to this and can be set as appropriate.

[レジスタ]
 図13に、レジスタとして機能する半導体装置の例を示す。図13に示すレジスタ115は、NOT回路100a、100b、およびスイッチ161、162を有する。NOT回路100aは、トランジスタ101a、102a、および106aを有する。NOT回路100bは、トランジスタ101b、102b、および106bを有する。トランジスタ101a、102a、106a、101b、102b、および106b、並びにスイッチ161、162は、図13に図示するように接続される。
[Register]
13 shows an example of a semiconductor device that functions as a register. The register 115 shown in FIG. 13 includes NOT circuits 100a and 100b and switches 161 and 162. The NOT circuit 100a includes transistors 101a, 102a, and 106a. The NOT circuit 100b includes transistors 101b, 102b, and 106b. The transistors 101a, 102a, 106a, 101b, 102b, and 106b and the switches 161 and 162 are connected as shown in FIG.

 レジスタ115は、図13に示すように電源線VHL、VLLに接続される。トランジスタ106a、106bのゲートには、信号線INL1が接続される。トランジスタ101a、102aのゲートには、スイッチ161を介して信号線INL1が接続される。トランジスタ101a、102aのソースまたはドレインの一方は、トランジスタ101b、102bのゲートおよび信号線OUTLが接続される。トランジスタ101b、および102bのソースまたはドレインの一方には、スイッチ162を介してトランジスタ101a、102aのゲートが接続される。 Register 115 is connected to power supply lines VHL and VLL as shown in FIG. 13. Signal line INL1 is connected to the gates of transistors 106a and 106b. Signal line INL1 is connected to the gates of transistors 101a and 102a via switch 161. Either the source or drain of transistors 101a and 102a is connected to the gates of transistors 101b and 102b and signal line OUTL. Either the source or drain of transistors 101b and 102b is connected to the gates of transistors 101a and 102a via switch 162.

 図13においてNOT回路100a、100bは上述したNOT回路100に、トランジスタ101a、101bは上述したトランジスタ101に、トランジスタ102a、102bは上述したトランジスタ102に、トランジスタ106a、106bは上述したトランジスタ106に対応する。スイッチ161、162は。前述のトランジスタのいずれか同じ層に作製されるトランジスタを用いることができる。 In Figure 13, NOT circuits 100a and 100b correspond to the NOT circuit 100 described above, transistors 101a and 101b correspond to the transistor 101 described above, transistors 102a and 102b correspond to the transistor 102 described above, and transistors 106a and 106b correspond to the transistor 106 described above. Switches 161 and 162 can use transistors fabricated in the same layer as any of the transistors described above.

 スイッチ161をオン状態、スイッチ162をオフ状態にすることで、信号線INL2に与えられるレジスタ115の入力信号はレジスタ115内に取り込まれる。また、スイッチ161をオフ状態、スイッチ162をオン状態にすることで、レジスタ115内に取り込んだ入力信号が保持される。 By turning switch 161 on and switch 162 off, the input signal to register 115 provided to signal line INL2 is taken into register 115. Also, by turning switch 161 off and switch 162 on, the input signal taken into register 115 is held.

 図13に図示するようにトランジスタ102aと電源線VLLの間にトランジスタ106a、トランジスタ102bと電源線VLLの間にトランジスタ106b、を設ける。当該構成により、非動作時にトランジスタ106a、106bをオフ状態としてパワーゲーティングを図ることができ、レジスタ115の消費電力を低減することができる。具体的には信号線INL2の入力信号がLレベルで変化がない期間において、トランジスタ106a、106bをオフ状態とすることで、トランジスタ102a、102bのリーク電流が流れることを抑制することができる。 As shown in FIG. 13, transistor 106a is provided between transistor 102a and power supply line VLL, and transistor 106b is provided between transistor 102b and power supply line VLL. With this configuration, power gating can be achieved by turning off transistors 106a and 106b when not in operation, reducing the power consumption of register 115. Specifically, by turning off transistors 106a and 106b during a period when the input signal on signal line INL2 remains unchanged at L level, leakage current from transistors 102a and 102b can be prevented.

[リングオシレータ]
 図14に、リングオシレータとして機能する半導体装置の例を示す。図13に示すリングオシレータ116は、NOT回路100a乃至100eを有する。NOT回路100a乃至100eは、図14に図示するように接続される。
[Ring Oscillator]
An example of a semiconductor device that functions as a ring oscillator is shown in Fig. 14. The ring oscillator 116 shown in Fig. 13 has NOT circuits 100a to 100e. The NOT circuits 100a to 100e are connected as shown in Fig. 14.

 ここで、NOT回路100a乃至100eとして、上記のリーク電流が低減されたNOT回路100が用いられているため、NOT回路100a乃至100eにおいて、リーク電流の低減を図ることができる。これにより、リングオシレータ116において、リーク電流の増大を抑制し、非動作時の消費電力の低減を図ることができる。なお、図14に示すリングオシレータでは、NOT回路を5個用いているが、これに限られることなく、適宜設定すればよい。 Here, because the NOT circuit 100 with reduced leakage current described above is used as the NOT circuits 100a to 100e, it is possible to reduce the leakage current in the NOT circuits 100a to 100e. This makes it possible to suppress an increase in leakage current in the ring oscillator 116 and reduce power consumption when not in operation. Note that although the ring oscillator shown in FIG. 14 uses five NOT circuits, this is not limited to this and the number can be set as appropriate.

 以上のように半導体装置において、pMOSおよびnMOSと直列に設けられたCMOSのロジック回路に用いられる電源線間で、OSトランジスタのようなオフ電流の低いトランジスタを設け、nMOSのSiトランジスタがオフ状態のときに当該オフ電流の低いトランジスタをオフ状態とする。これにより、半導体装置に設けられたCMOSのロジック回路に生じるリーク電流を抑制し、動作時の消費電力の低減を図ることができる。 As described above, in a semiconductor device, a transistor with a low off-state current, such as an OS transistor, is provided between the power supply lines used in the CMOS logic circuit that is provided in series with the pMOS and nMOS, and when the nMOS Si transistor is off, the transistor with a low off-state current is turned off. This makes it possible to suppress leakage current that occurs in the CMOS logic circuit provided in the semiconductor device and reduce power consumption during operation.

 本実施の形態は、少なくともその一部を本明細書中に記載する他の実施の形態と適宜組み合わせて実施することができる。 This embodiment can be implemented by appropriately combining at least a portion of it with other embodiments described in this specification.

(実施の形態2)
 本実施の形態では、実施の形態1で説明したIOトランジスタに適用可能なトランジスタの構成例、Siトランジスタに適用可能なトランジスタの構成例について説明する。
(Embodiment 2)
In this embodiment, a structural example of a transistor applicable to the IO transistor described in Embodiment 1 and a structural example of a transistor applicable to a Si transistor will be described.

<IOトランジスタの構成例1>
 図15Aおよび図15Dに、上記実施の形態1のIOトランジスタに適用可能なトランジスタの断面構成の一例を示す。
<Configuration Example 1 of IO Transistor>
15A and 15D show an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a transistor applicable to the IO transistor of the first embodiment.

 図15Aは、上記実施の形態1のIOトランジスタに適用可能なトランジスタ200の平面図である。図15Bは、図15AにA1−A2の一点鎖線で示す部位の断面図であり、トランジスタ200のチャネル長方向の断面図でもある。図15Cは、図15AにA3−A4の一点鎖線で示す部位の断面図であり、トランジスタ200のチャネル幅方向の断面図でもある。図15Dは、図15AにA5−A6の一点鎖線で示す部位の断面図である。なお、図15Aの平面図では、図の明瞭化のために一部の要素を省いている。以降の平面図においても、一部の要素を省略することがある。 Figure 15A is a plan view of a transistor 200 applicable to the IO transistor of embodiment 1 above. Figure 15B is a cross-sectional view of the portion indicated by the dashed dotted line A1-A2 in Figure 15A, and is also a cross-sectional view of transistor 200 in the channel length direction. Figure 15C is a cross-sectional view of the portion indicated by the dashed dotted line A3-A4 in Figure 15A, and is also a cross-sectional view of transistor 200 in the channel width direction. Figure 15D is a cross-sectional view of the portion indicated by the dashed dotted line A5-A6 in Figure 15A. Note that some elements have been omitted from the plan view of Figure 15A to clarify the illustration. Some elements may also be omitted from the subsequent plan views.

 トランジスタ200は、導電層205と、導電層205上の絶縁層221と、絶縁層221上の絶縁層222と、絶縁層222上の絶縁層224と、絶縁層224上の層229と、層229を覆う半導体層230と、半導体層230上の、導電層242a及び導電層242bと、半導体層230上の絶縁層250と、絶縁層250上の導電層260と、を有する。 Transistor 200 has a conductive layer 205, an insulating layer 221 on conductive layer 205, an insulating layer 222 on insulating layer 221, an insulating layer 224 on insulating layer 222, a layer 229 on insulating layer 224, a semiconductor layer 230 covering layer 229, conductive layers 242a and 242b on semiconductor layer 230, an insulating layer 250 on semiconductor layer 230, and a conductive layer 260 on insulating layer 250.

 トランジスタ200において、導電層260は、第1のゲート電極(上側のゲート電極、トップゲート電極とも呼ぶことができる。)として機能し、絶縁層250は、第1のゲート絶縁層として機能する。また、導電層205は、第2のゲート電極(下側のゲート電極、ボトムゲート電極、バックゲートとも呼ぶことができる。)として機能し、絶縁層224、絶縁層222、及び絶縁層221は、それぞれ、第2のゲート絶縁層として機能する。また、導電層242aは、ソース電極及びドレイン電極の一方として機能し、導電層242bは、ソース電極及びドレイン電極の他方として機能する。 In the transistor 200, the conductive layer 260 functions as a first gate electrode (which can also be referred to as an upper gate electrode or a top gate electrode), and the insulating layer 250 functions as a first gate insulating layer. The conductive layer 205 functions as a second gate electrode (which can also be referred to as a lower gate electrode, a bottom gate electrode, or a back gate), and the insulating layers 224, 222, and 221 each function as a second gate insulating layer. The conductive layer 242a functions as one of a source electrode and a drain electrode, and the conductive layer 242b functions as the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode.

 導電層242a及び導電層242b上には、絶縁層275が設けられ、絶縁層275上には絶縁層280が設けられている。絶縁層280及び絶縁層275には、絶縁層222及び半導体層230に達する開口289が形成されており、開口289は、導電層242aと導電層242bの間の領域に重なっている。平面視において、開口289における、絶縁層280の側面は、導電層242aの側面、及び導電層242bの側面と一致または略一致する。 An insulating layer 275 is provided on the conductive layers 242a and 242b, and an insulating layer 280 is provided on the insulating layer 275. An opening 289 is formed in the insulating layers 280 and 275, reaching the insulating layer 222 and the semiconductor layer 230, and the opening 289 overlaps the region between the conductive layers 242a and 242b. In a plan view, the side of the insulating layer 280 at the opening 289 coincides or approximately coincides with the side of the conductive layer 242a and the side of the conductive layer 242b.

 絶縁層250及び導電層260は、開口289の内部に配置されている。また、絶縁層280の上面、絶縁層250の上端部、及び導電層260の上面に接して、絶縁層282が設けられている。また、絶縁層282上に絶縁層283が設けられている。また、絶縁層221の下に絶縁層216が設けられ、絶縁層216及び導電層205の下に絶縁層214が設けられ、絶縁層214の下に絶縁層212が設けられている。絶縁層212は、基板(図示せず)上に設けられる。絶縁層212、絶縁層214、絶縁層280、絶縁層282、絶縁層283、及び絶縁層285は層間膜として機能する。 Insulating layer 250 and conductive layer 260 are disposed inside opening 289. Insulating layer 282 is provided in contact with the upper surface of insulating layer 280, the upper end of insulating layer 250, and the upper surface of conductive layer 260. Insulating layer 283 is provided on insulating layer 282. Insulating layer 216 is provided below insulating layer 221, insulating layer 214 is provided below insulating layer 216 and conductive layer 205, and insulating layer 212 is provided below insulating layer 214. Insulating layer 212 is provided on a substrate (not shown). Insulating layers 212, 214, 280, 282, 283, and 285 function as interlayer films.

 絶縁層285、絶縁層283、絶縁層282、絶縁層280、及び絶縁層275には導電層242aに達する開口が形成されており、当該開口内に導電層243a及び絶縁層241aが設けられている。当該開口の側壁に接して絶縁層241aが設けられており、絶縁層241aの内側に導電層243aが設けられている。また、絶縁層285、絶縁層283、絶縁層282、絶縁層280、及び絶縁層275には導電層242bに達する開口が形成されており、当該開口内に導電層243b及び絶縁層241bが設けられている。当該開口の側壁に接して絶縁層241bが設けられており、絶縁層241bの内側に導電層243bが設けられている。導電層243a及び導電層243bは、トランジスタ200上に設けられた配線等と、トランジスタ200のソースまたはドレインとを接続するビアとして機能する。 Openings reaching conductive layer 242a are formed in insulating layers 285, 283, 282, 280, and 275, and conductive layers 243a and 241a are provided in the openings. Insulating layer 241a is provided in contact with the sidewalls of the openings, and conductive layer 243a is provided inside insulating layer 241a. Openings reaching conductive layer 242b are formed in insulating layers 285, 283, 282, 280, and 275, and conductive layers 243b and 241b are provided in the openings. Insulating layer 241b is provided in contact with the sidewalls of the openings, and conductive layer 243b is provided inside insulating layer 241b. Conductive layers 243a and 243b function as vias connecting wiring or the like provided on transistor 200 to the source or drain of transistor 200.

 半導体層230には、トランジスタ200における、チャネル形成領域と、チャネル形成領域を挟むように設けられるソース領域及びドレイン領域と、が形成される。つまり、半導体層230は、チャネル形成領域、ソース領域及びドレイン領域を有する。チャネル形成領域の少なくとも一部は、導電層260と重なる。ソース領域は導電層242aと重なり、ドレイン領域は導電層242bと重なる。なお、ソース領域とドレイン領域は互いに入れ替えることができる。ソース領域及びドレイン領域は、チャネル形成領域と比較してキャリア濃度が高い、n型の領域(低抵抗領域)である。半導体層230は、単層構造としてもよいし、2層以上の積層構造としてもよい。 The semiconductor layer 230 includes a channel formation region, and a source region and a drain region sandwiching the channel formation region, as in the transistor 200. That is, the semiconductor layer 230 has a channel formation region, a source region, and a drain region. At least a portion of the channel formation region overlaps with the conductive layer 260. The source region overlaps with the conductive layer 242a, and the drain region overlaps with the conductive layer 242b. Note that the source region and the drain region can be interchanged. The source region and the drain region are n-type regions (low-resistance regions) with a higher carrier concentration than the channel formation region. The semiconductor layer 230 may have a single-layer structure or a stacked structure of two or more layers.

 チャネル長方向に隣接するトランジスタ200間において、半導体層230は物理的に分離されている。このような構成にすることで、トランジスタ200をメモリセルに用いる場合において、ロウ・ハンマー効果及びパッシング・ゲート効果を防止することができる。なお、ロウ・ハンマー効果とは、2つのトランジスタそれぞれのワード線(導電層260)が隣接し、かつ、2つのトランジスタのチャネル形成領域がつながる構成において、蓄積された電荷が隣接するワード線にリークし、誤作動を引き起こす現象を指し、パッシング・ゲート効果とは、フロート状態にあるゲート又はゲート絶縁層に電荷が移動することで、意図しない電流経路が形成される、または、しきい値変動などの特性変化が生じる現象を指す。 The semiconductor layer 230 is physically separated between adjacent transistors 200 in the channel length direction. This configuration prevents the Row Hammer effect and the passing gate effect when the transistor 200 is used in a memory cell. The Row Hammer effect refers to a phenomenon in which accumulated charge leaks to an adjacent word line, causing malfunction, in a configuration in which the word lines (conductive layers 260) of two transistors are adjacent and the channel formation regions of the two transistors are connected. The passing gate effect refers to a phenomenon in which charge moves to a floating gate or gate insulating layer, forming an unintended current path or causing changes in characteristics such as threshold voltage fluctuations.

 図15A乃至図15Dに示す半導体装置では、導電層243aの設けられる開口が層229と重ならない位置に設けられている。また、平面視において、層229と導電層260との間に位置するように導電層243aが設けられている。このような構成にすることで、当該開口の形状を良好にすることができる。よって、コンタクト不良を抑制でき、信頼性の高い半導体装置を提供できる。 In the semiconductor device shown in Figures 15A to 15D, the opening in which conductive layer 243a is provided is located so as not to overlap layer 229. Furthermore, in a plan view, conductive layer 243a is provided so as to be located between layer 229 and conductive layer 260. This configuration allows the shape of the opening to be improved. Therefore, contact defects can be suppressed, and a highly reliable semiconductor device can be provided.

 ここで半導体層230の結晶性を高めることのできる層229について説明する。 Here, we will explain layer 229, which can improve the crystallinity of semiconductor layer 230.

 層229は結晶を有する。層229は、半導体層230の結晶性を高める処理を行う際に種又は核として機能する。別言すると、層229は、半導体層230が結晶成長する際の種又は核として機能する。本明細書等では、層229、又は層229が有する結晶を、種結晶又は結晶核と言い換えることができる。また、層229は結晶を有するため、層229を、結晶部と言い換えることができる。 Layer 229 has crystals. Layer 229 functions as a seed or nucleus when a process for increasing the crystallinity of semiconductor layer 230 is performed. In other words, layer 229 functions as a seed or nucleus when crystals of semiconductor layer 230 grow. In this specification and the like, layer 229 or the crystals contained in layer 229 can be referred to as seed crystals or crystal nuclei. Furthermore, since layer 229 has crystals, layer 229 can be referred to as a crystalline portion.

 なお層229は、半導体層230の結晶性を高める処理を行った後、除去する工程を挟んでもよい。この場合、図15Aおよび図15Bに図示した層229、および層229の周辺の半導体層230を除去されるものの、結晶性が高められた半導体層230を用いたトランジスタ200とすることができる。そのため、後述するトランジスタ200A乃至200Cにおいて、層229の図示が省略される場合であっても結晶性が高められた半導体層230を用いたトランジスタ200A乃至トランジスタ200Cとすることができる。 Note that a step of removing layer 229 may be performed after treatment to increase the crystallinity of semiconductor layer 230. In this case, although layer 229 shown in Figures 15A and 15B and semiconductor layer 230 around layer 229 are removed, transistor 200 can be obtained using semiconductor layer 230 with increased crystallinity. Therefore, even if layer 229 is not shown in transistors 200A to 200C described later, transistors 200A to 200C can be obtained using semiconductor layer 230 with increased crystallinity.

 酸化インジウムの結晶は立方晶構造(ビックスバイト型)である。半導体層230に酸化インジウムを用いる場合、層229は、例えば、六方晶構造又は三方晶構造の結晶を有することが好ましい。このとき、層229が、層229の表面又は被形成面に対する結晶方位が<001>である結晶を有することで、結晶方位が<111>である結晶を有する半導体層230を形成することができる。層229が有する結晶の、層229の表面又は被形成面に対する結晶方位が<001>である場合、当該結晶のc軸は、層229の表面又は被形成面に垂直である。なお、六方晶構造又は三方晶構造の結晶は、層状構造の結晶と言い換えることができる場合があるため、上記の構造は、層状構造の結晶を有する層229上に、立方晶構造の結晶を有する半導体層230が形成される構造と捉えることができる。すなわち、ヘテロエピタキシャル成長技術、またはヘテロエピタキシャル成長のような技術を用いて作製される積層構造として考えることもできる。 Indium oxide crystals have a cubic crystal structure (bixbyite type). When indium oxide is used for the semiconductor layer 230, the layer 229 preferably has, for example, a hexagonal or trigonal crystal structure. In this case, when the layer 229 has crystals with a <001> crystal orientation with respect to the surface or surface on which the layer 229 is formed, the semiconductor layer 230 can be formed with crystals with a <111> crystal orientation. When the crystals of the layer 229 have a <001> crystal orientation with respect to the surface or surface on which the layer 229 is formed, the c-axis of the crystals is perpendicular to the surface or surface on which the layer 229 is formed. Note that a crystal with a hexagonal or trigonal crystal structure can sometimes be referred to as a crystal with a layered structure. Therefore, the above structure can be understood as a structure in which a semiconductor layer 230 having crystals with a cubic crystal structure is formed on a layer 229 having crystals with a layered structure. In other words, it can be thought of as a layered structure fabricated using heteroepitaxial growth technology or a technology similar to heteroepitaxial growth.

 本明細書等では空間群は国際表記(またはHermann−Mauguin記号)のShort notationを用いて表記する。またミラー指数を用いて結晶面及び結晶方位を表記する。空間群、結晶面、および結晶方位の表記は、結晶学上、数字に上付きのバーを付すが、本明細書等では書式の制約上、数字の上にバーを付す代わりに、数字の前に−(マイナス符号)を付して表現する場合がある。また、結晶内の方位を示す個別方位は[ ]で、等価な方位すべてを示す集合方位は< >で、結晶面を示す個別面は( )で、等価な対称性を有する集合面は{ }でそれぞれ表現する。 In this specification, space groups are expressed using short notation in international notation (or Hermann-Mauguin notation). Crystal planes and crystal orientations are expressed using Miller indices. In crystallography, space groups, crystal planes, and crystal orientations are expressed by placing a superscript bar above the number; however, due to formatting constraints, in this specification, numbers may be expressed by placing a - (minus sign) before them instead of placing a bar above them. Individual orientations indicating directions within a crystal are expressed in [ ], collective orientations indicating all equivalent orientations are expressed in < >, individual planes indicating crystal planes are expressed in ( ), and collective planes with equivalent symmetry are expressed in { }.

 本明細書等では、結晶の結晶方位は、当該結晶を有する膜の表面又は被形成面に対する方位を指す。よって例えば、結晶方位が<100>である結晶は、(100)面が当該結晶を有する膜の表面又は被形成面と平行な結晶であるといえる。 In this specification, the crystal orientation of a crystal refers to the orientation relative to the surface of the film containing the crystal or the surface on which it is formed. Therefore, for example, a crystal with a crystal orientation of <100> can be said to be a crystal whose (100) plane is parallel to the surface of the film containing the crystal or the surface on which it is formed.

 層229として、具体的には、酸化亜鉛、In−Ga酸化物、ガリウム亜鉛酸化物(Ga−Zn酸化物、GZOとも記す)、アルミニウム亜鉛酸化物(Al−Zn酸化物、AZOとも記す)、In−Al−Zn酸化物、In−Ga−Zn酸化物、又はIn−Sn−Zn酸化物などを用いることができる。層229として、In−Ga−Zn酸化物を用いることが好ましい。このとき、層229は、インジウムと、ガリウムと、亜鉛と、酸素と、を有する。また、具体的には、In:Ga:Zn=1:1:1[原子数比]もしくはその近傍の組成、又はIn:Ga:Zn=1:3:2[原子数比]もしくはその近傍の組成とすることが好ましい。これらの組成の金属酸化物は層状構造を形成しやすいため、層229として好適である。 Specific examples of materials that can be used for layer 229 include zinc oxide, In-Ga oxide, gallium zinc oxide (Ga-Zn oxide, also referred to as GZO), aluminum zinc oxide (Al-Zn oxide, also referred to as AZO), In-Al-Zn oxide, In-Ga-Zn oxide, and In-Sn-Zn oxide. Layer 229 preferably uses In-Ga-Zn oxide. In this case, layer 229 contains indium, gallium, zinc, and oxygen. Specifically, the composition is preferably In:Ga:Zn = 1:1:1 [atomic ratio] or a composition close thereto, or In:Ga:Zn = 1:3:2 [atomic ratio] or a composition close thereto. Metal oxides with these compositions are suitable for layer 229 because they readily form a layered structure.

 In−Ga−Zn酸化物及びIn−Sn−Zn酸化物等は、CAAC構造を有しやすい。CAAC構造を有する酸化物を層229に用いる場合、結晶核のc軸は、層229の表面又は被形成面に垂直となる。つまり、CAAC構造を有しやすい酸化物を層229に用いることで、結晶核の結晶方位の制御性を高めることができる。 In-Ga-Zn oxide, In-Sn-Zn oxide, and the like tend to have a CAAC structure. When an oxide having a CAAC structure is used for layer 229, the c-axis of the crystal nuclei is perpendicular to the surface of layer 229 or the surface on which it is formed. In other words, by using an oxide that tends to have a CAAC structure for layer 229, it is possible to improve the controllability of the crystal orientation of the crystal nuclei.

 CAAC構造を有しやすい酸化物を層229に用いる場合、結晶方位が<111>である結晶を有する半導体層230を形成することができる。 When an oxide that easily has a CAAC structure is used for layer 229, a semiconductor layer 230 having crystals with a <111> crystal orientation can be formed.

 層229は、結晶が立方晶構造である酸化物を用いることもできる。層229の結晶が半導体層230の結晶と同じ結晶構造を有することで、層229を核として、半導体層230がエピタキシャル成長することができ、半導体層230の結晶性を高めることができる。なお、元素周期表における第3族元素を含む酸化物の結晶は、立方晶構造をとりやすい。また、当該結晶中の第3族元素は3価の陽イオンで主に存在する。そこで、層229は、3価の陽イオンとなり得る元素の少なくとも一つを有することが好ましい。層229が有する3価の陽イオンとなり得る元素として、スカンジウム、イットリウム、セリウム、ガドリニウム、エルビウム、又はイッテルビウム等であることが好ましい。 Layer 229 can also be made of an oxide whose crystals have a cubic crystal structure. When the crystals of layer 229 have the same crystal structure as the crystals of semiconductor layer 230, semiconductor layer 230 can grow epitaxially using layer 229 as a nucleus, thereby improving the crystallinity of semiconductor layer 230. Note that crystals of oxides containing Group 3 elements in the periodic table tend to have a cubic crystal structure. Furthermore, Group 3 elements in such crystals exist primarily as trivalent cations. Therefore, layer 229 preferably contains at least one element that can become a trivalent cation. The element that layer 229 contains that can become a trivalent cation is preferably scandium, yttrium, cerium, gadolinium, erbium, ytterbium, or the like.

 層229として、例えば、イットリウム及びジルコニウムの一方又は両方を含む酸化物、酸化エルビウム等を用いることができる。イットリウム及びジルコニウムの一方又は両方を含む酸化物として、酸化イットリウム、酸化ジルコニウム、イットリウムジルコニウム酸化物等が挙げられる。 For example, oxides containing one or both of yttrium and zirconium, erbium oxide, etc. can be used for layer 229. Examples of oxides containing one or both of yttrium and zirconium include yttrium oxide, zirconium oxide, and yttrium zirconium oxide.

 また、結晶核の格子定数又は単位格子ベクトルと、半導体層230が有する結晶の格子定数又は単位格子ベクトルとの差(格子不整合ともいう)は小さいことが好ましい。格子不整合が小さくなる酸化物を層229に用いることで、半導体層230の結晶性を向上させることができる。 Furthermore, it is preferable that the difference (also referred to as lattice mismatch) between the lattice constant or unit lattice vector of the crystal nucleus and the lattice constant or unit lattice vector of the crystal of the semiconductor layer 230 is small. By using an oxide that reduces the lattice mismatch for the layer 229, the crystallinity of the semiconductor layer 230 can be improved.

 格子不整合の度合いを評価する方法の一つとして、格子不整合度がある。被形成膜が有する結晶に対する、形成膜が有する結晶の格子不整合度Δa[%]は、以下の数式(1)より算出される。以降では、被形成膜が有する結晶に対する、形成膜が有する結晶の格子不整合度Δaを、単に、被形成膜に対する、形成膜の格子不整合度Δaと表記する場合がある。 One method for evaluating the degree of lattice mismatch is the lattice mismatch. The lattice mismatch Δa [%] of the crystals of the formed film relative to the crystals of the film to be formed is calculated using the following formula (1). Hereinafter, the lattice mismatch Δa of the crystals of the formed film relative to the crystals of the film to be formed may be simply referred to as the lattice mismatch Δa of the formed film relative to the film to be formed.

 数式(1)において、Lは、上記形成膜が有する結晶の格子定数又は単位格子ベクトルであり、Lは、上記被形成膜が有する結晶の格子定数又は単位格子ベクトルである。 In the formula (1), L 1 is the lattice constant or unit lattice vector of the crystal of the forming film, and L 2 is the lattice constant or unit lattice vector of the crystal of the film to be formed.

 結晶核に対する、半導体層230が有する結晶粒の格子不整合度Δaは、−10%以上10%以下であることが好ましく、−5%以上5%以下がより好ましく、−3%以上3%以下がさらに好ましい。半導体層230に対して格子不整合度が小さくなる材料を層229に用いることで、半導体層230の結晶性を高めることができる。 The lattice mismatch Δa of the crystal grains in semiconductor layer 230 with respect to the crystal nuclei is preferably between -10% and 10%, more preferably between -5% and 5%, and even more preferably between -3% and 3%. By using a material for layer 229 that reduces the lattice mismatch with semiconductor layer 230, the crystallinity of semiconductor layer 230 can be improved.

 例えば、酸化インジウム結晶(ビックスバイト型)の格子定数は1.01194nmと言われている。また、酸化イットリウム結晶(ビックスバイト型)の格子定数は1.05976nmと言われている。よって、酸化イットリウムが有する結晶に対する、酸化インジウムが有する結晶の格子不整合度は、−4.5%である。よって、半導体層230に酸化インジウムを用いる場合、層229として、酸化イットリウムを用いることができる。 For example, the lattice constant of indium oxide crystal (bixbyite type) is said to be 1.01194 nm. Furthermore, the lattice constant of yttrium oxide crystal (bixbyite type) is said to be 1.05976 nm. Therefore, the lattice mismatch between the crystal of indium oxide and the crystal of yttrium oxide is -4.5%. Therefore, when indium oxide is used for semiconductor layer 230, yttrium oxide can be used for layer 229.

 例えば、酸化エルビウム結晶(ビックスバイト型)の格子定数は1.0582nmと言われている。よって、酸化エルビウムが有する結晶に対する、酸化インジウムが有する結晶の格子不整合度は、−4.4%である。よって、半導体層230に酸化インジウムを用いる場合、層229として、酸化エルビウムを用いることができる。 For example, the lattice constant of erbium oxide crystal (bixbyite type) is said to be 1.0582 nm. Therefore, the lattice mismatch between the crystal of erbium oxide and the crystal of indium oxide is -4.4%. Therefore, when indium oxide is used for semiconductor layer 230, erbium oxide can be used for layer 229.

 例えば、イットリウムジルコニウム酸化物の一例であるZr0.90.11.95結晶(蛍石型)の格子定数は0.51481nmである(ICSD coll.code.248790を参照)。よって、Zr0.90.11.95結晶に対する、酸化インジウムが有する結晶の格子不整合度は、−1.7%である。よって、半導体層230に酸化インジウムを用いる場合、層229として、イットリウムジルコニウム酸化物を好適に用いることができる。なお、イットリウムジルコニウム酸化物は、イットリウムと、ジルコニウムと、酸素と、を有する。 For example, the lattice constant of Zr0.9Y0.1O1.95 crystal (fluorite type) , which is an example of yttrium zirconium oxide , is 0.51481 nm (see ICSD coll.code.248790). Therefore, the lattice mismatch of indium oxide with Zr0.9Y0.1O1.95 crystal is -1.7%. Therefore, when indium oxide is used for the semiconductor layer 230, yttrium zirconium oxide can be suitably used for the layer 229. Note that yttrium zirconium oxide contains yttrium, zirconium, and oxygen.

 酸化ジルコニウムにイットリウム又は酸化イットリウムを添加する、つまり、イットリウムジルコニウム酸化物に含まれるイットリウムの含有率を0atomic%より大きくすることで、酸化ジルコニウムの結晶構造を安定化させることができる。ただし、当該含有率が高くなると、イットリウムジルコニウム酸化物の結晶構造が立方晶系から別の晶系に変化することがあるため、当該含有率は高すぎない方が好ましい。そこで、例えば、イットリウムジルコニウム酸化物に含まれるイットリウムの含有率は、2atomic%以上15atomic%以下が好ましく、5atomic%以上10atomic%以下がより好ましい。 By adding yttrium or yttrium oxide to zirconium oxide, that is, by increasing the yttrium content in yttrium zirconium oxide to greater than 0 atomic%, the crystal structure of zirconium oxide can be stabilized. However, if the content becomes too high, the crystal structure of yttrium zirconium oxide may change from a cubic system to another system, so it is preferable that the content not be too high. Therefore, for example, the yttrium content in yttrium zirconium oxide is preferably 2 atomic% or more and 15 atomic% or less, and more preferably 5 atomic% or more and 10 atomic% or less.

 また、層229として、酸化インジウムを用いてもよい。層229に酸化インジウムを用いることで、層229を核として、半導体層230がホモエピタキシャル成長することができ、半導体層230の結晶性を高めることができる。このとき、層229が有する結晶の結晶方位と、半導体層230が有する結晶の結晶方位と、は、一致又は略一致する。 Alternatively, indium oxide may be used for layer 229. By using indium oxide for layer 229, the semiconductor layer 230 can be grown homoepitaxially using layer 229 as a nucleus, thereby improving the crystallinity of the semiconductor layer 230. In this case, the crystal orientation of the crystals in layer 229 and the crystal orientation of the crystals in semiconductor layer 230 coincide or nearly coincide.

 層229に適用可能な材料は特に限定されない。層229は、絶縁性材料を用いてもよいし、半導体材料を用いてもよいし、導電性材料を用いてもよい。層229として半導体材料を用いる場合、層229は、半導体層230の一部とみなしてもよい。 There are no particular limitations on the material that can be used for layer 229. Layer 229 may be made of an insulating material, a semiconductor material, or a conductive material. When a semiconductor material is used for layer 229, layer 229 may be considered to be part of semiconductor layer 230.

 図15Aでは、平面視において層229が円形である例について示す。なお、本発明はこれに限られるものではない。平面視において、層229は、例えば、円形もしくは楕円形等の略円形、三角形、四角形(長方形、菱形、正方形を含む)、五角形、もしくは星形多角形等の多角形、またはこれら多角形の角が丸い形状とすることができる。また、層229としてスパッタリング粒子を用いる場合、平面視において、層229は、三角形又は六角形となる場合がある。 FIG. 15A shows an example in which layer 229 is circular in plan view. However, the present invention is not limited to this. In plan view, layer 229 can be, for example, a circle or an approximately circle such as an oval, a triangle, a quadrangle (including a rectangle, a diamond, and a square), a pentagon, a star-shaped polygon, or any of these polygons with rounded corners. Furthermore, when sputtered particles are used as layer 229, layer 229 may be triangular or hexagonal in plan view.

 以上が層229についての説明である。なお以降本明細書等で説明するIOトランジスタの構成例において、層229に相当する構成を適用し、半導体層230に相当する構成の結晶性を高めることができる。 The above is a description of layer 229. Note that in the example configurations of IO transistors described hereinafter in this specification, a configuration equivalent to layer 229 can be applied to improve the crystallinity of the configuration equivalent to semiconductor layer 230.

<IOトランジスタの構成例2>
 図16A乃至図16Dに、上記実施の形態1のIOトランジスタに適用可能なトランジスタの断面構成の一例を示す。
<Configuration Example 2 of IO Transistor>
16A to 16D show examples of cross-sectional structures of transistors applicable to the IO transistor of the first embodiment.

 図16Aは、上記実施の形態1のIOトランジスタに適用可能なトランジスタ200Aの平面図である。図16Bは、図16Aに示す一点鎖線A1−A2間の断面図である。図16Cは、図16Aに示す一点鎖線A3−A4間の断面図である。図16Dは、図16B及び図16Cに示す一点鎖線A5−A6間の断面図である。 FIG. 16A is a plan view of a transistor 200A applicable to the IO transistor of the first embodiment. FIG. 16B is a cross-sectional view taken along dashed lines A1-A2 in FIG. 16A. FIG. 16C is a cross-sectional view taken along dashed lines A3-A4 in FIG. 16A. FIG. 16D is a cross-sectional view taken along dashed lines A5-A6 in FIGS. 16B and 16C.

 トランジスタ200Aは、導電層220と、導電層240と、半導体層230と、半導体層230上の絶縁層250と、絶縁層250上の導電層260と、を有する。 Transistor 200A has a conductive layer 220, a conductive layer 240, a semiconductor layer 230, an insulating layer 250 on the semiconductor layer 230, and a conductive layer 260 on the insulating layer 250.

 導電層220は絶縁層210上に設けられ、導電層220上には、絶縁層280が設けられ、絶縁層280上に導電層240が設けられている。導電層240及び絶縁層280には、導電層220に達する開口290が形成されており、半導体層230は、開口290の底部及び側壁に沿うように設けられる。半導体層230は、導電層240に接する部分と、導電層220に接する部分と、を有する。 The conductive layer 220 is provided on the insulating layer 210, the insulating layer 280 is provided on the conductive layer 220, and the conductive layer 240 is provided on the insulating layer 280. An opening 290 is formed in the conductive layer 240 and the insulating layer 280, reaching the conductive layer 220, and the semiconductor layer 230 is provided along the bottom and sidewalls of the opening 290. The semiconductor layer 230 has a portion that contacts the conductive layer 240 and a portion that contacts the conductive layer 220.

 トランジスタ200Aにおいて、導電層260はゲート電極として機能し、絶縁層250はゲート絶縁層として機能する。また、導電層220は、ソース電極及びドレイン電極の一方として機能し、導電層240は、ソース電極及びドレイン電極の他方として機能する。 In transistor 200A, conductive layer 260 functions as a gate electrode, and insulating layer 250 functions as a gate insulating layer. Furthermore, conductive layer 220 functions as one of a source electrode and a drain electrode, and conductive layer 240 functions as the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode.

 半導体層230は、絶縁層250を介して導電層260と重なる領域を有する。当該領域の少なくとも一部は、トランジスタ200Aのチャネル形成領域として機能する。半導体層230の導電層220近傍の領域、及び、半導体層230の導電層240近傍の領域のうち、一方がソース領域として機能し、他方がドレイン領域として機能する。つまり、チャネル形成領域は、ソース領域とドレイン領域との間に挟まれている。 The semiconductor layer 230 has a region that overlaps with the conductive layer 260 via the insulating layer 250. At least a portion of this region functions as the channel formation region of the transistor 200A. One of the region of the semiconductor layer 230 near the conductive layer 220 and the region of the semiconductor layer 230 near the conductive layer 240 functions as the source region, and the other functions as the drain region. In other words, the channel formation region is sandwiched between the source region and the drain region.

 半導体層230は、開口290の内部に設けられる。また、トランジスタ200Aは、ソース電極及びドレイン電極の一方(ここでは導電層220)が下方に位置し、ソース電極及びドレイン電極の他方(ここでは導電層240)が上方に位置することから、電流が上下方向に流れる構成を有する。つまり、開口290の側面に沿って、チャネルが形成される。これにより、チャネル形成領域、ソース領域、及びドレイン領域が、XY平面上に別々に設けられる、プレーナ型のトランジスタと比較して、トランジスタ200Aは、占有面積を低減できる。したがって、半導体装置を高集積化することができる。また、トランジスタ200Aを記憶装置に用いる場合、単位面積当たりの記憶容量を大きくすることができる。なお、トランジスタ200Aは、チャネル長方向が高さ方向(縦方向)の成分を有するということができるため、VFET(Vertical Field Effect Transistor)、縦型トランジスタ、縦型チャネルトランジスタ、縦チャネル型トランジスタなどと呼ぶことができる。 The semiconductor layer 230 is provided inside the opening 290. Furthermore, the transistor 200A has a configuration in which one of the source and drain electrodes (conductive layer 220 in this case) is located at the bottom and the other of the source and drain electrodes (conductive layer 240 in this case) is located at the top, allowing current to flow vertically. In other words, a channel is formed along the side of the opening 290. This allows the transistor 200A to occupy a smaller area than a planar transistor in which the channel formation region, source region, and drain region are separately provided on the XY plane. This allows for a higher degree of integration of the semiconductor device. Furthermore, when the transistor 200A is used in a memory device, the memory capacity per unit area can be increased. Since the channel length direction of the transistor 200A can be said to have a component in the height direction (vertical direction), the transistor 200A can be called a VFET (Vertical Field Effect Transistor), vertical transistor, vertical channel transistor, vertical channel transistor, etc.

 図16Dに示すように、平面視で円形になるように開口290を形成することで、半導体層230、絶縁層250、及び導電層260は、同心円状に設けられる。よって、導電層260と半導体層230の距離が概略均一になるため、半導体層230にゲート電界を概略均一に印加することができる。 As shown in Figure 16D, by forming the opening 290 so that it has a circular shape in a plan view, the semiconductor layer 230, insulating layer 250, and conductive layer 260 are arranged concentrically. Therefore, the distance between the conductive layer 260 and the semiconductor layer 230 is approximately uniform, allowing a gate electric field to be applied to the semiconductor layer 230 approximately uniformly.

 また、本実施の形態では、平面視において開口290が円形である例について示す。円形とすることにより、開口を形成する際の加工精度を高めることができ、微細なサイズの開口を形成することができる。なお、本発明はこれに限られるものではない。平面視において、開口290は、例えば、円形もしくは楕円形等の略円形、三角形、四角形(長方形、菱形、正方形を含む)、五角形、もしくは星形多角形等の多角形、またはこれら多角形の角が丸い形状とすることができる。 Furthermore, in this embodiment, an example is shown in which opening 290 is circular in plan view. By making it circular, the processing precision when forming the opening can be improved, and openings of a fine size can be formed. However, the present invention is not limited to this. In plan view, opening 290 can be, for example, a circle or an approximately circle such as an oval, a triangle, a quadrangle (including a rectangle, a diamond, and a square), a pentagon, a star-shaped polygon, or any of these polygons with rounded corners.

<IOトランジスタの構成例3>
 図17A乃至図17Dに、上記実施の形態1のIOトランジスタに適用可能なトランジスタの断面構成の一例を示す。
<Configuration Example 3 of IO Transistor>
17A to 17D show examples of cross-sectional structures of transistors applicable to the IO transistor of the first embodiment.

 図17Aは、上記実施の形態1のIOトランジスタに適用可能なトランジスタ200Bの平面図である。図17Bは、図17AにA1−A2の一点鎖線で示す部位の断面図であり、トランジスタ200Bのチャネル長方向の断面図でもある。図17Cは、図17AにA3−A4の一点鎖線で示す部位の断面図であり、トランジスタ200Bのチャネル幅方向の断面図でもある。図17Dは、図17AにA5−A6の一点鎖線で示す部位の断面図である。 Figure 17A is a plan view of transistor 200B applicable to the IO transistor of embodiment 1 above. Figure 17B is a cross-sectional view of the portion indicated by the dashed dotted line A1-A2 in Figure 17A, and is also a cross-sectional view of transistor 200B in the channel length direction. Figure 17C is a cross-sectional view of the portion indicated by the dashed dotted line A3-A4 in Figure 17A, and is also a cross-sectional view of transistor 200B in the channel width direction. Figure 17D is a cross-sectional view of the portion indicated by the dashed dotted line A5-A6 in Figure 17A.

 トランジスタ200Bは、導電層220と、絶縁層280上の導電層240a及び導電層240bと、導電層240a上の層229aと、導電層240b上の層229bと、層229a及び層229b上の半導体層230と、半導体層230上の絶縁層250と、絶縁層250上の導電層260と、を有する。絶縁層280は、導電層220上に位置する。 Transistor 200B has conductive layer 220, conductive layer 240a and conductive layer 240b on insulating layer 280, layer 229a on conductive layer 240a, layer 229b on conductive layer 240b, semiconductor layer 230 on layers 229a and 229b, insulating layer 250 on semiconductor layer 230, and conductive layer 260 on insulating layer 250. Insulating layer 280 is located on conductive layer 220.

 導電層220は絶縁層210上に設けられ、導電層220上には、絶縁層280が設けられ、絶縁層280上に導電層240a、240bが設けられている。導電層240a、240b及び絶縁層280には、導電層220に達する溝部291が形成されており、半導体層230は、溝部291の底部及び側壁に沿うように設けられる。半導体層230は、層229a、229bおよび導電層240a、240bに接する部分と、導電層220に接する部分と、を有する。また、絶縁層250上には、絶縁層283が設けられる。絶縁層283上には、絶縁層285が設けられる。また層229a、229bおよび導電層240a、240b上には、層229a、229bおよび導電層240a、240bに接する部分を有する導電層243aと、導電層243bが設けられる。また導電層243a、243b上には、導電層243a、243bに接する導電層246が設けられる。 The conductive layer 220 is provided on the insulating layer 210, an insulating layer 280 is provided on the conductive layer 220, and conductive layers 240a and 240b are provided on the insulating layer 280. A groove 291 reaching the conductive layer 220 is formed in the conductive layers 240a and 240b and the insulating layer 280, and the semiconductor layer 230 is provided along the bottom and sidewalls of the groove 291. The semiconductor layer 230 has a portion in contact with layers 229a and 229b and the conductive layers 240a and 240b, and a portion in contact with the conductive layer 220. Furthermore, an insulating layer 283 is provided on the insulating layer 250. An insulating layer 285 is provided on the insulating layer 283. In addition, conductive layers 243a and 243b, which have portions in contact with layers 229a and 229b and conductive layers 240a and 240b, are provided over layers 229a and 229b and conductive layers 240a and 240b. In addition, conductive layer 246, which is in contact with conductive layers 243a and 243b, is provided over conductive layers 243a and 243b.

 トランジスタ200Bにおいて、導電層260はゲート配線として機能し、絶縁層250はゲート絶縁層として機能する。また、導電層220は、ソース電極及びドレイン電極の一方として機能し、導電層240a、240bは、ソース電極及びドレイン電極の他方として機能する。 In transistor 200B, conductive layer 260 functions as a gate wiring, and insulating layer 250 functions as a gate insulating layer. Furthermore, conductive layer 220 functions as one of a source electrode and a drain electrode, and conductive layers 240a and 240b function as the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode.

 半導体層230は、絶縁層250を介して導電層260と重なる領域を有する。当該領域の少なくとも一部は、トランジスタ200Bのチャネル形成領域として機能する。半導体層230の導電層220近傍の領域、及び、半導体層230の導電層240近傍の領域のうち、一方がソース領域として機能し、他方がドレイン領域として機能する。つまり、チャネル形成領域は、ソース領域とドレイン領域との間に挟まれている。 The semiconductor layer 230 has a region that overlaps with the conductive layer 260 via the insulating layer 250. At least a portion of this region functions as the channel formation region of the transistor 200B. One of the region of the semiconductor layer 230 near the conductive layer 220 and the region of the semiconductor layer 230 near the conductive layer 240 functions as the source region, and the other functions as the drain region. In other words, the channel formation region is sandwiched between the source region and the drain region.

 半導体層230は、溝部291の内部に設けられる。よって、導電層260は、溝部291が延在する方向に延在して設けられる。また、トランジスタ200Bは、ソース電極及びドレイン電極の一方(ここでは導電層220)が下方に位置し、ソース電極及びドレイン電極の他方(ここでは導電層240a、240b)が上方に位置することから、電流が上下方向に流れる構成を有する。つまり、溝部291の側面に沿って、チャネルが形成される。これにより、チャネル形成領域、ソース領域、及びドレイン領域が、XY平面上に別々に設けられる、プレーナ型のトランジスタと比較して、トランジスタ200Bは、占有面積を低減できる。したがって、半導体装置を高集積化することができる。また、トランジスタ200Bを記憶装置に用いる場合、単位面積当たりの記憶容量を大きくすることができる。 The semiconductor layer 230 is provided inside the groove 291. Therefore, the conductive layer 260 is provided to extend in the direction in which the groove 291 extends. Furthermore, in the transistor 200B, one of the source and drain electrodes (conductive layer 220 in this case) is located on the bottom, and the other of the source and drain electrodes (conductive layers 240a and 240b in this case) is located on the top, so that current flows vertically. In other words, a channel is formed along the side surface of the groove 291. As a result, compared to a planar transistor in which the channel formation region, source region, and drain region are provided separately on the XY plane, the transistor 200B can occupy a smaller area. This allows for a higher degree of integration of the semiconductor device. Furthermore, when the transistor 200B is used in a memory device, the memory capacity per unit area can be increased.

 半導体層230は、導電層220の凹部の底面及び側面と接する。導電層220が凹部を有することで、半導体層230と導電層220とが接する面積を大きくすることができる。したがって、半導体層230と導電層220との間のコンタクト抵抗を低くすることができる。 The semiconductor layer 230 contacts the bottom and side surfaces of the recess in the conductive layer 220. The presence of a recess in the conductive layer 220 increases the contact area between the semiconductor layer 230 and the conductive layer 220. This reduces the contact resistance between the semiconductor layer 230 and the conductive layer 220.

 溝部291の幅D1は、溝部291内に設ける、半導体層230、絶縁層250、及び導電層260それぞれの膜厚によって設定される。平面視において、溝部291に設けられた導電層260の側面は、絶縁層250を介して、半導体層230の側面と対向する部分を有する。よって、トランジスタ200Bのチャネル幅は、半導体層230の幅D2(図17D参照)によって決定される。トランジスタ200Bのチャネル幅は、“2×D2”と算出することができる。 The width D1 of the groove 291 is set by the film thickness of the semiconductor layer 230, insulating layer 250, and conductive layer 260 provided within the groove 291. In a plan view, the side surface of the conductive layer 260 provided in the groove 291 has a portion that faces the side surface of the semiconductor layer 230, with the insulating layer 250 interposed therebetween. Therefore, the channel width of the transistor 200B is determined by the width D2 of the semiconductor layer 230 (see Figure 17D). The channel width of the transistor 200B can be calculated as "2 x D2".

 半導体層230の幅D2の大きさを大きくすることで、単位面積当たりのチャネル幅を大きくし、オン電流を大きくすることができる。一方で、トランジスタ200Bの占有面積、例えば平面視におけるトランジスタ200Bの面積は、溝部291の幅D1及び半導体層230の幅D2に応じて大よそ決定される。溝部291の幅D1及び半導体層230の幅D2の大きさを小さくすることで、トランジスタ200Bの占有面積を低減し、半導体装置を高集積化することができる。 Increasing the width D2 of the semiconductor layer 230 increases the channel width per unit area, thereby increasing the on-current. Meanwhile, the area occupied by the transistor 200B, for example, the area of the transistor 200B in a planar view, is roughly determined by the width D1 of the groove 291 and the width D2 of the semiconductor layer 230. Reducing the width D1 of the groove 291 and the width D2 of the semiconductor layer 230 reduces the area occupied by the transistor 200B, allowing for a higher level of integration of the semiconductor device.

 トランジスタ200Bのチャネル長は、ソース領域とドレイン領域の間の距離となる。つまり、トランジスタ200Bのチャネル長は、導電層220上の絶縁層280の厚さによって決定される、ということができる。よって、トランジスタ200Bのチャネル長は、トランジスタ200Bの占有面積、例えば平面視におけるトランジスタ200Bの面積に影響しない。これにより、絶縁層280の形成、絶縁層280への溝部291の形成などにおいて生産性、及び歩留まりなどを高めることができる。また、トランジスタ200Bのオン電流が大きくなり、周波数特性の向上を図ることができる。 The channel length of transistor 200B is the distance between the source region and the drain region. In other words, the channel length of transistor 200B is determined by the thickness of insulating layer 280 on conductive layer 220. Therefore, the channel length of transistor 200B does not affect the area occupied by transistor 200B, for example, the area of transistor 200B in a planar view. This makes it possible to improve productivity and yield in forming insulating layer 280 and forming grooves 291 in insulating layer 280. Furthermore, the on-current of transistor 200B increases, enabling improved frequency characteristics.

<IOトランジスタの構成例4>
 図18A乃至図18Cに、上記実施の形態1のIOトランジスタに適用可能なトランジスタの断面構成の一例を示す。
<Configuration Example 4 of IO Transistor>
18A to 18C show examples of cross-sectional structures of transistors applicable to the IO transistor of Embodiment 1. FIG.

 図18Aは、上記実施の形態1のIOトランジスタに適用可能なトランジスタ200Cの平面図である。図18Bは、図18AにA1−A2の一点鎖線で示す部位の断面図であり、トランジスタ200Cのチャネル長方向の断面図でもある。図18Cは、図18AにB1−B2の一点鎖線で示す部位の断面図であり、トランジスタ200Bのチャネル幅方向の断面図でもある。なお、図18Aでは、一部の構成要素(絶縁層280など)を省略している。 Figure 18A is a plan view of transistor 200C applicable to the IO transistor of embodiment 1 above. Figure 18B is a cross-sectional view of the portion indicated by the dashed dotted line A1-A2 in Figure 18A, and is also a cross-sectional view of transistor 200C in the channel length direction. Figure 18C is a cross-sectional view of the portion indicated by the dashed dotted line B1-B2 in Figure 18A, and is also a cross-sectional view of transistor 200B in the channel width direction. Note that some components (such as insulating layer 280) are omitted from Figure 18A.

 トランジスタ200Cは、複数の半導体層(半導体層230_1乃至半導体層230_3)、絶縁層250、導電層260、一対の導電層220(導電層220a、導電層220b)、一対の導電層240(導電層240a、導電層240b)、複数の一対のバッファ層231(バッファ層231_1乃至バッファ層231_4)を有する。ここでは、半導体層を3つ有するトランジスタについて説明する。絶縁層250の一部はゲート絶縁層として機能し、導電層260の一部はゲート電極として機能する。導電層220aと導電層220bは、それぞれソース電極、ドレイン電極として機能する。また導電層240aと導電層240bもまた、それぞれソース電極、ドレイン電極として機能する。 Transistor 200C has multiple semiconductor layers (semiconductor layers 230_1 to 230_3), an insulating layer 250, a conductive layer 260, a pair of conductive layers 220 (conductive layer 220a and conductive layer 220b), a pair of conductive layers 240 (conductive layer 240a and conductive layer 240b), and multiple pairs of buffer layers 231 (buffer layer 231_1 to buffer layer 231_4). Here, a transistor having three semiconductor layers will be described. A portion of the insulating layer 250 functions as a gate insulating layer, and a portion of the conductive layer 260 functions as a gate electrode. The conductive layers 220a and 220b function as a source electrode and a drain electrode, respectively. The conductive layers 240a and 240b also function as a source electrode and a drain electrode, respectively.

 トランジスタ200Cは、基板(図示しない)上に設けられる絶縁層210上に設けられる。絶縁層210は下地絶縁層として機能する。 Transistor 200C is provided on an insulating layer 210 provided on a substrate (not shown). The insulating layer 210 functions as a base insulating layer.

 絶縁層210上に、一対のバッファ層231_1が設けられ、バッファ層231_1上に半導体層230_1が設けられている。一対のバッファ層231_1は離隔して設けられており、半導体層230_1は、一方のバッファ層231_1上に位置する部分と、他方のバッファ層231_1上に位置する部分との間に、いずれのバッファ層231_1とも重ならない領域を有する。 A pair of buffer layers 231_1 is provided on the insulating layer 210, and a semiconductor layer 230_1 is provided on the buffer layer 231_1. The pair of buffer layers 231_1 are provided at a distance from each other, and the semiconductor layer 230_1 has a region between a portion located on one buffer layer 231_1 and a portion located on the other buffer layer 231_1 that does not overlap with either buffer layer 231_1.

 一対のバッファ層231_2は、半導体層230_1上に設けられる。一対のバッファ層231_2は、それぞれバッファ層231_1と重なる位置に設けられる。半導体層230_1は、一対のバッファ層231_2の間の領域において、いずれのバッファ層231_2とは重ならない領域を有する。 A pair of buffer layers 231_2 are provided on the semiconductor layer 230_1. Each of the pair of buffer layers 231_2 is provided at a position overlapping with the buffer layer 231_1. The semiconductor layer 230_1 has a region between the pair of buffer layers 231_2 that does not overlap with either of the buffer layers 231_2.

 上記と同様に、バッファ層231_2上には、半導体層230_2、バッファ層231_3、半導体層230_3、バッファ層231_4の順で積層されている。さらに導電層240a、導電層240bが、バッファ層231_4上にそれぞれ設けられている。 Similarly to the above, semiconductor layer 230_2, buffer layer 231_3, semiconductor layer 230_3, and buffer layer 231_4 are stacked in this order on buffer layer 231_2. Furthermore, conductive layer 240a and conductive layer 240b are each provided on buffer layer 231_4.

 半導体層230のうち、当該半導体層230の下方に位置する一対のバッファ層231の間、及び上方に位置する一対のバッファ層231の間に位置し、且つ、いずれのバッファ層231とも重ならない領域が、チャネル形成領域として機能する。 A region of the semiconductor layer 230 that is located between a pair of buffer layers 231 located below the semiconductor layer 230 and between a pair of buffer layers 231 located above the semiconductor layer 230, and that does not overlap with either buffer layer 231, functions as a channel formation region.

 導電層220a及び導電層220bはそれぞれ、各半導体層230の側面と、各バッファ層231の外側(導電層260側とは反対側)の側面と、導電層240aまたは導電層240bの外側の側面と接して設けられている。導電層220により、各半導体層230と導電層240とを接続することができる。 Conductive layer 220a and conductive layer 220b are provided in contact with the side of each semiconductor layer 230, the outer side of each buffer layer 231 (the side opposite to the conductive layer 260), and the outer side of conductive layer 240a or conductive layer 240b, respectively. Conductive layer 220 can connect each semiconductor layer 230 and conductive layer 240.

 ここで、図18B等に示すように、各半導体層230は、自身と接するバッファ層231のそれぞれの側面よりも外側に突出した突出部21tを有することが好ましい。さらに導電層220は、各半導体層230の突出部21tにおける側面だけでなく、突出部21tにおける上面および下面に接して設けられることが好ましい。これにより、導電層220と半導体層230との接触面積を大きくでき、これらの間の接触抵抗を低減することができる。 Here, as shown in Figure 18B etc., each semiconductor layer 230 preferably has a protruding portion 21t that protrudes outward beyond the respective side surfaces of the buffer layer 231 that it contacts. Furthermore, the conductive layer 220 is preferably provided in contact with not only the side surfaces of the protruding portion 21t of each semiconductor layer 230, but also the upper and lower surfaces of the protruding portion 21t. This increases the contact area between the conductive layer 220 and the semiconductor layer 230, thereby reducing the contact resistance between them.

 絶縁層250は、半導体層230のバッファ層231と重ならない領域を取り囲むように設けられる。絶縁層250は、各一対のバッファ層231と重ならない領域において、各半導体層230の上面及び下面と接して設けられている。また絶縁層250は、図18Cに示すように、チャネル幅方向において半導体層230の上面、下面及び両側面を囲むように設けられている。 The insulating layer 250 is provided so as to surround the regions of the semiconductor layer 230 that do not overlap with the buffer layer 231. The insulating layer 250 is provided in contact with the upper and lower surfaces of each semiconductor layer 230 in the regions that do not overlap with each pair of buffer layers 231. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 18C, the insulating layer 250 is provided so as to surround the upper, lower, and both side surfaces of the semiconductor layer 230 in the channel width direction.

 導電層260は、絶縁層250を介して、各半導体層230の上面、側面及び下面を囲むように設けられている。これにより、導電層260からの電界が、半導体層230のチャネル形成領域に対して上下方向から印加されるため、半導体層230一層あたりのオン電流を高めることができる。さらに半導体層230を複数有することにより、トランジスタ200Cのオン電流を極めて高くすることができる。 The conductive layer 260 is arranged to surround the top, side, and bottom surfaces of each semiconductor layer 230 via the insulating layer 250. This allows an electric field from the conductive layer 260 to be applied to the channel formation region of the semiconductor layer 230 from above and below, thereby increasing the on-current per semiconductor layer 230. Furthermore, by having multiple semiconductor layers 230, the on-current of the transistor 200C can be made extremely high.

 また絶縁層250は、各バッファ層231と導電層260の間、及び各導電層240と導電層260との間に設けられ、これらを絶縁する。これにより、バッファ層231と導電層260、及び導電層240と導電層260との電気的な短絡を抑制できる。 Furthermore, insulating layers 250 are provided between each buffer layer 231 and conductive layer 260, and between each conductive layer 240 and conductive layer 260, to insulate them. This makes it possible to prevent electrical short circuits between the buffer layer 231 and conductive layer 260, and between the conductive layer 240 and conductive layer 260.

 導電層220及び導電層240を覆って、絶縁層280が設けられている。絶縁層280にはスリットが設けられており、当該スリットの内部に絶縁層250及び導電層260が形成されている。絶縁層250は、絶縁層280のスリット内における側面に沿って設けられ、導電層260は絶縁層250のスリットを埋めるように設けられている。導電層260の一部は、スリットの形状に沿った配線として機能する。 Insulating layer 280 is provided covering conductive layer 220 and conductive layer 240. A slit is provided in insulating layer 280, and insulating layer 250 and conductive layer 260 are formed inside the slit. Insulating layer 250 is provided along the side of the slit in insulating layer 280, and conductive layer 260 is provided so as to fill the slit in insulating layer 250. A portion of conductive layer 260 functions as wiring that follows the shape of the slit.

 ここで、半導体層230には、半導体特性を示す金属酸化物(酸化物半導体)を用いることが好ましい。このとき、半導体層230と接する導電層220には、導電性の金属酸化物(酸化物導電体)を用いることが好ましい。金属酸化物を含む半導体層230と接する導電膜に金属酸化物を用いることにより、これらの接触抵抗を低減でき、配線の負荷を低減することができ、トランジスタ200Cのオン電流を高めることができる。 Here, it is preferable to use a metal oxide (oxide semiconductor) that exhibits semiconductor properties for the semiconductor layer 230. In this case, it is preferable to use a conductive metal oxide (oxide conductor) for the conductive layer 220 that is in contact with the semiconductor layer 230. By using a metal oxide for the conductive film that is in contact with the metal oxide-containing semiconductor layer 230, it is possible to reduce the contact resistance therebetween, reduce the wiring load, and increase the on-current of the transistor 200C.

 導電層220は、半導体層230と同一の金属元素を含む金属酸化物を含むことが好ましい。特に導電層220と半導体層230の両方が、インジウムを含む金属酸化物を含むことが好ましい。これにより、半導体層230と導電層220との間の接触抵抗を低減することができる。さらに、導電層220と半導体層230とを加工する際に、同一条件でエッチングすることが可能となり、作製工程を簡略化できるため、歩留まり及び生産性を向上させることができる。導電層220には、特にインジウムとスズを含む金属酸化物を用いると、導電性を高めることができるため好ましい。 The conductive layer 220 preferably contains a metal oxide containing the same metal element as the semiconductor layer 230. In particular, it is preferable that both the conductive layer 220 and the semiconductor layer 230 contain a metal oxide containing indium. This reduces the contact resistance between the semiconductor layer 230 and the conductive layer 220. Furthermore, when processing the conductive layer 220 and the semiconductor layer 230, etching can be performed under the same conditions, simplifying the manufacturing process and improving yield and productivity. It is particularly preferable to use a metal oxide containing indium and tin for the conductive layer 220, as this can increase conductivity.

 さらに、バッファ層231にも、金属酸化物を用いることが好ましい。バッファ層231に金属酸化物を用いることで、バッファ層231自体をソース電極またはドレイン電極として機能させることができる。さらに、バッファ層231と導電層220の両方に金属酸化物を適用することでこれらの間の接触抵抗を低減できるだけでなく、半導体層230から導電層240までの間の電流経路を拡大することが可能となり、より配線の負荷を低減することができる。 Furthermore, it is preferable to use a metal oxide for the buffer layer 231 as well. By using a metal oxide for the buffer layer 231, the buffer layer 231 itself can function as a source electrode or a drain electrode. Furthermore, by using a metal oxide for both the buffer layer 231 and the conductive layer 220, not only can the contact resistance between them be reduced, but the current path between the semiconductor layer 230 and the conductive layer 240 can also be expanded, further reducing the load on the wiring.

 上記では、半導体層230が3層積層された構成について説明したが、トランジスタ200Cが有する半導体層230の数はこれに限られない。半導体層230の数が多いほどトランジスタ200Cのオン電流を増大させられるため好ましい。一方、半導体層230の数が少ないほど、トランジスタ200Cの作製工程を簡略化でき、歩留まりを向上させることができる。 Although the above describes a configuration in which three semiconductor layers 230 are stacked, the number of semiconductor layers 230 included in the transistor 200C is not limited to this. The more semiconductor layers 230 there are, the greater the on-state current of the transistor 200C can be, which is preferable. On the other hand, the fewer the number of semiconductor layers 230, the simpler the manufacturing process for the transistor 200C can be, and the higher the yield can be.

<半導体装置の構成材料>
 以下では、本実施の形態のIOトランジスタに用いることができる材料について説明する。なお、本実施の形態のIOトランジスタを構成する各層は、単層構造であってもよく、積層構造であってもよい。
<Constituent materials of semiconductor device>
Materials that can be used for the IO transistor of this embodiment will be described below. Note that each layer constituting the IO transistor of this embodiment may have a single-layer structure or a stacked-layer structure.

[半導体層]
 半導体装置が有する半導体層230には、酸化インジウムを用いることが好ましい。半導体層に酸化インジウムを用いることで、トランジスタは大きいオン電流、及び高い周波数特性を得ることができる。
[Semiconductor layer]
Indium oxide is preferably used for the semiconductor layer 230 of the semiconductor device. By using indium oxide for the semiconductor layer, the transistor can have large on-state current and high frequency characteristics.

 なお、本明細書等において、膜中に少なくとも結晶部又は結晶領域を有する酸化インジウムを、結晶の酸化インジウム(crystal IO)又は結晶性酸化インジウム(crystalline IO)という。例えば、crystal IO又はcrystalline IOとして、単結晶の酸化インジウム、多結晶の酸化インジウム、微結晶の酸化インジウム等が挙げられる。 In this specification and the like, indium oxide having at least a crystalline portion or crystalline region in the film is referred to as crystalline indium oxide (crystal IO) or crystalline indium oxide (crystalline IO). For example, examples of crystalline IO or crystalline IO include single-crystalline indium oxide, polycrystalline indium oxide, and microcrystalline indium oxide.

 酸化インジウムは、In−Ga−Zn酸化物(以下、IGZOとも表記する)、酸化亜鉛などの酸化物半導体とは全く異なる物性を有する半導体材料である。 Indium oxide is a semiconductor material with completely different physical properties from oxide semiconductors such as In-Ga-Zn oxide (hereinafter also referred to as IGZO) and zinc oxide.

 酸化インジウム、シリコン、及びIGZOのホール(Hall)移動度のキャリア濃度依存性について説明する。図19Aはシリコン(Si)及び酸化インジウム(InO)、図19BはIGZOに対する、ホール移動度のキャリア濃度依存性についての模式図である。 The carrier concentration dependence of the Hall mobility of indium oxide, silicon, and IGZO will be described below. Fig. 19A is a schematic diagram showing the carrier concentration dependence of the Hall mobility for silicon (Si) and indium oxide (InO x ), and Fig. 19B is a schematic diagram showing the carrier concentration dependence of the Hall mobility for IGZO.

 まず、IGZOは、図19Bに矢印で示すように、キャリア濃度が高いほどホール移動度が高い傾向を示す。一方、酸化インジウムは、図19Aに矢印で示すように、キャリア濃度が低いほどホール移動度が高い傾向を示す(非特許文献2参照)。この傾向はシリコンと同様の傾向であり、材料中のドーパント(不純物)の濃度が低いほど、不純物散乱が減少しホール移動度が高くなる。すなわち酸化インジウムは、高純度且つ真性であるほど、ホール移動度が高くなる。この結果から、酸化インジウムはIGZOとは異なり、シリコンに近い物性を持つ物質であるといえる。なお、図19Aに示す酸化インジウムの特性は、単結晶を想定した場合である。そのため、酸化インジウムが非単結晶(例えば、多結晶)のとき、図19Aに示す特性と異なる場合がある。 First, IGZO tends to exhibit higher hole mobility as the carrier concentration increases, as indicated by the arrows in Figure 19B. On the other hand, indium oxide tends to exhibit higher hole mobility as the carrier concentration decreases, as indicated by the arrows in Figure 19A (see Non-Patent Document 2). This trend is similar to that of silicon; the lower the dopant (impurity) concentration in the material, the less impurity scattering there is and the higher the hole mobility. In other words, the higher the purity and intrinsic the indium oxide, the higher the hole mobility. From these results, it can be said that indium oxide, unlike IGZO, is a material with physical properties closer to silicon. Note that the characteristics of indium oxide shown in Figure 19A are assumed to be single crystal. Therefore, when indium oxide is non-single crystal (e.g., polycrystalline), the characteristics may differ from those shown in Figure 19A.

 図19Aにおいて、キャリア濃度の低い範囲R1はホール移動度が極めて高いため、例えばトランジスタのチャネル形成領域に好適なキャリア濃度の範囲であるといえる。例えば、酸化インジウムの場合、範囲R1は、キャリア濃度の値が1×1015cm−3を含む範囲であり、例えば1×1014cm−3以上、1×1018cm−3以下の範囲である。キャリア濃度を十分に低減することにより、ホール移動度の値を270cm/(V・s)程度にまで高められることが期待できる。 19A , the low carrier concentration range R1 has extremely high hole mobility, and can therefore be considered a carrier concentration range suitable for, for example, a channel formation region of a transistor. For example, in the case of indium oxide, range R1 is a range including a carrier concentration value of 1×10 15 cm −3 , for example, a range of 1×10 14 cm −3 or more and 1×10 18 cm −3 or less. By sufficiently reducing the carrier concentration, it is expected that the hole mobility value can be increased to approximately 270 cm 2 /(V·s).

 なお、酸化インジウムにおいて、キャリア濃度が範囲R1である領域は、キャリア濃度を低める元素を含むことができる。キャリア濃度を低める元素として、例えば、マグネシウム、カルシウム、亜鉛、カドミウム、銅などが挙げられる。これらの元素がインジウムと置換することで、キャリア濃度を低くすることができる。また、キャリア濃度を低める元素として、例えば、窒素、リン、ヒ素、アンチモンなどが挙げられる。例えば、窒素、リン、ヒ素、またはアンチモンが酸素と置換することで、キャリア濃度を低くすることができる。 In addition, in indium oxide, the region where the carrier concentration is in range R1 can contain elements that lower the carrier concentration. Examples of elements that lower the carrier concentration include magnesium, calcium, zinc, cadmium, and copper. By substituting these elements for indium, the carrier concentration can be lowered. Examples of elements that lower the carrier concentration include nitrogen, phosphorus, arsenic, and antimony. For example, by substituting nitrogen, phosphorus, arsenic, or antimony for oxygen, the carrier concentration can be lowered.

 一方、キャリア濃度の高い範囲R2は電気抵抗が低く、例えばトランジスタのソース領域及びドレイン領域、または抵抗体、もしくは透明導電膜に好適なキャリア濃度の範囲であるといえる。範囲R2は、キャリア濃度の値が1×1020cm−3を含む範囲であり、例えば1×1019cm−3以上、1×1022cm−3以下の範囲である。キャリア濃度を十分に高くすることで、抵抗率を1×10−4Ω・cm以下にまで低減できることが期待できる。 On the other hand, the range R2 with a high carrier concentration has a low electrical resistance, and can be said to be a range of carrier concentrations suitable for, for example, the source and drain regions of a transistor, a resistor, or a transparent conductive film. Range R2 is a range in which the carrier concentration value includes 1×10 20 cm −3 , for example, a range of 1×10 19 cm −3 or more and 1×10 22 cm −3 or less. By sufficiently increasing the carrier concentration, it is expected that the resistivity can be reduced to 1×10 −4 Ω·cm or less.

 なお、酸化インジウムにおいて、キャリア濃度が範囲R2である領域は、キャリア濃度を高める元素を含むことができる。例えば、トランジスタのソース電極及びドレイン電極と共通の元素を含むことが好ましい。キャリア濃度を高める元素は、例えばチタン、ジルコニウム、ハフニウム、タンタル、タングステン、モリブデン、錫、シリコン、ホウ素などが挙げられる。特に、酸化物が導電性または半導体性を有する元素を用いることがより好ましい。なお、キャリア濃度を高める元素の供給方法としては、当該元素を含む膜を形成して拡散させる方法、イオン注入法、イオンドーピング法、プラズマイマージョンイオン注入法、またはプラズマ処理を用いることができる。なお、本明細書等において、特に断りがない場合、質量分離の有無は限定されない。例えば、本明細書等において、イオンを質量分離して供給する方法をイオン注入法、イオンを質量分離せずに供給する方法をイオンドーピング法と呼称する。 Indium oxide, the region with a carrier concentration in range R2 may contain an element that increases the carrier concentration. For example, it is preferable that the region contains the same element as the source electrode and drain electrode of the transistor. Examples of elements that increase the carrier concentration include titanium, zirconium, hafnium, tantalum, tungsten, molybdenum, tin, silicon, and boron. It is particularly preferable to use an element whose oxide has conductive or semiconducting properties. Methods for supplying an element that increases the carrier concentration include forming a film containing the element and diffusing it, ion implantation, ion doping, plasma immersion ion implantation, and plasma treatment. Unless otherwise specified, the present specification does not limit the use of mass separation. For example, in the present specification, a method of supplying ions after mass separation is referred to as ion implantation, and a method of supplying ions without mass separation is referred to as ion doping.

 このように酸化インジウムにおいて、キャリア濃度の低い領域をトランジスタのチャネル形成領域に用いて、キャリア濃度の高い領域をトランジスタのソース領域及びドレイン領域に用いる。つまり、酸化インジウムは、価電子制御が可能な酸化物ともいえる。なお、IGZOは、IGZOと接する電極の応力に起因して、ソース領域及びドレイン領域に歪が形成され、n型領域が形成される場合がある。一方で、酸化インジウムは、IGZOとは異なり、価電子制御が可能であるため、IGZOのように膜中に歪を形成しなくてもよい。膜中に歪が少ないと、信頼性を高めることが期待できる。例えば、キャリア濃度が図19Aに示す範囲R1である領域と、範囲R2である領域とを、酸化インジウム膜中で作り分けることで、所謂n−i−n接合(n型領域と、i型領域と、n型領域との接合)を作ることができる。なお、シリコンを用いるトランジスタにおける価電子制御は、一般的に知られている。一方で、酸化インジウムを用いるトランジスタにおける価電子制御は、通常は想到しえない、新規な技術思想である。 In this way, indium oxide uses a region with a low carrier concentration as the channel formation region of a transistor, and a region with a high carrier concentration as the source and drain regions of the transistor. In other words, indium oxide can be considered an oxide capable of valence electron control. Note that with IGZO, strain can form in the source and drain regions due to stress from electrodes in contact with the IGZO, resulting in the formation of n-type regions. On the other hand, unlike IGZO, indium oxide allows for valence electron control, so strain does not need to be formed in the film as with IGZO. Minimizing strain in the film is expected to improve reliability. For example, by creating regions with carrier concentrations in range R1 and range R2 shown in Figure 19A within an indium oxide film, a so-called n-i-n junction (a junction between an n-type region, an i-type region, and an n-type region) can be created. Note that valence electron control in silicon-based transistors is generally known. However, valence electron control in indium oxide-based transistors is a novel technological concept that would not normally be conceived.

 上記の技術思想を用いることで、本明細書等における酸化インジウムを有するトランジスタは、以下に示す特徴(1)~(5)のうち、2つ以上、好ましくは3つ以上、さらに好ましくは4つ以上、最も好ましくは5つを有する。(1)オン電流が高い(別言すると高移動度である)。(2)オフ電流が低い。(3)ノーマリーオフが可能である。(4)高い信頼性を有する。(5)遮断周波数(fT)が高い。例えば、本明細書等における酸化インジウムを有するトランジスタは、高移動度であり、オフ電流が低く、且つノーマリーオフが可能である。当該トランジスタは、高移動度であり、且つノーマリーオンのトランジスタとは異なる。 By using the above technical concept, the transistor containing indium oxide in this specification has two or more, preferably three or more, more preferably four or more, and most preferably five of the following characteristics (1) to (5): (1) A high on-state current (in other words, high mobility). (2) A low off-state current. (3) Normally-off operation is possible. (4) High reliability. (5) A high cutoff frequency (fT). For example, the transistor containing indium oxide in this specification has high mobility, a low off-state current, and is normally-off operation. This transistor has high mobility and is different from a normally-on transistor.

 なお、半導体がi型であるとは、フェルミ準位(Ef)と、真性フェルミ準位(Ei)とが、同じである(Ef=Ei)と言い換えることができる。図19Bに示すように、IGZOにおいては、キャリア濃度が低いほどホール移動度は小さくなる。そのため最終的にEf=Eiとなった場合には、キャリアがなくなる(言い換えると絶縁物に近い物性となる)ため、トランジスタとして動作しなくなる可能性がある。一方で、酸化インジウムにおいては、図19Aに示すように、キャリア濃度が低いほどホール移動度は大きくなり、最終的にEf=Eiとなった場合には、ホール移動度が最大となる。すなわち、酸化インジウムを有するトランジスタは、Ef=Eiとすることで、高い電界効果移動度が可能となる。なお、酸化インジウムを有するトランジスタは、キャリア濃度が低いため、ノーマリーオフとなりやすい。そのため、酸化インジウムを有するトランジスタは、ノーマリーオフであり、且つ高い電界効果移動度を実現することができる。 Note that a semiconductor being i-type can be said to have the same Fermi level (Ef) and intrinsic Fermi level (Ei) (Ef = Ei). As shown in Figure 19B, in IGZO, the lower the carrier concentration, the lower the hole mobility. Therefore, when Ef = Ei, the carriers disappear (in other words, the material becomes similar to an insulator), and the transistor may no longer function. On the other hand, in indium oxide, as shown in Figure 19A, the lower the carrier concentration, the higher the hole mobility. When Ef = Ei, the hole mobility is maximized. In other words, a transistor containing indium oxide can achieve high field-effect mobility by setting Ef = Ei. Note that a transistor containing indium oxide is likely to be normally-off due to its low carrier concentration. Therefore, a transistor containing indium oxide can be normally-off and achieve high field-effect mobility.

 なお、ノーマリーオフとは、ゲートに電位を印加しない、またはゲート−ソース間電圧が0Vのときに、トランジスタに電流が流れない状態のことをいう。また、ノーマリーオフは、トランジスタのしきい値電圧(Vth)またはシフト値(Vsh)で評価することができる。なお、特段の説明がない限り、Vthは定電流法で算出することとする。より具体的には、Vthとは、トランジスタのId−Vg特性における、ドレイン電流(Id)×チャネル長(L)÷チャネル幅(W)の値が、1nA(1×10−9A)となるときのゲート電圧(Vg)とする。また、Vshとは、トランジスタのId−Vg特性におけるドレイン電流(Id)を対数表記した際の最大の傾きの接線とId=1pA(1×10−12A)の直線との交点のゲート電圧(Vg)、またはトランジスタのId−Vg特性におけるIdを対数表記した際の傾きが最大となる2点間から外挿した直線とId=1pAの直線との交点のVgである。例えば、Vth及びVshのいずれか一方または双方が、ゼロまたは正の値であれば、ノーマリーオフのトランジスタとみなすことができる。 Note that normally-off refers to a state in which no current flows through a transistor when no potential is applied to the gate or when the gate-source voltage is 0 V. Furthermore, normally-off can be evaluated by the threshold voltage (Vth) or shift value (Vsh) of the transistor. Unless otherwise specified, Vth is calculated by a constant current method. More specifically, Vth is defined as the gate voltage (Vg) when the value of drain current (Id) × channel length (L) ÷ channel width (W) in the Id-Vg characteristics of the transistor is 1 nA (1 × 10 −9 A). Furthermore, Vsh is the gate voltage (Vg) at the intersection between the tangent to the maximum slope when the drain current (Id) in the Id-Vg characteristics of the transistor is expressed logarithmically and the line of Id = 1 pA (1 × 10 -12 A), or the Vg at the intersection between the line extrapolated from between two points where the slope when Id in the Id-Vg characteristics of the transistor is expressed logarithmically and the line of Id = 1 pA. For example, if either one or both of Vth and Vsh are zero or a positive value, the transistor can be considered to be normally off.

 また、酸化インジウムを有するトランジスタにおいて、半導体をi型にするため、すなわちEf=Eiを実現するためには、酸化インジウム膜に接する膜構成が重要となる。例えば、酸化インジウムを有するトランジスタにおいて、酸化インジウム膜に接する酸化シリコン膜と、酸化ハフニウム膜と、窒化シリコン膜と、を積層した膜構成が挙げられる。当該膜構成とすることで、Ef=Eiであり、且つ信頼性の高い半導体装置とすることができる。 Furthermore, in a transistor containing indium oxide, the film structure in contact with the indium oxide film is important for making the semiconductor i-type, i.e., achieving Ef = Ei. For example, in a transistor containing indium oxide, a film structure in which a silicon oxide film in contact with the indium oxide film, a hafnium oxide film, and a silicon nitride film are stacked is one example. With this film structure, a highly reliable semiconductor device with Ef = Ei can be obtained.

 なお、上記の膜構成において、酸化シリコン膜の代わりに、酸化窒化シリコン膜、窒化酸化シリコン膜、酸化アルミニウム膜、酸化ガリウム膜などの酸素を有する膜を用いることもできる。また、上記の膜構成において、窒化シリコン膜の代わりに、窒化酸化シリコン膜、酸化窒化シリコン膜などを用いることもできる。また、窒化シリコン膜よりも酸化インジウム膜側に位置する酸化ハフニウム膜は、水素のゲッタリングサイトとして機能する。 In the above film configuration, instead of the silicon oxide film, a film containing oxygen, such as a silicon oxynitride film, a silicon nitride oxide film, an aluminum oxide film, or a gallium oxide film, can also be used. Also, in the above film configuration, instead of the silicon nitride film, a silicon nitride oxide film, a silicon oxynitride film, or the like can also be used. Furthermore, the hafnium oxide film, which is located closer to the indium oxide film than the silicon nitride film, functions as a gettering site for hydrogen.

 また、上記の膜構成は、酸化インジウム膜側から、酸化インジウム膜へ酸素の供給が可能な膜(例えば、酸化シリコン膜)と、水素のゲッタリングが可能な膜(例えば、酸化ハフニウム膜)と、酸素及び水素の入り込みを抑制する膜(例えば、窒化シリコン膜)と、が積層された構成と捉えることもできる。当該構成とすることで、酸化インジウム膜中の酸素欠損は、酸化シリコン膜中の酸素により補填される。また、酸化インジウム膜中の水素は、加熱処理などにより酸化ハフニウム膜に捕獲される。また、窒化シリコン膜を設けることで、外部から酸素及び水素の入り込みが少ない膜構成となる。すなわち、上記の膜構成とすることで、酸化インジウム膜は、よりi型に近づけることが可能となる。したがって、上述の酸化インジウム膜を有するトランジスタは、高い電界効果移動度及び高い信頼性を有する。 The above film configuration can also be considered as a stacked structure of a film capable of supplying oxygen to the indium oxide film from the indium oxide film side (e.g., a silicon oxide film), a film capable of gettering hydrogen (e.g., a hafnium oxide film), and a film that suppresses the penetration of oxygen and hydrogen (e.g., a silicon nitride film). With this configuration, oxygen vacancies in the indium oxide film are filled with oxygen in the silicon oxide film. Furthermore, hydrogen in the indium oxide film is captured by the hafnium oxide film by heat treatment or the like. Furthermore, the provision of a silicon nitride film results in a film configuration that reduces the penetration of oxygen and hydrogen from the outside. In other words, the above film configuration allows the indium oxide film to become closer to i-type. Therefore, a transistor having the above-described indium oxide film has high field-effect mobility and high reliability.

 続いて、トランジスタに適用する酸化インジウム膜について説明する。酸化インジウム膜は、結晶性を有する(すなわち、結晶粒を有する)ことが好ましい。結晶粒を有する膜として、単結晶膜、多結晶膜、又は結晶粒を含む非晶質膜(微結晶膜ともいう)などが挙げられる。特に、酸化インジウム膜は、多結晶膜が好ましく、より好ましくは単結晶膜である。単結晶膜は結晶粒界(グレインバウンダリともいう)を有さない。結晶粒界には、キャリアの流れを阻害する不純物(代表的には、絶縁性の不純物、絶縁性の酸化物など)が偏析しやすい。単結晶膜を用いることで、結晶粒界におけるキャリア散乱等を抑制することができ、高い電界効果移動度を示すトランジスタを実現できる。また、当該結晶粒界に起因するトランジスタ特性のばらつきを抑制できる、といった優れた効果を奏する。 Next, we will explain indium oxide films used in transistors. It is preferable that the indium oxide film be crystalline (i.e., have crystal grains). Examples of films having crystal grains include single-crystal films, polycrystalline films, and amorphous films containing crystal grains (also known as microcrystalline films). In particular, polycrystalline indium oxide films are preferred, and single-crystal films are even more preferred. Single-crystal films do not have grain boundaries. Impurities that impede carrier flow (typically, insulating impurities, insulating oxides, etc.) tend to segregate at grain boundaries. Using a single-crystal film can suppress carrier scattering at grain boundaries, resulting in a transistor with high field-effect mobility. It also offers the excellent effect of suppressing variations in transistor characteristics due to the grain boundaries.

 また、多結晶膜は、微結晶膜または非晶質膜と比較して、キャリア散乱を低減させることが可能となり、高い電界効果移動度を示すため好ましい。多結晶膜を用いる場合には、結晶粒のサイズができるだけ大きく、結晶粒界が少ない膜を用いることが好ましい。なお、酸化インジウムの多結晶膜が適用されたトランジスタにおいて、チャネル形成領域に結晶粒界を有さない、または結晶粒界が観察されない場合は、多結晶膜に含まれる単結晶領域内にチャネル形成領域が位置するため、単結晶の酸化インジウムが適用されたトランジスタとみなすことができる。 Furthermore, polycrystalline films are preferable because they can reduce carrier scattering and exhibit high field-effect mobility compared to microcrystalline or amorphous films. When using a polycrystalline film, it is preferable to use a film with as large a crystal grain size as possible and as few crystal grain boundaries as possible. Note that in a transistor using a polycrystalline film of indium oxide, if there are no crystal grain boundaries in the channel formation region or no crystal grain boundaries are observed, the channel formation region is located within a single crystal region included in the polycrystalline film, and therefore the transistor can be considered to use single-crystal indium oxide.

 なお、酸化インジウムの結晶性は、例えば、X線回折法(XRD:X−Ray Diffractometry)、透過電子顕微鏡法(TEM:Transmission Electron Microscopy)、又は電子回折法(ED:Electron Diffraction)により解析できる。又は、これらの手法を複数組み合わせて分析を行ってもよい。 The crystallinity of indium oxide can be analyzed, for example, by X-ray diffraction (XRD), transmission electron microscopy (TEM), or electron diffraction (ED). Alternatively, analysis may be performed by combining multiple of these techniques.

 また、本明細書等において、チャネル形成領域において結晶粒界が観察されない半導体層、チャネル形成領域が1つの結晶粒に含まれる半導体層、又は、チャネル形成領域内の少なくとも2つの領域において、結晶軸の方向が同一である半導体層を、単結晶膜と呼ぶことができる。また、チャネル形成領域において、1つの結晶粒内で、ある結晶軸又はある結晶方位を回転の軸として、他の結晶軸の方向が連続的に変化する半導体層を、単結晶膜と呼ぶことができる。 Furthermore, in this specification, a semiconductor layer in which no crystal grain boundaries are observed in the channel formation region, a semiconductor layer in which the channel formation region is contained in a single crystal grain, or a semiconductor layer in which the crystal axis direction is the same in at least two regions within the channel formation region can be referred to as a single crystal film. Furthermore, a semiconductor layer in which, within a single crystal grain in the channel formation region, the direction of the other crystal axis changes continuously around a certain crystal axis or a certain crystal orientation as the axis of rotation can be referred to as a single crystal film.

 なお、チャネル形成領域とは、半導体層のうち、ゲート絶縁層を介してゲート電極と重なる(または対向する)領域であって、ソース電極と接する領域とドレイン電極と接する領域との間に位置する領域を指す。チャネル形成領域における電流経路は、ソース電極とドレイン電極との最短距離である。そのため、チャネル形成領域における、結晶粒、結晶粒界、結晶軸、結晶方位等は、半導体層、ソース電極、及びドレイン電極を含む断面観察にて確認できる。 The channel formation region refers to the region of the semiconductor layer that overlaps (or faces) the gate electrode via the gate insulating layer, and is located between the region in contact with the source electrode and the region in contact with the drain electrode. The current path in the channel formation region is the shortest distance between the source electrode and the drain electrode. Therefore, the crystal grains, crystal grain boundaries, crystal axes, crystal orientation, etc. in the channel formation region can be confirmed by observing a cross section including the semiconductor layer, source electrode, and drain electrode.

 チャネル形成領域の酸化インジウム膜は、不純物濃度が低いほど好ましい。チャネル形成領域の酸化インジウム膜中の不純物は、キャリアの散乱源となりうるため、電界効果移動度の低下の要因となりうる。また、これら不純物が酸化インジウム膜の結晶成長を阻害する要因ともなりうる。酸化インジウム膜に対する不純物としては、ホウ素、シリコンなどが挙げられる。酸化インジウム膜は、これら不純物の濃度が、それぞれ、0.1%以下であることが好ましく、0.01%(100ppm)以下であることがさらに好ましい。なお、炭素、水素などは、成膜時の成膜ガスまたはプリカーサに含まれうる元素であり、上記不純物よりも多く酸化インジウム膜中に残存する場合がある。 The lower the impurity concentration in the indium oxide film in the channel formation region, the better. Impurities in the indium oxide film in the channel formation region can act as a source of carrier scattering, which can reduce field-effect mobility. These impurities can also hinder the crystal growth of the indium oxide film. Impurities in the indium oxide film include boron and silicon. The indium oxide film preferably has a concentration of these impurities of 0.1% or less, and more preferably 0.01% (100 ppm) or less. Note that carbon, hydrogen, and other elements can be contained in the film formation gas or precursor during film formation, and may remain in the indium oxide film in greater amounts than the above impurities.

 なお、チャネル形成領域の酸化インジウム膜は、その結晶が立方晶構造(ビックスバイト型)を保持する範囲で、インジウムと同じ3価の陽イオンになりうる元素を含んでもよい。例えば、ガリウム、アルミニウムなどの周期表第13族元素、及び周期表第3族元素などが挙げられる。これらの元素は、酸化物中では3価の陽イオンとして主に存在するため、酸化インジウムのキャリア濃度を低く維持できる。 The indium oxide film in the channel formation region may contain elements that can become the same trivalent cations as indium, as long as the crystals maintain a cubic crystal structure (bixbyite type). Examples include elements in Group 13 of the periodic table, such as gallium and aluminum, and elements in Group 3 of the periodic table. These elements exist primarily as trivalent cations in oxides, allowing the carrier concentration of the indium oxide to be maintained low.

 このような酸化インジウム膜をトランジスタに用いることで、トランジスタの電界効果移動度を、50cm/(V・s)以上、好ましくは100cm/(V・s)以上、より好ましくは150cm/(V・s)以上、さらに好ましくは200cm/(V・s)以上、さらに好ましくは250cm/(V・s)以上とすることができる。 By using such an indium oxide film in a transistor, the field-effect mobility of the transistor can be increased to 50 cm 2 /(V·s) or more, preferably 100 cm 2 /(V·s) or more, more preferably 150 cm 2 /(V·s) or more, even more preferably 200 cm 2 /(V·s) or more, and still more preferably 250 cm 2 /(V·s) or more.

 酸化インジウム膜の特徴の一つとして、IGZO膜と比較して酸素の透過性(拡散性)が高いことが挙げられる。図19Cに示すように、酸化インジウム膜(InOと表記)に拡散する酸素(O)は、酸化インジウム膜を透過し、酸素分子(O)として放出される。また、膜に含まれる水素と反応することで、水分子(HO)として放出される場合もある。また、膜中に酸素欠損(V)が存在する場合には、拡散する酸素原子が酸素欠損を補填する。酸化インジウム膜は酸素が拡散しやすいことから、IGZO膜と比較して酸素欠損を補填しやすいともいえる。 One of the features of an indium oxide film is its high oxygen permeability (diffusibility) compared to an IGZO film. As shown in FIG. 19C , oxygen (O) diffusing into an indium oxide film (denoted as InOX ) passes through the indium oxide film and is released as oxygen molecules (O 2 ). It may also react with hydrogen contained in the film and be released as water molecules (H 2 O). Furthermore, if oxygen vacancies ( VO ) exist in the film, the diffusing oxygen atoms compensate for the oxygen vacancies. Since oxygen easily diffuses through an indium oxide film, it can be said that oxygen vacancies are more easily compensated for in an indium oxide film compared to an IGZO film.

 このように、酸化インジウム膜は、IGZO膜と比較して膜中の酸素欠損を低減しやすいため、このような酸化インジウム膜をトランジスタに適用することで、極めて高い信頼性を示すトランジスタを実現できる。 As such, indium oxide films are easier to reduce oxygen vacancies in than IGZO films, and by applying such indium oxide films to transistors, it is possible to create transistors that exhibit extremely high reliability.

 また、図19Cに示すように、酸化インジウム膜は水素を拡散する。酸化インジウム膜に外部から拡散する水素は、酸化インジウム膜を透過し、水素分子(H)として放出される。または、膜に含まれる酸素と反応することで、水分子として放出される。 19C, the indium oxide film diffuses hydrogen. Hydrogen that diffuses into the indium oxide film from the outside passes through the indium oxide film and is released as hydrogen molecules (H 2 ). Alternatively, hydrogen reacts with oxygen contained in the film and is released as water molecules.

 酸化インジウム膜を用いたトランジスタは、電子を多数キャリアとする蓄積型トランジスタである。キャリアの緩和時間が一定値であると仮定する場合、電子(キャリア)の有効質量が小さいほど、電子移動度が高くなる。つまり、電子の有効質量が小さい酸化インジウムをトランジスタに用いることで、トランジスタのオン電流、又は電界効果移動度を高めることができる。 Transistors using indium oxide film are accumulation-type transistors that use electrons as majority carriers. Assuming that the carrier relaxation time is a constant value, the smaller the effective mass of the electrons (carriers), the higher the electron mobility. In other words, using indium oxide, which has a small effective electron mass, in a transistor can increase the transistor's on-current or field-effect mobility.

 表1に、単結晶の酸化インジウム(ここでは、In)と、単結晶のシリコン(Si)について、それぞれの有効質量を示す。表1に示すように、酸化インジウムは、電子の有効質量が小さく、正孔の有効質量は大きいという特徴がある。また酸化インジウムの電子の有効質量は結晶方位にほとんど依存しないという特徴がある。そのため、結晶性を有する酸化インジウムをトランジスタに用いることで、電界効果移動度の高いトランジスタ、周波数特性(f特とも呼称する)が高いトランジスタを実現できる。さらに、正孔の有効質量が大きいため、オフ電流が極めて小さいトランジスタを実現できる。例えば、縦型のトランジスタに酸化インジウム膜を適用することで、チャネル幅1μmあたりのオフ電流が、125℃の環境下において、1fA(1×10−15A)以下、または1aA(1×10−18A)以下であり、室温(25℃)環境下において、1aA(1×10−18A)以下、または1zA(1×10−21A)以下とすることができる。また、表1に示すように、酸化インジウムはシリコンよりも電子の有効質量が小さく、正孔の有効質量が大きいため、Siトランジスタよりも電界効果移動度が高く、且つ、オフ電流の低いトランジスタを実現できる可能性がある。 Table 1 shows the effective masses of single-crystal indium oxide (here, In 2 O 3 ) and single-crystal silicon (Si). As shown in Table 1, indium oxide is characterized by a small effective mass of electrons and a large effective mass of holes. Furthermore, the effective mass of electrons in indium oxide is characterized by being almost independent of the crystal orientation. Therefore, by using crystalline indium oxide for a transistor, a transistor with high field-effect mobility and high frequency characteristics (also referred to as f characteristics) can be realized. Furthermore, since the effective mass of holes is large, a transistor with extremely low off-current can be realized. For example, by applying an indium oxide film to a vertical transistor, the off-state current per 1 μm of channel width can be 1 fA (1×10 −15 A) or less or 1 aA (1×10 −18 A) or less in an environment of 125° C., and 1 aA (1×10 −18 A) or less or 1 zA (1×10 −21 A) or less in an environment of room temperature (25° C.). Furthermore, as shown in Table 1, indium oxide has a smaller effective mass of electrons and a larger effective mass of holes than silicon, and therefore may be able to realize a transistor with higher field-effect mobility and lower off-state current than a Si transistor.

 結晶性を有する酸化インジウム膜の少なくとも一部に接するようにシード層を設けることが好ましい。シード層には、酸化インジウムとの格子定数の差(格子不整合ともいう)が小さい結晶を含む材料を用いることが好ましい。これにより、酸化インジウム膜の結晶性を向上させることができる。なお、結晶性を有する酸化インジウム膜の少なくとも一部に接する層の一つとして、基板(例えば単結晶基板)を用いてもよい。 It is preferable to provide a seed layer so that it is in contact with at least a portion of the crystalline indium oxide film. For the seed layer, it is preferable to use a material containing crystals with a small difference in lattice constant (also called lattice mismatch) with indium oxide. This can improve the crystallinity of the indium oxide film. Note that a substrate (e.g., a single-crystal substrate) may be used as one of the layers in contact with at least a portion of the crystalline indium oxide film.

 格子不整合の度合いを評価する方法の一つとして、以下に示す格子不整合度の値を用いる方法がある。シード層が有する結晶に対する、形成膜(ここでは酸化インジウム膜)が有する結晶の格子不整合度Δa[%]は、Δa=((L−L)/L)×100で算出される。ここでLは形成膜が有する結晶の単位格子ベクトルの長さまたは格子定数であり、Lはシード層が有する結晶の単位格子ベクトルの長さまたは格子定数である。 One method for evaluating the degree of lattice mismatch is to use the lattice mismatch value shown below. The lattice mismatch Δa [%] of the crystals of the formed film (here, an indium oxide film) with respect to the crystals of the seed layer is calculated by Δa = (( L1 - L2 ) / L2 ) × 100, where L1 is the length or lattice constant of the unit lattice vector of the crystals of the formed film, and L2 is the length or lattice constant of the unit lattice vector of the crystals of the seed layer.

 シード層と、酸化インジウム膜との格子不整合度Δaは、その絶対値が小さいほど好ましく、0であることが最も好ましい。例えばΔaは、−5%以上5%以下、好ましくは−4%以上4%以下、より好ましくは−3%以上3%以下、さらに好ましくは−2%以上2%以下とすることができる。 The smaller the absolute value of the lattice mismatch Δa between the seed layer and the indium oxide film, the better, with 0 being most preferable. For example, Δa can be set to between -5% and 5%, preferably between -4% and 4%, more preferably between -3% and 3%, and even more preferably between -2% and 2%.

 ここで、酸化インジウムの結晶は立方晶構造(ビックスバイト型)である。例えば、イットリア安定化ジルコニア(YSZ)の結晶は立方晶構造(蛍石型)とすることができる。立方晶構造のYSZの結晶に対する、酸化インジウムの結晶の格子不整合度は、−2%以上2%以下の範囲内であり、YSZ基板上に酸化インジウムの単結晶膜をエピタキシャル成長させることができる。 Here, the indium oxide crystals have a cubic crystal structure (bixbyite type). For example, yttria-stabilized zirconia (YSZ) crystals can have a cubic crystal structure (fluorite type). The lattice mismatch of the indium oxide crystals with the cubic YSZ crystals is within the range of -2% to 2%, and a single crystal film of indium oxide can be epitaxially grown on a YSZ substrate.

 なお、シード層の結晶構造と、酸化インジウム膜の結晶構造とは、晶系または結晶方位が同一でなくてもよい場合がある。例えば、立方晶構造の結晶を有する酸化インジウム膜の下に、六方晶構造または三方晶構造の結晶を有する膜を用いることもできる。例えば、シード層の表面の結晶方位を[001]とし、酸化インジウム膜の下面の結晶方位を[111]とすることで、エピタキシャル成長に必要な結晶方位に関わる要件を満たすことができる。六方晶系または三方晶系の結晶として、例えば、ウルツ鉱型構造、YbFe型構造、YbFe型構造、およびこれらの変形型構造などがある。YbFe型構造またはYbFe型構造を有する結晶の一例としては、IGZOなどが挙げられる。なお、酸化インジウムの単結晶膜は、YSZ基板上だけではなく、絶縁膜上にも形成することができる。一方で、シリコンは、絶縁膜上に単結晶膜を形成するのが困難である。なお、シリコンの結晶は、ダイヤモンド構造である。このように、単結晶という意味では、酸化インジウムと、シリコンとは、同様の性質を有する。一方で、絶縁膜上に単結晶を形成できるかという観点において、酸化インジウムとシリコンを比較すると、異なる性質を有する。 The crystal structure of the seed layer and the crystal structure of the indium oxide film may not necessarily have the same crystal system or crystal orientation. For example, a film having hexagonal or trigonal crystal structure can be used under an indium oxide film having cubic crystal structure. For example, by setting the crystal orientation of the surface of the seed layer to [001] and the crystal orientation of the underside of the indium oxide film to [111], the requirements regarding the crystal orientation necessary for epitaxial growth can be met. Examples of hexagonal or trigonal crystals include wurtzite structure, YbFe2O4 structure, Yb2Fe3O7 structure, and modified structures thereof . An example of a crystal having a YbFe2O4 structure or a Yb2Fe3O7 structure is IGZO. Note that a single crystal film of indium oxide can be formed not only on a YSZ substrate but also on an insulating film. On the other hand, it is difficult to form a single crystal film of silicon on an insulating film. Silicon crystals have a diamond structure. As such, indium oxide and silicon have similar properties in terms of single crystals. However, when comparing indium oxide and silicon from the perspective of whether they can form single crystals on an insulating film, they have different properties.

[絶縁層]
 半導体装置が有する絶縁層(絶縁層210、絶縁層212、絶縁層214、絶縁層216、絶縁層221、絶縁層222、絶縁層224、絶縁層241a、絶縁層241b、絶縁層250、絶縁層275、絶縁層280、絶縁層282、絶縁層283、絶縁層285など)には、それぞれ、無機絶縁膜を用いることが好ましい。無機絶縁膜としては、例えば、酸化絶縁膜、窒化絶縁膜、酸化窒化絶縁膜、及び窒化酸化絶縁膜が挙げられる。酸化絶縁膜としては、例えば、酸化シリコン膜、酸化アルミニウム膜、酸化マグネシウム膜、酸化ガリウム膜、酸化ゲルマニウム膜、酸化イットリウム膜、酸化ジルコニウム膜、酸化ランタン膜、酸化ネオジム膜、酸化ハフニウム膜、酸化タンタル膜、酸化セリウム膜、ガリウム亜鉛酸化物膜、及び、ハフニウムアルミネート膜が挙げられる。窒化絶縁膜としては、例えば、窒化シリコン膜、及び窒化アルミニウム膜が挙げられる。酸化窒化絶縁膜としては、例えば、酸化窒化シリコン膜、酸化窒化アルミニウム膜、酸化窒化ガリウム膜、酸化窒化イットリウム膜、及び、酸化窒化ハフニウム膜が挙げられる。窒化酸化絶縁膜としては、例えば、窒化酸化シリコン膜、及び窒化酸化アルミニウム膜が挙げられる。また、半導体装置が有する絶縁層には、有機絶縁膜を用いてもよい。
[Insulating layer]
It is preferable to use an inorganic insulating film for each of the insulating layers (insulating layer 210, insulating layer 212, insulating layer 214, insulating layer 216, insulating layer 221, insulating layer 222, insulating layer 224, insulating layer 241a, insulating layer 241b, insulating layer 250, insulating layer 275, insulating layer 280, insulating layer 282, insulating layer 283, insulating layer 285, etc.) included in the semiconductor device. Examples of the inorganic insulating film include an oxide insulating film, a nitride insulating film, an oxynitride insulating film, and a nitride oxide insulating film. Examples of the oxide insulating film include a silicon oxide film, an aluminum oxide film, a magnesium oxide film, a gallium oxide film, a germanium oxide film, an yttrium oxide film, a zirconium oxide film, a lanthanum oxide film, a neodymium oxide film, a hafnium oxide film, a tantalum oxide film, a cerium oxide film, a gallium zinc oxide film, and a hafnium aluminate film. Examples of the nitride insulating film include a silicon nitride film and an aluminum nitride film. Examples of the oxynitride insulating film include a silicon oxynitride film, an aluminum oxynitride film, a gallium oxynitride film, an yttrium oxynitride film, and a hafnium oxynitride film. Examples of the nitride oxide insulating film include a silicon nitride oxide film and an aluminum nitride oxide film. An insulating layer included in a semiconductor device may be an organic insulating film.

 例えば、トランジスタの微細化、及び高集積化が進むと、ゲート絶縁層の薄膜化により、リーク電流などの問題が生じる場合がある。ゲート絶縁層に、比誘電率が高い(high−k)材料を用いることで物理膜厚を保ちながら、トランジスタ動作時の低電圧化が可能となる。また、ゲート絶縁層の等価酸化膜厚(EOT)の薄膜化が可能となる。一方、層間膜として機能する絶縁層には、比誘電率が低い材料を用いることで、配線間に生じる寄生容量を低減できる。したがって、絶縁層の機能に応じて、材料を選択することが好ましい。なお、比誘電率が低い材料は、絶縁耐力が大きい材料でもある。 For example, as transistors become more miniaturized and highly integrated, thinner gate insulating layers can cause problems such as leakage current. Using a high-dielectric-constant (high-k) material for the gate insulating layer makes it possible to lower the voltage required for transistor operation while maintaining the physical film thickness. It also makes it possible to reduce the equivalent oxide thickness (EOT) of the gate insulating layer. Meanwhile, using a material with a low dielectric constant for the insulating layer that functions as an interlayer film can reduce the parasitic capacitance that occurs between wiring. Therefore, it is preferable to select materials based on the function of the insulating layer. Materials with a low dielectric constant also have high dielectric strength.

 比誘電率が高い材料としては、例えば、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ガリウム、酸化ハフニウム、酸化タンタル、酸化ジルコニウム、ハフニウムジルコニウム酸化物、アルミニウム及びハフニウムを有する酸化物、アルミニウム及びハフニウムを有する酸化窒化物、シリコン及びハフニウムを有する酸化物、シリコン及びハフニウムを有する酸化窒化物、並びに、シリコン及びハフニウムを有する窒化物などが挙げられる。 Examples of materials with a high relative dielectric constant include aluminum oxide, gallium oxide, hafnium oxide, tantalum oxide, zirconium oxide, hafnium zirconium oxide, oxides containing aluminum and hafnium, oxynitrides containing aluminum and hafnium, oxides containing silicon and hafnium, oxynitrides containing silicon and hafnium, and nitrides containing silicon and hafnium.

 比誘電率が低い材料としては、例えば、酸化シリコン、酸化窒化シリコン、及び窒化酸化シリコン等の無機絶縁材料、ポリエステル、ポリオレフィン、ポリアミド(ナイロン及びアラミド等)、ポリイミド、ポリカーボネート、及びアクリル樹脂等の樹脂が挙げられる。また、比誘電率が低い他の無機絶縁材料として、例えば、フッ素を含む酸化シリコン、炭素を含む酸化シリコン、並びに、炭素及び窒素を含む酸化シリコンなどが挙げられる。また、例えば、空孔を有する酸化シリコンが挙げられる。なお、これらの酸化シリコンは、窒素を含むことができる。 Examples of materials with a low dielectric constant include inorganic insulating materials such as silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, and silicon nitride oxide, as well as resins such as polyester, polyolefin, polyamide (nylon, aramid, etc.), polyimide, polycarbonate, and acrylic resin. Other inorganic insulating materials with a low dielectric constant include silicon oxide containing fluorine, silicon oxide containing carbon, and silicon oxide containing carbon and nitrogen. Another example is silicon oxide with vacancies. These silicon oxides may contain nitrogen.

 また、半導体装置が有する絶縁層に、強誘電性を有しうる材料を用いてもよい。強誘電性を有しうる材料として、ハフニウム及びジルコニウムの一方又は両方を有する酸化物を用いることが好ましい。当該酸化物として、酸化ハフニウム、酸化ジルコニウム、及びハフニウムジルコニウム酸化物等の金属酸化物が挙げられる。また、強誘電性を有しうる材料として、ハフニウム及びジルコニウムの一方を含む金属酸化物に元素J1(ここでの元素J1は、ハフニウム及びジルコニウムの他方、シリコン、アルミニウム、ガドリニウム、イットリウム、ランタン、及びストロンチウム等から選ばれた一つまたは複数)を添加した材料を用いてもよい。 Furthermore, a material that can exhibit ferroelectricity may be used for the insulating layer of a semiconductor device. As a material that can exhibit ferroelectricity, it is preferable to use an oxide containing one or both of hafnium and zirconium. Examples of such oxides include metal oxides such as hafnium oxide, zirconium oxide, and hafnium zirconium oxide. Furthermore, as a material that can exhibit ferroelectricity, a material in which element J1 (here, element J1 is one or more selected from the other of hafnium and zirconium, silicon, aluminum, gadolinium, yttrium, lanthanum, strontium, etc.) is added to a metal oxide containing one of hafnium and zirconium may also be used.

 また、ハフニウム及びジルコニウムの一方又は両方を有する酸化物に、元素周期表における第3族元素を添加することで、当該酸化物中の酸素欠損濃度が高まり、直方晶系の結晶構造を有する結晶が形成されやすくなる。これにより、直方晶系の結晶構造を有する結晶の存在割合が高くなり、残留分極を高めることができるため、好ましい。一方で、第3族元素の添加量が多すぎると、当該酸化物の結晶性が低下し、強誘電性が発現しにくくなる恐れがある。したがって、ハフニウム及びジルコニウムの一方又は両方を有する酸化物における第3族元素の含有率は、0.1atomic%以上10atomic%以下が好ましく、0.1atomic%以上5atomic%以下がより好ましく、0.1atomic%以上3atomic%以下がさらに好ましい。ここで、第3族元素の含有率とは、層に含有される全ての金属元素の原子数の和における、第3族元素の原子数の割合を指す。第3族元素としては、スカンジウム、ランタン、及びイットリウムから選ばれる一または複数であることが好ましく、ランタン及びイットリウムの一方又は両方であることがより好ましい。 Furthermore, adding a Group 3 element in the periodic table to an oxide containing one or both of hafnium and zirconium increases the concentration of oxygen vacancies in the oxide, making it easier to form crystals with an orthorhombic crystal structure. This is preferable because it increases the proportion of crystals with an orthorhombic crystal structure and increases remanent polarization. On the other hand, adding too much of the Group 3 element may reduce the crystallinity of the oxide, making it difficult to exhibit ferroelectricity. Therefore, the content of the Group 3 element in an oxide containing one or both of hafnium and zirconium is preferably 0.1 atomic% or more and 10 atomic% or less, more preferably 0.1 atomic% or more and 5 atomic% or less, and even more preferably 0.1 atomic% or more and 3 atomic% or less. Here, the content of the Group 3 element refers to the ratio of the number of atoms of the Group 3 element to the sum of the number of atoms of all metal elements contained in the layer. The Group 3 element is preferably one or more selected from scandium, lanthanum, and yttrium, and more preferably one or both of lanthanum and yttrium.

 また、強誘電性を有しうる材料としては、元素M1及び元素M2の少なくとも一方と、窒素と、を有する金属窒化物が挙げられる。ここで、元素M1は、アルミニウム、ガリウム、及びインジウム等から選ばれた一つまたは複数である。また、元素M2は、ホウ素、スカンジウム、イットリウム、ランタン、セリウム、ネオジム、ユーロピウム、チタン、ジルコニウム、ハフニウム、バナジウム、ニオブ、タンタル、及びクロム等から選ばれた一つまたは複数である。また、強誘電性を有しうる材料としては、上記金属窒化物に元素M3が添加された材料が挙げられる。なお、元素M3は、マグネシウム、カルシウム、ストロンチウム、亜鉛、及びカドミウム等から選ばれた一つまたは複数である。 Furthermore, examples of materials that may exhibit ferroelectricity include metal nitrides containing nitrogen and at least one of the elements M1 and M2. Here, the element M1 is one or more elements selected from aluminum, gallium, indium, etc. Furthermore, the element M2 is one or more elements selected from boron, scandium, yttrium, lanthanum, cerium, neodymium, europium, titanium, zirconium, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, chromium, etc. Furthermore, examples of materials that may exhibit ferroelectricity include materials in which the element M3 is added to the above metal nitrides. Furthermore, the element M3 is one or more elements selected from magnesium, calcium, strontium, zinc, cadmium, etc.

 また、強誘電性を有しうる材料としては、SrTaON及びBaTaON等のペロブスカイト型酸窒化物、κアルミナ型構造のGaFeOなどが挙げられる。また、強誘電性を有しうる材料として、チタン酸鉛(PbTiO)、チタン酸バリウムストロンチウム(BST)、チタン酸ストロンチウム、チタン酸ジルコン酸鉛(PZT)、タンタル酸ビスマス酸ストロンチウム(SBT)、ビスマスフェライト(BFO)、又はチタン酸バリウム等のペロブスカイト構造を有する圧電性セラミックスを用いてもよい。 Examples of materials that can have ferroelectricity include perovskite-type oxynitrides such as SrTaO 2 N and BaTaO 2 N, and GaFeO 3 with a κ-alumina structure. Examples of materials that can have ferroelectricity include piezoelectric ceramics with a perovskite structure, such as lead titanate (PbTiO x ), barium strontium titanate (BST), strontium titanate, lead zirconate titanate (PZT), strontium bismuth tantalate (SBT), bismuth ferrite (BFO), and barium titanate.

 なお、上記の説明においては、金属酸化物及び金属窒化物について例示したがこれに限定されない。例えば、前述の金属酸化物に窒素が添加された金属酸窒化物、又は前述の金属窒化物に酸素が添加された金属窒酸化物などを用いてもよい。 In the above explanation, metal oxides and metal nitrides are used as examples, but the present invention is not limited to these. For example, metal oxynitrides, in which nitrogen is added to the aforementioned metal oxides, or metal oxynitrides, in which oxygen is added to the aforementioned metal nitrides, may also be used.

 また、強誘電性を有しうる材料としては、例えば、上記に列挙した材料から選ばれた複数の材料からなる混合物または化合物を用いることができる。ところで、上記に列挙した材料などは、成膜条件だけでなく、各種プロセスなどによっても結晶構造(特性)が変わり得る可能性があるため、本明細書等では強誘電性を発現する材料を強誘電体と呼ぶだけでなく、強誘電性を有しうる材料とも呼んでいる。 Furthermore, materials that can exhibit ferroelectricity can be, for example, mixtures or compounds made up of multiple materials selected from the materials listed above. However, since the crystal structure (characteristics) of the materials listed above can change not only depending on the film formation conditions but also on various processes, in this specification and other documents, materials that exhibit ferroelectricity are not only referred to as ferroelectrics, but also as materials that can exhibit ferroelectricity.

 なお、本明細書等において、強誘電性を有しうる材料を層状にしたものを指して、強誘電体層、金属酸化物膜、又は金属窒化物膜と呼ぶ場合がある。また、このような、強誘電体層、金属酸化物膜、又は金属窒化物膜を有する装置を、本明細書等において、強誘電体デバイスと呼ぶ場合がある。 In this specification, a layer of a material that may have ferroelectric properties may be referred to as a ferroelectric layer, metal oxide film, or metal nitride film. Furthermore, in this specification, a device having such a ferroelectric layer, metal oxide film, or metal nitride film may be referred to as a ferroelectric device.

 強誘電体層は、直方晶系の結晶構造を有する結晶を含むと、強誘電性が発現するため好ましい。なお、強誘電体層に含まれる結晶の結晶構造としては、正方晶系、直方晶系、単斜晶系、及び六方晶系の中から選ばれるいずれか一または複数であってもよい。また、強誘電体層は、アモルファス構造を有していてもよい。このとき、強誘電体層は、アモルファス構造と、結晶構造とを有する複合構造としてもよい。 It is preferable that the ferroelectric layer contains crystals having an orthorhombic crystal structure, as this will result in the development of ferroelectricity. The crystal structure of the crystals contained in the ferroelectric layer may be one or more selected from the group consisting of tetragonal, orthorhombic, monoclinic, and hexagonal. The ferroelectric layer may also have an amorphous structure. In this case, the ferroelectric layer may have a composite structure having an amorphous structure and a crystalline structure.

 ハフニウム及びジルコニウムの一方又は両方を含む金属酸化物は、水素を捕獲する又は固着する機能を有する絶縁性材料でもある。よって、ハフニウム及びジルコニウムの一方又は両方を含む金属酸化物を、ゲート絶縁層の少なくとも一部に用いることで、酸化物半導体層に含まれる水素を捕獲させる又は固着させることができ、酸化物半導体層の水素濃度を低減できる。さらに、当該ゲート絶縁層を有するトランジスタを、FeFET(Ferroelectric Field Effect Transistor)として機能させることができる。 Metal oxides containing either or both of hafnium and zirconium are also insulating materials that have the ability to capture or fix hydrogen. Therefore, by using a metal oxide containing either or both of hafnium and zirconium in at least a portion of the gate insulating layer, it is possible to capture or fix hydrogen contained in the oxide semiconductor layer, thereby reducing the hydrogen concentration in the oxide semiconductor layer. Furthermore, a transistor having such a gate insulating layer can function as an FeFET (Ferroelectric Field Effect Transistor).

 また、金属酸化物を用いたトランジスタは、不純物及び酸素の透過を抑制する機能を有する絶縁層で囲むことによって、トランジスタの電気特性を安定にすることができる。不純物及び酸素の透過を抑制する機能を有する絶縁層としては、例えば、ホウ素、炭素、窒素、酸素、フッ素、マグネシウム、アルミニウム、シリコン、リン、塩素、アルゴン、ガリウム、ゲルマニウム、イットリウム、ジルコニウム、ランタン、ネオジム、ハフニウム、及び、タンタルから選ばれた一以上を含む絶縁層を、単層又は積層で用いることができる。具体的には、不純物及び酸素の透過を抑制する機能を有する絶縁層の材料として、酸化アルミニウム、酸化マグネシウム、酸化ゲルマニウム、酸化イットリウム、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化ランタン、酸化ネオジム、酸化ハフニウム、又は酸化タンタル等の金属酸化物、窒化アルミニウム、又は窒化シリコン等の金属窒化物、窒化酸化シリコン等の金属窒化酸化物を用いることができる。 Furthermore, the electrical characteristics of a transistor using metal oxide can be stabilized by surrounding it with an insulating layer that functions to suppress the permeation of impurities and oxygen. The insulating layer that functions to suppress the permeation of impurities and oxygen can be, for example, a single-layer or stacked insulating layer containing one or more elements selected from boron, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, fluorine, magnesium, aluminum, silicon, phosphorus, chlorine, argon, gallium, germanium, yttrium, zirconium, lanthanum, neodymium, hafnium, and tantalum. Specifically, the insulating layer that functions to suppress the permeation of impurities and oxygen can be made of metal oxides such as aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, germanium oxide, yttrium oxide, zirconium oxide, lanthanum oxide, neodymium oxide, hafnium oxide, or tantalum oxide; metal nitrides such as aluminum nitride or silicon nitride; or metal nitride oxides such as silicon nitride oxide.

 具体的には、水及び水素といった不純物と、酸素と、の透過を抑制する機能を有する絶縁層の材料としては、例えば、酸化アルミニウム、酸化マグネシウム、酸化ゲルマニウム、酸化イットリウム、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化ランタン、酸化ネオジム、酸化ハフニウム、酸化タンタル、並びに、アルミニウム及びハフニウムを含む酸化物(ハフニウムアルミネート)といった金属酸化物が挙げられる。また、例えば、窒化アルミニウム、窒化アルミニウムチタン、窒化チタン、及び窒化シリコンといった金属窒化物が挙げられる。また、例えば、窒化酸化シリコンといった金属窒化酸化物が挙げられる。また、酸素の透過を抑制する機能を有する絶縁層の材料としては、酸化ガリウムが挙げられる。 Specific examples of insulating layer materials that function to suppress the permeation of impurities such as water and hydrogen, and oxygen include metal oxides such as aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, germanium oxide, yttrium oxide, zirconium oxide, lanthanum oxide, neodymium oxide, hafnium oxide, tantalum oxide, and oxides containing aluminum and hafnium (hafnium aluminate). Other examples include metal nitrides such as aluminum nitride, aluminum titanium nitride, titanium nitride, and silicon nitride. Other examples include metal nitride oxides such as silicon nitride oxide. Gallium oxide is also an example of an insulating layer material that functions to suppress the permeation of oxygen.

 また、ゲート絶縁層などの、酸化物半導体層と接する絶縁層、又は酸化物半導体層の近傍に設ける絶縁層は、過剰酸素を含む領域を有する絶縁層であることが好ましい。例えば、過剰酸素を含む領域を有する絶縁層が、酸化物半導体層と接する、又は酸化物半導体層の近傍に位置することで、酸化物半導体層が有する酸素欠損を低減することができる。過剰酸素を含む領域を形成しやすい絶縁層は、<半導体装置の構成>の記載を参照できる。 Furthermore, an insulating layer, such as a gate insulating layer, that is in contact with an oxide semiconductor layer or that is provided near the oxide semiconductor layer is preferably an insulating layer that has a region containing excess oxygen. For example, when an insulating layer that has a region containing excess oxygen is in contact with an oxide semiconductor layer or is located near the oxide semiconductor layer, oxygen vacancies in the oxide semiconductor layer can be reduced. For insulating layers that are likely to form a region containing excess oxygen, see the description in <Structure of Semiconductor Device>.

 酸化物半導体層と接する絶縁層、又は酸化物半導体層の近傍に設ける絶縁層は、水素に対するバリア絶縁層を用いることが好ましい。当該絶縁層が水素に対するバリア性を有することで、酸化物半導体層への水素の拡散を抑制することができる。水素に対するバリア絶縁層は、水素の拡散を抑制する機能を有する絶縁層ともいえる。 It is preferable to use a barrier insulating layer against hydrogen as an insulating layer in contact with an oxide semiconductor layer or an insulating layer provided near the oxide semiconductor layer. When the insulating layer has barrier properties against hydrogen, it can suppress the diffusion of hydrogen into the oxide semiconductor layer. A barrier insulating layer against hydrogen can also be said to be an insulating layer that has a function of suppressing the diffusion of hydrogen.

 水素を捕獲する又は固着する機能を有する絶縁性材料としては、ハフニウムを含む酸化物、マグネシウムを含む酸化物、アルミニウムを含む酸化物、アルミニウム及びハフニウムを含む酸化物(ハフニウムアルミネート)、ハフニウムシリケート等の金属酸化物が挙げられる。また、これらの金属酸化物は、さらにジルコニウムを含んでいてもよく、例えば、ハフニウム及びジルコニウムを含む酸化物等が挙げられる。 Insulating materials capable of capturing or fixing hydrogen include metal oxides such as oxides containing hafnium, oxides containing magnesium, oxides containing aluminum, oxides containing aluminum and hafnium (hafnium aluminate), and hafnium silicate. These metal oxides may also contain zirconium, such as oxides containing hafnium and zirconium.

 水素を捕獲する又は固着する機能を有する絶縁層は、アモルファス構造を有することが好ましい。アモルファス構造を有する金属酸化物では、一部の酸素原子がダングリングボンドを有するため、水素を捕獲する又は固着する能力が高い。したがって、当該絶縁層がアモルファス構造を有することで、水素を捕獲する又は固着する機能を高めることができる。 An insulating layer that has the function of capturing or fixing hydrogen preferably has an amorphous structure. In metal oxides with an amorphous structure, some oxygen atoms have dangling bonds, which gives them a high ability to capture or fix hydrogen. Therefore, by having the insulating layer have an amorphous structure, the ability to capture or fix hydrogen can be enhanced.

 上記絶縁層をアモルファス構造にすることで、結晶粒界の形成を抑制することができる。結晶粒界の形成が抑制されることで、当該絶縁層の平坦性を高めることができる。これにより絶縁層の膜厚分布が均一化されて、膜厚が極端に薄い部分を低減することができるため、絶縁層の耐圧を向上させることができる。また、絶縁層上に設ける膜の膜厚分布を均一化することができる。また、上記絶縁層の結晶粒界の形成を抑制することで、結晶粒界の欠陥準位に起因するリーク電流を低減することができる。よって、絶縁層をリーク電流の少ない絶縁膜として機能させることができる。 By making the insulating layer an amorphous structure, it is possible to suppress the formation of grain boundaries. Suppressing the formation of grain boundaries can improve the flatness of the insulating layer. This makes the film thickness distribution of the insulating layer uniform, reducing areas with extremely thin film thickness, thereby improving the dielectric strength of the insulating layer. It also makes it possible to uniform the film thickness distribution of the film provided on the insulating layer. Furthermore, by suppressing the formation of grain boundaries in the insulating layer, it is possible to reduce leakage current caused by defect levels in the grain boundaries. Therefore, the insulating layer can function as an insulating film with low leakage current.

 なお、対応する物質を捕獲する又は固着する機能は、対応する物質が拡散し難い性質を有するともいえる。よって、対応する物質を捕獲する又は固着する機能を、バリア性と言い換えることができる。 Furthermore, the ability to capture or fix the corresponding substance can also be said to have the property of making the corresponding substance difficult to diffuse. Therefore, the ability to capture or fix the corresponding substance can be rephrased as barrier properties.

 なお、本明細書等において、バリア絶縁層とは、バリア性を有する絶縁層のことを指す。また、バリア性とは、対応する物質が拡散し難い性質(対応する物質が透過し難い性質、対応する物質の透過性が低い性質、または、対応する物質の拡散を抑制する機能ともいう)とする。なお、対応する物質として記載される場合の水素は、例えば、水素原子、水素分子、並びに、水分子及びOH等の水素と結合した物質等の少なくとも一を指す。また、対応する物質として記載される場合の不純物は、特段の明示が無い限り、チャネル形成領域又は半導体層における不純物を指し、例えば、水素原子、水素分子、水分子、窒素原子、窒素分子、酸化窒素分子(NO、NO、及びNO等)、及び銅原子等の少なくとも一を指す。また、対応する物質として記載される場合の酸素は、例えば、酸素原子及び酸素分子等の少なくとも一を指す。 In this specification and the like, a barrier insulating layer refers to an insulating layer having barrier properties. The term "barrier properties" refers to a property that makes it difficult for a corresponding substance to diffuse (also referred to as a property that makes it difficult for a corresponding substance to permeate, a property that the permeability of a corresponding substance is low, or a function that suppresses the diffusion of a corresponding substance). When hydrogen is described as a corresponding substance, it refers to at least one of, for example, a hydrogen atom, a hydrogen molecule, a substance bonded to hydrogen, such as a water molecule or OH . When impurities are described as corresponding substances, they refer to impurities in a channel formation region or a semiconductor layer, and refer to at least one of, for example, a hydrogen atom, a hydrogen molecule, a water molecule, a nitrogen atom, a nitrogen molecule, a nitrogen oxide molecule (such as N 2 O, NO, and NO 2 ), a copper atom, and the like. When oxygen is described as a corresponding substance, it refers to at least one of, for example, an oxygen atom, an oxygen molecule, and the like.

 水素に対するバリア絶縁層の材料としては、酸化アルミニウム、酸化マグネシウム、酸化ハフニウム、酸化ジルコニウム、アルミニウム及びハフニウムを含む酸化物(ハフニウムアルミネート)、ハフニウム及びジルコニウムを含む酸化物(酸化ハフニウムジルコニウム)、窒化シリコン、又は窒化酸化シリコン等が挙げられる。 Materials for the barrier insulating layer against hydrogen include aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, hafnium oxide, zirconium oxide, oxides containing aluminum and hafnium (hafnium aluminate), oxides containing hafnium and zirconium (hafnium zirconium oxide), silicon nitride, and silicon nitride oxide.

 水素を捕獲する又は固着する機能を有する絶縁層、及び、水素の拡散を抑制する機能を有する絶縁層として挙げた無機絶縁層は、酸素に対するバリア性も有する。酸素に対するバリア絶縁層の材料としては、例えば、アルミニウム及びハフニウムの一方又は両方を含む酸化物、酸化マグネシウム、ガリウム亜鉛酸化物、窒化シリコン、及び窒化酸化シリコンなどが挙げられる。また、アルミニウム及びハフニウムの一方又は両方を含む酸化物として、例えば、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ハフニウム、アルミニウム及びハフニウムを含む酸化物(ハフニウムアルミネート)、並びに、ハフニウムシリケートなどが挙げられる。 The inorganic insulating layers listed as insulating layers with the function of capturing or fixing hydrogen and insulating layers with the function of suppressing hydrogen diffusion also have barrier properties against oxygen. Examples of materials for oxygen barrier insulating layers include oxides containing either or both of aluminum and hafnium, magnesium oxide, gallium zinc oxide, silicon nitride, and silicon nitride oxide. Examples of oxides containing either or both of aluminum and hafnium include aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, oxides containing aluminum and hafnium (hafnium aluminate), and hafnium silicate.

[導電層]
 半導体装置が有する導電層(導電層205、導電層220、導電層240、導電層242a、導電層242b、導電層243a、導電層243b、導電層246、導電層260など)には、それぞれ、アルミニウム、クロム、銅、銀、金、白金、亜鉛、タンタル、ニッケル、チタン、鉄、コバルト、モリブデン、タングステン、ハフニウム、バナジウム、ニオブ、マンガン、マグネシウム、ジルコニウム、ベリリウム、インジウム、ルテニウム、パラジウム、イリジウム、ストロンチウム、及びランタン等から選ばれた金属元素、または前述した金属元素を成分とする合金か、前述した金属元素を組み合わせた合金等を用いることが好ましい。前述した金属元素を成分とする合金として、当該合金の窒化物、または当該合金の酸化物を用いてもよい。例えば、窒化タンタル、窒化チタン、タングステン、チタンとアルミニウムを含む窒化物、タンタルとアルミニウムを含む窒化物、酸化ルテニウム、窒化ルテニウム、ストロンチウムとルテニウムを含む酸化物、ランタンとニッケルを含む酸化物などを用いることが好ましい。また、リン等の不純物元素を含有させた多結晶シリコンに代表される、電気伝導度が高い半導体、ニッケルシリサイド等のシリサイドを用いてもよい。
[Conductive layer]
For the conductive layers (conductive layer 205, conductive layer 220, conductive layer 240, conductive layer 242a, conductive layer 242b, conductive layer 243a, conductive layer 243b, conductive layer 246, conductive layer 260, etc.) included in the semiconductor device, it is preferable to use a metal element selected from aluminum, chromium, copper, silver, gold, platinum, zinc, tantalum, nickel, titanium, iron, cobalt, molybdenum, tungsten, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, manganese, magnesium, zirconium, beryllium, indium, ruthenium, palladium, iridium, strontium, lanthanum, etc., or an alloy containing any of the above metal elements as a component, or an alloy combining any of the above metal elements, etc. As the alloy containing any of the above metal elements as a component, a nitride of the alloy or an oxide of the alloy may be used. For example, it is preferable to use tantalum nitride, titanium nitride, tungsten, nitrides containing titanium and aluminum, nitrides containing tantalum and aluminum, ruthenium oxide, ruthenium nitride, oxides containing strontium and ruthenium, oxides containing lanthanum and nickel, etc. Furthermore, semiconductors with high electrical conductivity, typified by polycrystalline silicon containing impurity elements such as phosphorus, and silicides such as nickel silicide may also be used.

 また、タンタルを含む窒化物、チタンを含む窒化物、モリブデンを含む窒化物、タングステンを含む窒化物、ルテニウムを含む窒化物、タンタル及びアルミニウムを含む窒化物、又はチタン及びアルミニウムを含む窒化物等の窒素を含む導電性材料、酸化ルテニウム、ストロンチウム及びルテニウムを含む酸化物、又はランタン及びニッケルを含む酸化物等の酸素を含む導電性材料、チタン、タンタル、又はルテニウム等の金属元素を含む材料は、酸化されにくい導電性材料、酸素の拡散を抑制する機能を有する導電性材料、又は、酸素を吸収しても導電性を維持する材料であるため、好ましい。なお、酸素を含む導電性材料として、酸化タングステンを含むインジウム酸化物、酸化チタンを含むインジウム酸化物、ITO、酸化チタンを含むインジウム錫酸化物、ITSO、In−Zn酸化物、及び、酸化タングステンを含むインジウム亜鉛酸化物などが挙げられる。本明細書等では、酸素を含む導電性材料を用いて成膜される導電膜を、酸化物導電膜と呼ぶことがある。 Furthermore, conductive materials containing nitrogen, such as nitrides containing tantalum, nitrides containing titanium, nitrides containing molybdenum, nitrides containing tungsten, nitrides containing ruthenium, nitrides containing tantalum and aluminum, or nitrides containing titanium and aluminum; conductive materials containing oxygen, such as ruthenium oxide, oxides containing strontium and ruthenium, or oxides containing lanthanum and nickel; and materials containing metal elements such as titanium, tantalum, or ruthenium, are preferred because they are conductive materials that are resistant to oxidation, have the function of suppressing oxygen diffusion, or maintain conductivity even after absorbing oxygen. Examples of conductive materials containing oxygen include indium oxide containing tungsten oxide, indium oxide containing titanium oxide, ITO, indium tin oxide containing titanium oxide, ITSO, In-Zn oxide, and indium zinc oxide containing tungsten oxide. In this specification and the like, a conductive film formed using a conductive material containing oxygen may be referred to as an oxide conductive film.

 また、上記の材料で形成される導電層を複数積層して用いてもよい。例えば、前述した金属元素を含む材料と、酸素を含む導電性材料と、を組み合わせた積層構造としてもよい。また、前述した金属元素を含む材料と、窒素を含む導電性材料と、を組み合わせた積層構造としてもよい。また、前述した金属元素を含む材料と、酸素を含む導電性材料と、窒素を含む導電性材料と、を組み合わせた積層構造としてもよい。 Furthermore, multiple conductive layers formed from the above materials may be stacked and used. For example, a layered structure may be formed by combining the above-mentioned material containing a metal element with a conductive material containing oxygen. Furthermore, a layered structure may be formed by combining the above-mentioned material containing a metal element with a conductive material containing nitrogen. Furthermore, a layered structure may be formed by combining the above-mentioned material containing a metal element with a conductive material containing oxygen and a conductive material containing nitrogen.

 なお、トランジスタのチャネル形成領域に金属酸化物を用いる場合において、ゲート電極として機能する導電層には、前述した金属元素を含む材料と、酸素を含む導電性材料と、を組み合わせた積層構造を用いることが好ましい。この場合は、酸素を含む導電性材料をチャネル形成領域側に設けるとよい。酸素を含む導電性材料をチャネル形成領域側に設けることで、当該導電性材料から脱離した酸素がチャネル形成領域に供給されやすくなる。 When a metal oxide is used for the channel formation region of a transistor, the conductive layer that functions as the gate electrode preferably has a stacked structure that combines a material containing the metal element described above and a conductive material containing oxygen. In this case, it is preferable to provide the conductive material containing oxygen on the channel formation region side. By providing the conductive material containing oxygen on the channel formation region side, oxygen desorbed from the conductive material is more easily supplied to the channel formation region.

[基板]
 トランジスタを形成する基板としては、例えば、絶縁体基板、半導体基板、または導電体基板を用いることができる。絶縁体基板としては、例えば、ガラス基板、石英基板、サファイア基板、安定化ジルコニア基板(イットリア安定化ジルコニア基板など)、樹脂基板などがある。また、半導体基板としては、例えば、シリコンもしくはゲルマニウムを材料とした半導体基板、又は炭化シリコン、シリコンゲルマニウム、ヒ化ガリウム、リン化インジウム、酸化亜鉛、もしくは酸化ガリウムからなる化合物半導体基板などがある。さらには、前述の半導体基板内部に絶縁体領域を有する半導体基板、例えば、SOI基板などがある。導電体基板としては、黒鉛基板、金属基板、合金基板、又は導電性樹脂基板などがある。または、金属の窒化物を有する基板、金属の酸化物を有する基板などがある。さらには、絶縁体基板に導電体又は半導体が設けられた基板、半導体基板に導電体又は絶縁体が設けられた基板、導電体基板に半導体又は絶縁体が設けられた基板などがある。または、これらの基板に素子が設けられたものを用いてもよい。基板に設けられる素子としては、容量素子、抵抗素子、スイッチ素子、発光素子、又は記憶素子などがある。
[substrate]
Substrates on which transistors are formed can include, for example, insulating substrates, semiconductor substrates, or conductive substrates. Examples of insulating substrates include glass substrates, quartz substrates, sapphire substrates, stabilized zirconia substrates (e.g., yttria-stabilized zirconia substrates), and resin substrates. Examples of semiconductor substrates include semiconductor substrates made of silicon or germanium, or compound semiconductor substrates made of silicon carbide, silicon germanium, gallium arsenide, indium phosphide, zinc oxide, or gallium oxide. Examples of semiconductor substrates having an insulating region within the semiconductor substrate, such as an SOI substrate, are also available. Examples of conductive substrates include graphite substrates, metal substrates, alloy substrates, and conductive resin substrates. Other examples include substrates having a metal nitride or a metal oxide. Other examples include substrates having a conductor or semiconductor provided on an insulating substrate, substrates having a conductor or insulator provided on a semiconductor substrate, and substrates having a semiconductor or insulator provided on a conductive substrate. Alternatively, these substrates may be provided with elements. The elements provided on the substrate include a capacitor element, a resistor element, a switch element, a light-emitting element, a memory element, and the like.

<Siトランジスタの構成例>
 図20Aおよび図20Bに、上記実施の形態1のSiトランジスタに適用可能なトランジスタの断面構成の一例を示す。図20Aは、プレーナ型のSiトランジスタのチャネル長方向の断面構成の一例である。また図20Bは、プレーナ型のSiトランジスタのチャネル幅方向の断面構成の一例である。
<Configuration example of Si transistor>
20A and 20B show examples of cross-sectional structures of transistors applicable to the Si transistor of Embodiment 1. Fig. 20A shows an example of a cross-sectional structure of a planar Si transistor in the channel length direction. Fig. 20B shows an example of a cross-sectional structure of a planar Si transistor in the channel width direction.

 トランジスタ130は、第1の半導体材料を含んで構成される。第1の半導体材料として用いることのできる半導体としては、例えばシリコンの他、ゲルマニウム、シリコンゲルマニウムなどの半導体材料が挙げられる。トランジスタ130は、半導体基板131に設けられ、半導体基板131の一部からなる半導体層132、ゲート絶縁膜134、ゲート電極135、及びソース領域またはドレイン領域として機能する低抵抗層133a及び低抵抗層133bを有する。 Transistor 130 is composed of a first semiconductor material. Examples of semiconductors that can be used as the first semiconductor material include silicon, germanium, and silicon germanium. Transistor 130 is provided on semiconductor substrate 131 and has a semiconductor layer 132 made of part of semiconductor substrate 131, a gate insulating film 134, a gate electrode 135, and low-resistance layers 133a and 133b that function as source and drain regions.

 トランジスタ130は、添加する不純物元素に応じてpMOS、nMOSのいずれにも適用可能である。トランジスタ130は、回路構成、駆動方法などに応じて適切な導電型のトランジスタを用いることができる。 Transistor 130 can be used as either a pMOS or nMOS, depending on the impurity elements added. Transistor 130 can be of an appropriate conductivity type depending on the circuit configuration, driving method, etc.

 半導体層132のチャネルが形成される領域、その近傍の領域、ソース領域またはドレイン領域となる低抵抗層133a及び低抵抗層133b、等において、シリコン系半導体などの半導体を含むことが好ましい。 It is preferable that the region where the channel of the semiconductor layer 132 is formed, the region nearby, the low-resistance layer 133a and the low-resistance layer 133b that form the source region or drain region, etc., contain a semiconductor such as a silicon-based semiconductor.

 また、トランジスタ130は、LDD(Lightly Doped Drain)領域である領域176aと領域176bを有する構成とすることもできる。 Transistor 130 can also be configured to have regions 176a and 176b, which are LDD (Lightly Doped Drain) regions.

 低抵抗層133a及び低抵抗層133bは、半導体層132に適用される半導体材料に加え、リンなどのn型の導電性を付与する元素、またはホウ素などのp型の導電性を付与する元素を含む。 Low-resistance layer 133a and low-resistance layer 133b contain, in addition to the semiconductor material used in semiconductor layer 132, an element that imparts n-type conductivity, such as phosphorus, or an element that imparts p-type conductivity, such as boron.

 ゲート電極135は、リンなどのn型の導電性を付与する元素、またはホウ素などのp型の導電性を付与する元素を含むシリコンなどの半導体材料、金属材料、合金材料、または金属酸化物材料などの導電性材料を用いることができる。特に、耐熱性と導電性を両立するタングステン、モリブデンなどの高融点材料を用いることが好ましく、特にタングステンを用いることが好ましい。 The gate electrode 135 can be made of a conductive material such as a semiconductor material, metal material, alloy material, or metal oxide material, such as silicon containing an element that imparts n-type conductivity, such as phosphorus, or an element that imparts p-type conductivity, such as boron. It is particularly preferable to use a high-melting-point material such as tungsten or molybdenum, which has both heat resistance and conductivity, and tungsten is particularly preferred.

 またトランジスタ130に換えて図20C及び図20Dに示すようなトランジスタ190を用いてもよい。図20Cは、FinFET構造のSiトランジスタのチャネル長方向の断面構成の一例である。また図20Dは、FinFET構造のSiトランジスタのチャネル長方向の断面構成の一例である。 In addition, transistor 130 may be replaced with a transistor 190 as shown in Figures 20C and 20D. Figure 20C is an example of the cross-sectional configuration in the channel length direction of a Si transistor with a FinFET structure. Figure 20D is an example of the cross-sectional configuration in the channel length direction of a Si transistor with a FinFET structure.

 トランジスタ190はチャネルが形成される半導体層132(半導体基板の一部)が凸形状を有し、その側面及び上面に沿ってゲート絶縁膜134及びゲート電極135が設けられている。またトランジスタの間には素子分離層181が設けられている。なお、トランジスタ190は半導体基板の凸部の上部に接して、凸部を形成するためのマスクとして機能する絶縁膜を有していてもよい。また、ここでは半導体基板の一部を加工して凸部を形成する場合を示したが、SOI基板を加工して凸形状を有する半導体層を形成してもよい。 In the transistor 190, the semiconductor layer 132 (part of the semiconductor substrate) where the channel is formed has a convex shape, and a gate insulating film 134 and a gate electrode 135 are provided along the side and top surfaces of the semiconductor layer. An element isolation layer 181 is also provided between the transistors. Note that the transistor 190 may have an insulating film that contacts the top of the convex portion of the semiconductor substrate and functions as a mask for forming the convex portion. While the example shown here shows a case where the convex portion is formed by processing a part of the semiconductor substrate, a semiconductor layer having a convex shape may also be formed by processing an SOI substrate.

 また図21には、Siトランジスタの一例として上述したトランジスタ130上に、IOトランジスタの一例として上述したトランジスタ200を積層した断面構造について示す。図21では、トランジスタ130を有する素子層901上に導電層が設けられる配線層902を設け、導電層が設けられる配線層902上にトランジスタ200を有する素子層903を有する断面構造を例示している。 FIG. 21 also shows a cross-sectional structure in which the transistor 200 described above, which is an example of an IO transistor, is stacked on the transistor 130 described above, which is an example of a Si transistor. FIG. 21 illustrates a cross-sectional structure in which a wiring layer 902 having a conductive layer is provided on an element layer 901 having the transistor 130, and an element layer 903 having the transistor 200 is provided on the wiring layer 902 having the conductive layer.

 素子層901は、Siトランジスタを有する層である。配線層902は、上層と下層のトランジスタ、容量素子などの素子を接続するための導電層を有する層である。素子層903は、IOトランジスタを有する層である。 Element layer 901 is a layer containing Si transistors. Wiring layer 902 is a layer containing conductive layers for connecting elements such as upper and lower layer transistors and capacitor elements. Element layer 903 is a layer containing IO transistors.

 図21に図示する素子層901では、トランジスタ130を覆って、絶縁膜136、絶縁膜137、及び絶縁膜138が順に積層して設けられている。 In the element layer 901 shown in FIG. 21, insulating films 136, 137, and 138 are stacked in this order to cover the transistor 130.

 絶縁膜136は半導体装置の作製工程において、低抵抗層133a及び低抵抗層133bに添加された導電性を付与する元素の活性化の際の保護膜として機能する。絶縁膜136は不要であれば設けなくてもよい。 Insulating film 136 functions as a protective film when activating the elements that impart conductivity added to low-resistance layer 133a and low-resistance layer 133b during the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device. Insulating film 136 does not have to be provided if it is not needed.

 半導体層132にシリコン系半導体材料を用いた場合、絶縁膜137は水素を含む絶縁材料を含むことが好ましい。水素を含む絶縁膜137をトランジスタ130上に設け、加熱処理を行うことで絶縁膜137中の水素により半導体層132中のダングリングボンドが終端され、トランジスタ130の信頼性を向上させることができる。 When a silicon-based semiconductor material is used for the semiconductor layer 132, the insulating film 137 preferably contains an insulating material containing hydrogen. By providing the insulating film 137 containing hydrogen on the transistor 130 and performing heat treatment, the hydrogen in the insulating film 137 terminates the dangling bonds in the semiconductor layer 132, thereby improving the reliability of the transistor 130.

 絶縁膜138はその下層に設けられるトランジスタ130などによって生じる段差を平坦化する平坦化層として機能する。絶縁膜138の上面は、その上面の平坦性を高めるためにCMP(Chemical Mechanical Polishing)法等を用いた平坦化処理により平坦化されていてもよい。 The insulating film 138 functions as a planarizing layer that flattens steps caused by the transistor 130 and other elements provided below it. The top surface of the insulating film 138 may be planarized by a planarization process using a CMP (Chemical Mechanical Polishing) method or the like to improve the flatness of the top surface.

 また、絶縁膜136、絶縁膜137、絶縁膜138には低抵抗層133a、低抵抗層133b等と接続するプラグ140、トランジスタ130のゲート電極135と接続するプラグ139等が埋め込まれる。プラグ140上には導電層251、プラグ139上には導電層151が設けられる。 Furthermore, plugs 140 that connect to low-resistance layers 133a, 133b, etc., and plugs 139 that connect to gate electrodes 135 of transistors 130, etc., are embedded in insulating films 136, 137, and 138. Conductive layer 251 is provided on plug 140, and conductive layer 151 is provided on plug 139.

 図21に図示する配線層902では、導電層252が設けられる。導電層252は、上層にある素子層903に設けられる導電層、下層にある素子層901に設けられる導電層、等を接続する配線として機能する。配線層902は、導電層252を複数の層にわたって積層して設ける(多層化)ことができる。 In the wiring layer 902 shown in FIG. 21, a conductive layer 252 is provided. The conductive layer 252 functions as wiring that connects a conductive layer provided in the element layer 903 located above, a conductive layer provided in the element layer 901 located below, and the like. The wiring layer 902 can be provided by stacking conductive layers 252 across multiple layers (multilayering).

 図21に図示する素子層903では、トランジスタ130の上層に設けられるトランジスタ200を有する。トランジスタ200は、絶縁層241a、241b、導電層243a、243bとともに設けられる絶縁層241c、導電層243cが設けられる。トランジスタ200は、絶縁層241c、導電層243c、導電層251、およびプラグ140を介してトランジスタ130と接続することができる。 The element layer 903 shown in FIG. 21 has a transistor 200 provided above the transistor 130. The transistor 200 is provided with insulating layers 241a and 241b, conductive layers 243a and 243b, as well as insulating layer 241c and conductive layer 243c. The transistor 200 can be connected to the transistor 130 via the insulating layer 241c, conductive layer 243c, conductive layer 251, and plug 140.

 また図22では、図21とは異なる構成として、トランジスタ190を有する素子層901上に導電層が設けられる配線層902を設け、導電層が設けられる配線層902上にトランジスタ200を有する素子層903を設け、さらにその上に容量素子930およびトランジスタ940を有する記憶素子950を素子層904_1乃至904_3にわたって設けた断面構造を例示している。 In addition, Figure 22 illustrates a cross-sectional structure different from that of Figure 21, in which a wiring layer 902 having a conductive layer is provided over an element layer 901 having a transistor 190, an element layer 903 having a transistor 200 is provided over the wiring layer 902 having the conductive layer, and a memory element 950 having a capacitor 930 and a transistor 940 is further provided over the wiring layer 902, across element layers 904_1 to 904_3.

 図22に図示する素子層901では、FinFET構造のSiトランジスタであるトランジスタ190を図示している。トランジスタ190は、半導体基板131に素子分離層181、および低抵抗層133が設けられた半導体層132を有する。またトランジスタ190は、ゲート絶縁膜134およびゲート電極135を有する。 The element layer 901 shown in Figure 22 illustrates a transistor 190, which is a Si transistor with a FinFET structure. The transistor 190 has a semiconductor layer 132 in which an element isolation layer 181 and a low-resistance layer 133 are provided on a semiconductor substrate 131. The transistor 190 also has a gate insulating film 134 and a gate electrode 135.

 図22に図示する配線層902では、図21と同様に、導電層252が設けられる。 In the wiring layer 902 shown in Figure 22, a conductive layer 252 is provided, similar to Figure 21.

 図22に図示する素子層903では、図21と同様に、トランジスタ200が設けられる。図22においてトランジスタ200は、半導体層230と、半導体層230上の、導電層242と、半導体層230上の絶縁層250と、絶縁層250上の導電層260と、を有する。 In the element layer 903 shown in FIG. 22, a transistor 200 is provided, as in FIG. 21. In FIG. 22, the transistor 200 has a semiconductor layer 230, a conductive layer 242 on the semiconductor layer 230, an insulating layer 250 on the semiconductor layer 230, and a conductive layer 260 on the insulating layer 250.

 図22に図示する記憶素子950は、1T(トランジスタ)1C(容量)型のDOSRAM(Dynamic Oxide Semiconductor Random Access Memory)の記憶素子である。DOSRAMは、トランジスタのオフ電流が低いことを利用したメモリであり、トランジスタ940にIOトランジスタを適用することで、高速動作と低消費電力の両立を図ることができる。 The memory element 950 shown in Figure 22 is a 1T (transistor) 1C (capacitor) type DOSRAM (Dynamic Oxide Semiconductor Random Access Memory) memory element. DOSRAM is a memory that takes advantage of the low off-state current of transistors, and by using an IO transistor for the transistor 940, it is possible to achieve both high-speed operation and low power consumption.

 図22に図示する素子層904_1乃至904_3では、容量素子930およびトランジスタ940を有する記憶素子950が積層して設けられる様子を図示している。トランジスタ940は、上述のトランジスタ200と同様に作製することができる。また容量素子930は、絶縁層931を挟んで導電層932と導電層933を重ねて設ける構成とすることで作製することができる。また図22に図示する複数の記憶素子950は、素子層904_1乃至904_3に図示する導電層、例えば導電層934を介して接続される。 In element layers 904_1 to 904_3 shown in Figure 22, a memory element 950 including a capacitor 930 and a transistor 940 is stacked. The transistor 940 can be manufactured in a manner similar to that of the transistor 200 described above. The capacitor 930 can be manufactured by stacking conductive layers 932 and 933 with an insulating layer 931 sandwiched therebetween. The multiple memory elements 950 shown in Figure 22 are connected via conductive layers, such as the conductive layer 934, shown in the element layers 904_1 to 904_3.

 ロジック回路が設けられる素子層901、903上に、複数の記憶素子950を有するメモリ回路を積層して設ける構成とすることで、半導体装置はオンチップメモリの構成とすることができる。オンチップメモリの構成では、信号伝搬距離を短くすることができ、ロジック回路とメモリ回路とのインターフェース部分の動作を高速にすることができる。また、オンチップメモリの構成とすることでロジック回路と、メモリ回路と、の間の配線数を増加させることができ、メモリ回路のバンド幅(メモリバンド幅ともいう)を向上させることができる。そのため、ロジック回路上に設けられるメモリ回路は、広帯域メモリ(HBM:High Bandwidth Memory)といった用途などに適用することが可能である。 By stacking a memory circuit having multiple memory elements 950 on element layers 901 and 903 on which a logic circuit is provided, the semiconductor device can have an on-chip memory configuration. With an on-chip memory configuration, the signal propagation distance can be shortened, enabling faster operation of the interface between the logic circuit and the memory circuit. Furthermore, by using an on-chip memory configuration, the number of wirings between the logic circuit and the memory circuit can be increased, improving the bandwidth (also called memory bandwidth) of the memory circuit. Therefore, a memory circuit provided on a logic circuit can be used in applications such as high bandwidth memory (HBM).

 本実施の形態は、他の実施の形態と適宜組み合わせることができる。また、本明細書において、1つの実施の形態の中に、複数の構成例が示される場合は、構成例を適宜組み合わせることが可能である。 This embodiment can be combined with other embodiments as appropriate. Furthermore, in this specification, when multiple configuration examples are shown in one embodiment, the configuration examples can be combined as appropriate.

(実施の形態3)
 本実施の形態では、本発明の一態様の半導体装置の応用例について、図23A乃至図24Eを用いて説明する。
(Embodiment 3)
In this embodiment, application examples of the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 23A to 24E.

 本発明の一態様の半導体装置は、例えば、電子部品、大型計算機、宇宙用機器、データセンター(Data Center:DCとも呼称する)、及び、各種電子機器に用いることができる。本発明の一態様の半導体装置を用いることで、電子部品、大型計算機、宇宙用機器、データセンター、及び、各種電子機器の低消費電力化及び高性能化が実現できる。 A semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be used in, for example, electronic components, mainframe computers, space equipment, data centers (also referred to as DCs), and various electronic devices. By using a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention, low power consumption and high performance can be achieved for electronic components, mainframe computers, space equipment, data centers, and various electronic devices.

 電子機器としては、例えば、テレビジョン装置、デスクトップ型もしくはノート型のコンピュータ、コンピュータ用などのモニタ、デジタルサイネージ、パチンコ機などの大型ゲーム機などの比較的大きな画面を備える電子機器の他、デジタルカメラ、デジタルビデオカメラ、デジタルフォトフレーム、携帯電話機、携帯型ゲーム機、携帯情報端末、音響再生装置、などが挙げられる。 Electronic devices include, for example, electronic devices with relatively large screens such as televisions, desktop or notebook computers, computer monitors, digital signage, and large game machines such as pachinko machines, as well as digital cameras, digital video cameras, digital photo frames, mobile phones, portable game machines, personal digital assistants, and audio playback devices.

 本実施の形態の電子機器は、センサ(力、変位、位置、速度、加速度、角速度、回転数、距離、光、液、磁気、温度、化学物質、音声、時間、硬度、電場、電流、電圧、電力、放射線、流量、湿度、傾度、振動、においまたは赤外線を検知、検出、または測定する機能を含むもの)を有していてもよい。 The electronic device of this embodiment may have a sensor (including the function of sensing, detecting, or measuring force, displacement, position, velocity, acceleration, angular velocity, rotation speed, distance, light, liquid, magnetism, temperature, chemical substances, sound, time, hardness, electric field, current, voltage, power, radiation, flow rate, humidity, gradient, vibration, odor, or infrared light).

 本実施の形態の電子機器は、様々な機能を有することができる。例えば、様々な情報(静止画、動画、又はテキスト画像など)を表示部に表示する機能、タッチパネル機能、カレンダー、日付または時刻などを表示する機能、様々なソフトウェア(プログラム)を実行する機能、無線通信機能、記録媒体に記録されているプログラムまたはデータを読み出す機能等を有することができる。 The electronic device of this embodiment can have a variety of functions. For example, it can have a function to display various information (still images, videos, text images, etc.) on a display unit, a touch panel function, a function to display a calendar, date, time, etc., a function to execute various software (programs), a wireless communication function, a function to read programs or data recorded on a recording medium, etc.

[電子部品]
 電子部品980が実装された基板(実装基板989)の斜視図を、図23Aに示す。図23Aに示す電子部品980は、モールド984内に半導体装置981を有している。図23Aは、電子部品980の内部を示すために、一部の記載を省略している。電子部品980は、モールド984の外側にランド985を有する。ランド985は電極パッド986と接続され、電極パッド986は半導体装置981とワイヤ987を介して接続されている。電子部品980は、例えばプリント基板988に実装される。このような電子部品が複数組み合わされて、それぞれがプリント基板988上で接続されることで実装基板989が完成する。
[Electronic Components]
FIG. 23A shows a perspective view of a substrate (mounting substrate 989) on which an electronic component 980 is mounted. The electronic component 980 shown in FIG. 23A has a semiconductor device 981 inside a mold 984. FIG. 23A omits some parts in order to show the interior of the electronic component 980. The electronic component 980 has lands 985 on the outside of the mold 984. The lands 985 are connected to electrode pads 986, and the electrode pads 986 are connected to the semiconductor device 981 via wires 987. The electronic component 980 is mounted on, for example, a printed circuit board 988. A plurality of such electronic components are combined and connected on the printed circuit board 988 to complete the mounting substrate 989.

 また、半導体装置981は、駆動回路層982と、記憶層983と、を有する。なお、記憶層983は、複数のメモリセルアレイが積層された構成である。駆動回路層982と、記憶層983と、が積層された構成は、モノリシック積層の構成とすることができる。モノリシック積層の構成では、TSV(Through Silicon Via)などの貫通電極技術、及び、Cu−Cu直接接合などの接合技術、を用いることなく、各層間を接続することができる。駆動回路層982と、記憶層983と、をモノリシックに積層することで、例えば、プロセッサ上にメモリが直接形成される、いわゆるオンチップメモリの構成とすることができる。オンチップメモリの構成とすることで、プロセッサと、メモリとのインターフェース部分の動作を高速にすることが可能となる。 The semiconductor device 981 also has a drive circuit layer 982 and a memory layer 983. The memory layer 983 is configured by stacking multiple memory cell arrays. The stacked configuration of the drive circuit layer 982 and the memory layer 983 can be a monolithic stacked configuration. In a monolithic stacked configuration, the layers can be connected without using through-electrode technology such as TSV (Through Silicon Via) or bonding technology such as Cu-Cu direct bonding. By monolithically stacking the drive circuit layer 982 and the memory layer 983, it is possible to achieve a so-called on-chip memory configuration, in which the memory is formed directly on the processor, for example. The on-chip memory configuration makes it possible to increase the operation speed of the interface between the processor and memory.

 また、オンチップメモリの構成とすることで、TSVなどの貫通電極を用いる技術と比較し、接続配線などのサイズを小さくできるため、接続ピン数を増加させることも可能となる。接続ピン数を増加させることで、並列動作が可能となるため、メモリのバンド幅(メモリバンド幅ともいう)を向上させることが可能となる。 Furthermore, by configuring the memory on-chip, the size of the connection wiring can be reduced compared to technologies that use through electrodes such as TSVs, making it possible to increase the number of connection pins. Increasing the number of connection pins enables parallel operation, making it possible to improve the memory bandwidth (also known as memory bandwidth).

 また、記憶層983が有する、複数のメモリセルアレイを、OSトランジスタを用いて形成し、当該複数のメモリセルアレイをモノリシックで積層することが好ましい。複数のメモリセルアレイをモノリシック積層の構成とすることで、メモリのバンド幅、及びメモリのアクセスレイテンシの一方または双方を向上させることができる。なお、バンド幅とは、単位時間あたりのデータ転送量であり、アクセスレイテンシとは、アクセスしてからデータのやり取りが始まるまでの時間である。なお、記憶層983にSiトランジスタを用いる構成の場合、OSトランジスタと比較し、モノリシック積層の構成とすることが困難である。そのため、モノリシック積層の構成において、OSトランジスタは、Siトランジスタよりも優れた構造であるといえる。 Furthermore, it is preferable that the multiple memory cell arrays included in the memory layer 983 are formed using OS transistors and that the multiple memory cell arrays are monolithically stacked. By configuring the multiple memory cell arrays as a monolithic stack, it is possible to improve either or both of the memory bandwidth and memory access latency. Note that bandwidth refers to the amount of data transferred per unit time, and access latency refers to the time from access to the start of data exchange. Note that when Si transistors are used for the memory layer 983, it is more difficult to achieve a monolithic stack configuration than OS transistors. Therefore, it can be said that OS transistors have a superior structure to Si transistors in a monolithic stack configuration.

 半導体装置981を、ダイと呼称してもよい。なお、本明細書等において、ダイとは、半導体チップの製造工程で、例えば円盤状の基板(ウエハともいう)などに回路パターンを形成し、さいの目状に切り分けて得られたチップ片を表す。なお、ダイに用いることのできる半導体材料として、例えば、シリコン(Si)、炭化ケイ素(SiC)、または窒化ガリウム(GaN)などが挙げられる。例えば、シリコン基板(シリコンウエハともいう)から得られたダイを、シリコンダイという場合がある。 Semiconductor device 981 may also be referred to as a die. In this specification, a die refers to a chip piece obtained during the semiconductor chip manufacturing process by forming a circuit pattern on, for example, a disk-shaped substrate (also called a wafer) and dicing it into cubes. Semiconductor materials that can be used for the die include, for example, silicon (Si), silicon carbide (SiC), or gallium nitride (GaN). For example, a die obtained from a silicon substrate (also called a silicon wafer) may be called a silicon die.

 次に、電子部品990の斜視図を図23Bに示す。電子部品990は、SiP(System in Package)またはMCM(Multi Chip Module)の一例である。電子部品990は、パッケージ基板992(プリント基板)上にインターポーザ991が設けられ、インターポーザ991上に半導体装置994、及び複数の半導体装置981が設けられている。 Next, Figure 23B shows a perspective view of electronic component 990. Electronic component 990 is an example of a SiP (System in Package) or MCM (Multi-Chip Module). Electronic component 990 has an interposer 991 provided on a package substrate 992 (printed circuit board), and a semiconductor device 994 and multiple semiconductor devices 981 provided on interposer 991.

 電子部品990では、半導体装置981を広帯域メモリとして用いる例を示している。また、半導体装置994は、CPU、GPU、またはFPGA(Field Programmable Gate Array)等の集積回路に用いることができる。 Electronic component 990 shows an example in which semiconductor device 981 is used as a wideband memory. Furthermore, semiconductor device 994 can be used in integrated circuits such as a CPU, GPU, or FPGA (Field Programmable Gate Array).

 パッケージ基板992は、例えば、セラミックス基板、プラスチック基板、または、ガラスエポキシ基板を用いることができる。インターポーザ991は、例えば、シリコンインターポーザ、または樹脂インターポーザを用いることができる。 The package substrate 992 can be, for example, a ceramic substrate, a plastic substrate, or a glass epoxy substrate. The interposer 991 can be, for example, a silicon interposer or a resin interposer.

 インターポーザ991は、複数の配線を有し、端子ピッチの異なる複数の集積回路を接続する機能を有する。複数の配線は、単層または多層で設けられる。また、インターポーザ991は、インターポーザ991上に設けられた集積回路をパッケージ基板992に設けられた電極と接続する機能を有する。これらのことから、インターポーザを「再配線基板」または「中間基板」と呼ぶ場合がある。また、インターポーザ991に貫通電極を設けて、当該貫通電極を用いて集積回路とパッケージ基板992を接続する場合もある。また、シリコンインターポーザでは、貫通電極として、TSVを用いることもできる。 The interposer 991 has multiple wiring lines and functions to connect multiple integrated circuits with different terminal pitches. The multiple wiring lines are provided in a single layer or multiple layers. The interposer 991 also functions to connect the integrated circuits provided on the interposer 991 to electrodes provided on the package substrate 992. For these reasons, the interposer is sometimes called a "rewiring substrate" or "intermediate substrate." In some cases, through electrodes are provided in the interposer 991, and these through electrodes are used to connect the integrated circuits to the package substrate 992. In addition, with silicon interposers, TSVs can also be used as through electrodes.

 HBMでは、広いメモリバンド幅を実現するために多くの配線を接続する必要がある。このため、HBMを実装するインターポーザには、微細かつ高密度の配線形成が求められる。よって、HBMを実装するインターポーザには、シリコンインターポーザを用いることが好ましい。 In an HBM, many wiring connections are required to achieve a wide memory bandwidth. For this reason, the interposer on which the HBM is mounted must be able to form fine, high-density wiring. Therefore, it is preferable to use a silicon interposer for the interposer on which the HBM is mounted.

 また、シリコンインターポーザを用いた、SiP及びMCM等では、集積回路とインターポーザ間の膨張係数の違いによる信頼性の低下が生じにくい。また、シリコンインターポーザは表面の平坦性が高いため、シリコンインターポーザ上に設ける集積回路とシリコンインターポーザ間の接続不良が生じにくい。特に、インターポーザ上に複数の集積回路を横に並べて配置する2.5Dパッケージ(2.5次元実装)では、シリコンインターポーザを用いることが好ましい。 Furthermore, in SiPs and MCMs that use silicon interposers, a decrease in reliability due to differences in the coefficient of expansion between the integrated circuit and the interposer is less likely. Furthermore, because the surface of a silicon interposer is highly flat, poor connections between the integrated circuit mounted on the silicon interposer and the silicon interposer are less likely to occur. It is particularly preferable to use silicon interposers in 2.5D packages (2.5-dimensional packaging), in which multiple integrated circuits are arranged horizontally on an interposer.

 一方で、シリコンインターポーザ、及びTSVなどを用いて端子ピッチの異なる複数の集積回路を接続する場合、当該端子ピッチの幅などのスペースが必要となる。そのため、電子部品990のサイズを小さくしようとした場合、上記の端子ピッチの幅が問題になり、広いメモリバンド幅を実現するために必要な多くの配線を設けることが、困難になる場合がある。そこで、前述したように、OSトランジスタを用いたモノリシック積層の構成が好適である。TSVを用いて積層したメモリセルアレイと、モノリシック積層したメモリセルアレイと、を組み合わせた複合化構造としてもよい。 On the other hand, when connecting multiple integrated circuits with different terminal pitches using a silicon interposer, TSV, or the like, space is required to accommodate the width of the terminal pitch. Therefore, when attempting to reduce the size of the electronic component 990, the width of the terminal pitch becomes an issue, and it may become difficult to provide the large number of wirings required to achieve a wide memory bandwidth. Therefore, as mentioned above, a monolithic stacked configuration using OS transistors is preferable. A composite structure may also be used that combines a memory cell array stacked using TSVs with a monolithic stacked memory cell array.

 また、電子部品990と重ねてヒートシンク(放熱板)を設けてもよい。ヒートシンクを設ける場合は、インターポーザ991上に設ける集積回路の高さを揃えることが好ましい。例えば、本実施の形態に示す電子部品990では、半導体装置981と半導体装置994の高さを揃えることが好ましい。 A heat sink (heat sink) may also be provided overlapping the electronic component 990. When a heat sink is provided, it is preferable to align the height of the integrated circuit provided on the interposer 991. For example, in the electronic component 990 shown in this embodiment, it is preferable to align the height of the semiconductor device 981 and the semiconductor device 994.

 電子部品990を他の基板に実装するため、パッケージ基板992の底部に電極993を設けてもよい。図23Bでは、電極993を半田ボールで形成する例を示している。パッケージ基板992の底部に半田ボールをマトリクス状に設けることで、BGA(Ball Grid Array)実装を実現できる。また、電極993を導電性のピンで形成してもよい。パッケージ基板992の底部に導電性のピンをマトリクス状に設けることで、PGA(Pin Grid Array)実装を実現できる。 Electrodes 993 may be provided on the bottom of the package substrate 992 in order to mount the electronic component 990 on another substrate. Figure 23B shows an example in which the electrodes 993 are formed from solder balls. By providing solder balls in a matrix on the bottom of the package substrate 992, BGA (Ball Grid Array) mounting can be achieved. The electrodes 993 may also be formed from conductive pins. By providing conductive pins in a matrix on the bottom of the package substrate 992, PGA (Pin Grid Array) mounting can be achieved.

 電子部品990は、BGA及びPGAに限らず様々な実装方法を用いて他の基板に実装することができる。実装方法としては、例えば、SPGA(Staggered Pin Grid Array)、LGA(Land Grid Array)、QFP(Quad Flat Package)、QFJ(Quad Flat J−leaded package)、及び、QFN(Quad Flat Non−leaded package)が挙げられる。 Electronic component 990 can be mounted on other substrates using a variety of mounting methods, not limited to BGA and PGA. Examples of mounting methods include SPGA (Staggered Pin Grid Array), LGA (Land Grid Array), QFP (Quad Flat Package), QFJ (Quad Flat J-leaded package), and QFN (Quad Flat Non-leaded package).

[大型計算機]
 次に、大型計算機5600の斜視図を図24Aに示す。図24Aに示す大型計算機5600には、ラック5610にラックマウント型の計算機5620が複数格納されている。なお、大型計算機5600を、スーパーコンピュータと呼称してもよい。
[Large computer]
Next, Fig. 24A shows a perspective view of a mainframe computer 5600. The mainframe computer 5600 shown in Fig. 24A has a rack 5610 housing a plurality of rack-mounted computers 5620. The mainframe computer 5600 may also be called a supercomputer.

 計算機5620は、例えば、図24Bに示す斜視図の構成とすることができる。図24Bにおいて、計算機5620は、マザーボード5630を有し、マザーボード5630は、複数のスロット5631、複数の接続端子を有する。スロット5631には、PCカード5621が挿入されている。加えて、PCカード5621は、接続端子5623、接続端子5624、接続端子5625を有し、それぞれ、マザーボード5630に接続されている。 Computer 5620 can have the configuration shown in the perspective view in Figure 24B, for example. In Figure 24B, computer 5620 has a motherboard 5630, which has multiple slots 5631 and multiple connection terminals. PC card 5621 is inserted into slot 5631. In addition, PC card 5621 has connection terminals 5623, 5624, and 5625, which are each connected to motherboard 5630.

 図24Cに示すPCカード5621は、CPU、GPU、記憶装置などを備えた処理ボードの一例である。PCカード5621は、ボード5622を有する。また、ボード5622は、接続端子5623と、接続端子5624と、接続端子5625と、半導体装置5626と、半導体装置5627と、半導体装置5628と、接続端子5629と、を有する。なお、図24Cには、半導体装置5626、半導体装置5627、及び半導体装置5628以外の半導体装置を図示しているが、それらの半導体装置については、以下に記載する半導体装置5626、半導体装置5627、及び半導体装置5628の説明を参照できる。 PC card 5621 shown in Figure 24C is an example of a processing board equipped with a CPU, GPU, memory device, etc. PC card 5621 has board 5622. Board 5622 also has connection terminal 5623, connection terminal 5624, connection terminal 5625, semiconductor device 5626, semiconductor device 5627, semiconductor device 5628, and connection terminal 5629. Note that Figure 24C illustrates semiconductor devices other than semiconductor device 5626, semiconductor device 5627, and semiconductor device 5628, but for these semiconductor devices, please refer to the descriptions of semiconductor device 5626, semiconductor device 5627, and semiconductor device 5628 described below.

 接続端子5629は、マザーボード5630のスロット5631に挿入することができる形状を有しており、接続端子5629は、PCカード5621とマザーボード5630とを接続するためのインターフェースとして機能する。接続端子5629の規格としては、例えば、PCIexpress(踏力商標)などが挙げられる。 The connection terminal 5629 has a shape that allows it to be inserted into the slot 5631 of the motherboard 5630, and functions as an interface for connecting the PC card 5621 and the motherboard 5630. Examples of standards for the connection terminal 5629 include PCI Express (Tokiriki trademark).

 接続端子5623、接続端子5624、接続端子5625は、例えば、PCカード5621に対して電力供給、信号入力などを行うためのインターフェースとすることができる。また、例えば、PCカード5621によって計算された信号の出力などを行うためのインターフェースとすることができる。接続端子5623、接続端子5624、接続端子5625のそれぞれの規格としては、例えば、USB(Universal Serial Bus)、SATA(Serial ATA)、SCSI(Small Computer System Interface)などが挙げられる。また、接続端子5623、接続端子5624、接続端子5625から映像信号を出力する場合、それぞれの規格としては、HDMI(登録商標)などが挙げられる。 Connection terminals 5623, 5624, and 5625 can be, for example, interfaces for supplying power to PC card 5621, inputting signals, etc. They can also be, for example, interfaces for outputting signals calculated by PC card 5621. Examples of standards for connection terminals 5623, 5624, and 5625 include USB (Universal Serial Bus), SATA (Serial ATA), and SCSI (Small Computer System Interface). Also, when outputting video signals from connection terminals 5623, 5624, and 5625, examples of standards for each include HDMI (registered trademark).

 半導体装置5626は、信号の入出力を行う端子(図示しない)を有しており、当該端子をボード5622が備えるソケット(図示しない)に対して差し込むことで、半導体装置5626とボード5622を接続することができる。 The semiconductor device 5626 has terminals (not shown) for inputting and outputting signals, and the semiconductor device 5626 can be connected to the board 5622 by inserting these terminals into sockets (not shown) provided on the board 5622.

 半導体装置5627は、複数の端子を有しており、当該端子をボード5622が備える配線に対して、例えば、リフロー方式のはんだ付けを行うことで、半導体装置5627とボード5622を接続することができる。半導体装置5627としては、例えば、FPGA、GPU、CPUなどが挙げられる。半導体装置5627として、例えば、電子部品990を用いることができる。 The semiconductor device 5627 has multiple terminals, and the semiconductor device 5627 can be connected to the board 5622 by soldering the terminals to wiring on the board 5622, for example, using a reflow soldering method. Examples of the semiconductor device 5627 include FPGAs, GPUs, and CPUs. For example, the electronic component 990 can be used as the semiconductor device 5627.

 半導体装置5628は、複数の端子を有しており、当該端子をボード5622が備える配線に対して、例えば、リフロー方式のはんだ付けを行うことで、半導体装置5628とボード5622を接続することができる。半導体装置5628としては、例えば、記憶装置などが挙げられる。半導体装置5628として、例えば、電子部品990を用いることができる。 The semiconductor device 5628 has multiple terminals, and the semiconductor device 5628 can be connected to the board 5622 by soldering the terminals to wiring on the board 5622, for example, using a reflow soldering method. Examples of the semiconductor device 5628 include a memory device. For example, the electronic component 990 can be used as the semiconductor device 5628.

 大型計算機5600は並列計算機としても機能できる。大型計算機5600を並列計算機として用いることで、例えば、人工知能の学習、及び推論に必要な大規模の計算を行うことができる。 The mainframe computer 5600 can also function as a parallel computer. By using the mainframe computer 5600 as a parallel computer, it is possible to perform large-scale calculations required for, for example, artificial intelligence learning and inference.

[宇宙用機器]
 本発明の一態様の半導体装置は、宇宙用機器に好適に用いることができる。
[Space equipment]
The semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be suitably used in space equipment.

 本発明の一態様の半導体装置は、OSトランジスタを含む。OSトランジスタは、Siトランジスタと比較し、放射線照射による電気特性の変動が小さい。つまり放射線に対する耐性が高いため、放射線が入射しうる環境において信頼性が高く、好適に用いることができる。例えば、OSトランジスタは、宇宙空間にて使用する場合に好適に用いることができる。具体的には、OSトランジスタを、スペースシャトル、人工衛星、または、宇宙探査機に設けられる半導体装置を構成するトランジスタに用いることができる。放射線として、例えば、X線、及び中性子線が挙げられる。なお、宇宙空間とは、例えば、高度100km以上を指すが、本明細書に記載の宇宙空間は、熱圏、中間圏、及び成層圏のうち一つまたは複数を含むことができる。 A semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention includes an OS transistor. Compared to Si transistors, OS transistors exhibit smaller variations in electrical characteristics due to radiation exposure. In other words, OS transistors have high radiation resistance and are therefore highly reliable and suitable for use in environments where radiation may be incident. For example, OS transistors are suitable for use in outer space. Specifically, OS transistors can be used as transistors for semiconductor devices installed in space shuttles, artificial satellites, or space probes. Examples of radiation include X-rays and neutron rays. Note that outer space refers to an altitude of 100 km or higher, and the outer space described in this specification can include one or more of the thermosphere, mesosphere, and stratosphere.

 図24Dには、宇宙用機器の一例として、人工衛星6800を示している。人工衛星6800は、機体6801と、ソーラーパネル6802と、アンテナ6803と、二次電池6805と、制御装置6807と、を有する。なお、図24Dにおいては、宇宙空間に惑星6804を例示している。 Figure 24D shows an artificial satellite 6800 as an example of space equipment. The artificial satellite 6800 has a body 6801, a solar panel 6802, an antenna 6803, a secondary battery 6805, and a control device 6807. Note that Figure 24D also shows a planet 6804 in space.

 また、図24Dには示していないが、二次電池6805に、バッテリマネジメントシステム(BMSともいう)、またはバッテリ制御回路を設けてもよい。前述のバッテリマネジメントシステム、またはバッテリ制御回路に、OSトランジスタを用いると、消費電力が低く、かつ宇宙空間においても高い信頼性を有するため好適である。 Although not shown in FIG. 24D, the secondary battery 6805 may be provided with a battery management system (also referred to as a BMS) or a battery control circuit. The use of OS transistors in the battery management system or battery control circuit described above is preferable because they consume less power and have high reliability even in space.

 また、宇宙空間は、地上に比べて100倍以上、放射線量の高い環境である。なお、放射線として、例えば、X線、及びガンマ線に代表される電磁波(電磁放射線)、並びにアルファ線、ベータ線、中性子線、陽子線、重イオン線、中間子線などに代表される粒子放射線が挙げられる。 In addition, outer space is an environment with radiation levels more than 100 times higher than on Earth. Examples of radiation include electromagnetic waves (electromagnetic radiation) such as X-rays and gamma rays, as well as particle radiation such as alpha rays, beta rays, neutron rays, proton rays, heavy ion rays, and meson rays.

 ソーラーパネル6802に太陽光が照射されることにより、人工衛星6800が動作するために必要な電力が生成される。しかしながら、例えばソーラーパネルに太陽光が照射されない状況、またはソーラーパネルに照射される太陽光の光量が少ない状況では、生成される電力が少なくなる。よって、人工衛星6800が動作するために必要な電力が生成されない可能性がある。生成される電力が少ない状況下であっても人工衛星6800を動作させるために、人工衛星6800に二次電池6805を設けるとよい。なお、ソーラーパネルは、太陽電池モジュールと呼ばれる場合がある。 When sunlight is irradiated onto the solar panel 6802, the power required for the satellite 6800 to operate is generated. However, for example, in situations where sunlight is not irradiated onto the solar panel, or where the amount of sunlight irradiating the solar panel is low, the amount of power generated will be small. Therefore, there is a possibility that the power required for the satellite 6800 to operate will not be generated. In order to operate the satellite 6800 even in situations where the amount of power generated is low, it is recommended that a secondary battery 6805 be provided on the satellite 6800. Note that the solar panel is sometimes called a solar cell module.

 人工衛星6800は、信号を生成することができる。当該信号は、アンテナ6803を介して送信され、例えば地上に設けられた受信機、または他の人工衛星が当該信号を受信することができる。人工衛星6800が送信した信号を受信することにより、当該信号を受信した受信機の位置を測定することができる。以上より、人工衛星6800は、衛星測位システムを構成することができる。 Satellite 6800 can generate a signal. This signal is transmitted via antenna 6803, and can be received, for example, by a receiver located on the ground or by another satellite. By receiving the signal transmitted by satellite 6800, the position of the receiver that received the signal can be determined. As described above, satellite 6800 can constitute a satellite positioning system.

 また、制御装置6807は、人工衛星6800を制御する機能を有する。制御装置6807としては、例えば、CPU、GPU、及び記憶装置の中から選ばれるいずれか一または複数を用いて構成される。なお、制御装置6807には、本発明の一態様であるOSトランジスタを含む半導体装置を用いると好適である。 The control device 6807 also has a function of controlling the satellite 6800. The control device 6807 is configured using, for example, one or more selected from a CPU, a GPU, and a storage device. Note that the control device 6807 is preferably a semiconductor device including an OS transistor, which is one embodiment of the present invention.

 また、人工衛星6800は、センサを有する構成とすることができる。例えば、可視光センサを有する構成とすることにより、人工衛星6800は、地上に設けられている物体に当たって反射された太陽光を検出する機能を有することができる。または、熱赤外センサを有する構成とすることにより、人工衛星6800は、地表から放出される熱赤外線を検出する機能を有することができる。以上より、人工衛星6800は、例えば地球観測衛星としての機能を有することができる。 Furthermore, the artificial satellite 6800 can be configured to include a sensor. For example, by configuring it to include a visible light sensor, the artificial satellite 6800 can have the function of detecting sunlight reflected off an object on the ground. Or, by configuring it to include a thermal infrared sensor, the artificial satellite 6800 can have the function of detecting thermal infrared rays emitted from the earth's surface. As described above, the artificial satellite 6800 can function as, for example, an Earth observation satellite.

 なお、本実施の形態においては、宇宙用機器の一例として、人工衛星について例示したがこれに限定されない。例えば、本発明の一態様の半導体装置は、宇宙船、宇宙カプセル、宇宙探査機などの宇宙用機器に好適に用いることができる。 Note that although an artificial satellite is used as an example of space equipment in this embodiment, the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, a semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be suitably used in space equipment such as a spaceship, a space capsule, or a space probe.

 以上の説明の通り、OSトランジスタは、Siトランジスタと比較し、広いメモリバンド幅の実現が可能なこと、放射線耐性が高いこと、といった優れた効果を有する。 As explained above, OS transistors have the advantages of being able to achieve a wider memory bandwidth and having higher radiation resistance compared to Si transistors.

[データセンター]
 本発明の一態様の半導体装置は、例えば、データセンターなどに適用されるストレージシステムに好適に用いることができる。データセンターは、データの不変性を保障するなど、データの長期的な管理を行うことが求められる。長期的なデータを管理する場合、膨大なデータを記憶するためのストレージ及びサーバの設置、データを保持するための安定した電源の確保、またはデータの保持に要する冷却設備の確保、など建屋の大型化が必要となる。
[Data Center]
The semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be suitably used in a storage system applied to, for example, a data center. The data center is required to perform long-term management of data, such as ensuring data immutability. To manage long-term data, the building must be large enough to accommodate the installation of storage devices and servers for storing a huge amount of data, a stable power source for storing the data, or cooling equipment required for storing the data.

 データセンターに適用されるストレージシステムに本発明の一態様の半導体装置を用いることにより、データの保持に要する電力の低減、データを保持する半導体装置の小型化を図ることができる。そのため、ストレージシステムの小型化、データを保持するための電源の小型化、冷却設備の小規模化、などを図ることができる。そのため、データセンターの省スペース化を図ることができる。 By using a semiconductor device according to one embodiment of the present invention in a storage system applied to a data center, the power required to store data can be reduced and the semiconductor device that stores data can be made smaller. This allows for the storage system to be made smaller, the power supply for storing data to be made smaller, and cooling equipment to be made smaller. This allows for space savings in the data center.

 また、本発明の一態様の半導体装置は、消費電力が低いため、回路からの発熱を低減することができる。よって、当該発熱によるその回路自体、周辺回路、及びモジュールへの悪影響を低減できる。また、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を用いることにより、高温環境下においても動作が安定したデータセンターを実現できる。よってデータセンターの信頼性を高めることができる。 Furthermore, the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention has low power consumption, and therefore heat generation from the circuit can be reduced. Therefore, adverse effects of the heat generation on the circuit itself, peripheral circuits, and modules can be reduced. Furthermore, by using the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention, a data center that operates stably even in a high-temperature environment can be realized. Therefore, the reliability of the data center can be improved.

 図24Eにデータセンターに適用可能なストレージシステムを示す。図24Eに示すストレージシステム7010は、ホスト7001(Host Computerと図示)として複数のサーバ7001sbを有する。また、ストレージ7003(Storageと図示)として複数の記憶装置7003mdを有する。ホスト7001とストレージ7003とは、ストレージエリアネットワーク7004(SAN:Storage Area Networkと図示)及びストレージ制御回路7002(Storage Controllerと図示)を介して接続されている形態を図示している。 Figure 24E shows a storage system applicable to a data center. The storage system 7010 shown in Figure 24E has multiple servers 7001sb as hosts 7001 (illustrated as Host Computers). It also has multiple storage devices 7003md as storage 7003 (illustrated as Storage). The host 7001 and storage 7003 are shown connected via a storage area network 7004 (illustrated as SAN: Storage Area Network) and a storage control circuit 7002 (illustrated as Storage Controller).

 ホスト7001は、ストレージ7003に記憶されたデータにアクセスするコンピュータに相当する。ホスト7001同士は、ネットワークで互いに接続されていてもよい。 The host 7001 corresponds to a computer that accesses data stored in the storage 7003. The hosts 7001 may be connected to each other via a network.

 ストレージ7003は、フラッシュメモリを用いることで、データのアクセススピード、つまりデータの記憶及び出力に要する時間を短くしているものの、当該時間は、ストレージ内のキャッシュメモリとして用いることのできるDRAM(Dynamic Random Access Memory)が要する時間に比べて格段に長い。ストレージシステムでは、ストレージ7003のアクセススピードの長さの問題を解決するために、通常ストレージ内にキャッシュメモリを設けてデータの記憶及び出力に要する時間を短くしている。 Storage 7003 uses flash memory to reduce data access speed, i.e., the time required to store and output data, but this time is significantly longer than the time required for DRAM (Dynamic Random Access Memory), which can be used as cache memory within the storage. In order to solve the problem of the slow access speed of storage 7003, storage systems typically provide cache memory within the storage to reduce the time required to store and output data.

 前述のキャッシュメモリは、ストレージ制御回路7002及びストレージ7003内に用いられる。ホスト7001とストレージ7003との間でやり取りされるデータは、ストレージ制御回路7002及びストレージ7003内の当該キャッシュメモリに記憶されたのち、ホスト7001またはストレージ7003に出力される。 The aforementioned cache memory is used within the storage control circuit 7002 and storage 7003. Data exchanged between the host 7001 and storage 7003 is stored in the cache memory within the storage control circuit 7002 and storage 7003, and then output to the host 7001 or storage 7003.

 前述のキャッシュメモリのデータを記憶するためのトランジスタとして、OSトランジスタを用いてデータに応じた電位を保持する構成とすることで、リフレッシュする頻度を減らし、消費電力を低くすることができる。またメモリセルアレイを積層する構成とすることで小型化が可能である。 By using OS transistors as transistors for storing data in the cache memory and maintaining a potential corresponding to the data, the frequency of refreshes can be reduced, lowering power consumption. Furthermore, by stacking the memory cell array, miniaturization is possible.

<本明細書等の記載に関する付記>
 以上の実施の形態、及び実施の形態における各構成の説明について、以下に付記する。
<Additional notes regarding the present specification etc.>
The above-described embodiments and the respective components in the embodiments will be described below with additional notes.

 各実施の形態に示す構成は、他の実施の形態に示す構成と適宜組み合わせて、本発明の一態様とすることができる。また、1つの実施の形態の中に、複数の構成例が示される場合は、構成例を適宜組み合わせることが可能である。 The configurations shown in each embodiment can be combined as appropriate with the configurations shown in other embodiments to form one aspect of the present invention. Furthermore, when multiple configuration examples are shown in one embodiment, the configuration examples can be combined as appropriate.

 なお、ある一つの実施の形態の中で述べる内容(一部の内容でもよい)は、その実施の形態で述べる別の内容(一部の内容でもよい)、及び/又は、一つ若しくは複数の別の実施の形態で述べる内容(一部の内容でもよい)に対して、適用、組み合わせ、又は置き換えなどを行うことが出来る。 Furthermore, the content (or even a part of the content) described in one embodiment can be applied to, combined with, or replaced with another content (or even a part of the content) described in that embodiment, and/or the content (or even a part of the content) described in one or more other embodiments.

 なお、実施の形態の中で述べる内容とは、各々の実施の形態において、様々な図を用いて述べる内容、又は明細書に記載される文章を用いて述べる内容のことである。 Note that the content described in the embodiments refers to the content described in each embodiment using various figures or the content described using text in the specification.

 なお、ある一つの実施の形態において述べる図(一部でもよい)は、その図の別の部分、その実施の形態において述べる別の図(一部でもよい)、及び/又は、一つ若しくは複数の別の実施の形態において述べる図(一部でもよい)に対して、組み合わせることにより、さらに多くの図を構成させることが出来る。 Furthermore, a figure (or even a part thereof) described in one embodiment can be combined with another part of that figure, another figure (or even a part thereof) described in that embodiment, and/or a figure (or even a part thereof) described in one or more other embodiments to form even more figures.

 また本明細書等において、ブロック図では、構成要素を機能毎に分類し、互いに独立したブロックとして示している。しかしながら実際の回路等においては、構成要素を機能毎に切り分けることが難しく、一つの回路に複数の機能が係わる場合、または複数の回路にわたって一つの機能が関わる場合があり得る。そのため、ブロック図のブロックは、明細書で説明した構成要素に限定されず、適切に言い換えることができる。 In addition, in this specification and elsewhere, block diagrams classify components by function and show them as independent blocks. However, in actual circuits and elsewhere, it is difficult to separate components by function, and there may be cases where a single circuit is involved in multiple functions, or where a single function is involved across multiple circuits. Therefore, the blocks in the block diagrams are not limited to the components described in the specification and may be rephrased appropriately.

 また、図面において、大きさ、層の厚さ、又は領域は、説明の便宜上任意の大きさに示したものである。よって、必ずしもそのスケールに限定されない。なお図面は明確性を期すために模式的に示したものであり、図面に示す形状又は値などに限定されない。例えば、ノイズによる信号、電圧、若しくは電流のばらつき、又は、タイミングのずれによる信号、電圧、若しくは電流のばらつきなどを含むことが可能である。 Furthermore, in the drawings, sizes, layer thicknesses, and regions are shown at arbitrary sizes for the convenience of explanation. Therefore, they are not necessarily limited to that scale. Note that the drawings are shown schematically for clarity, and are not limited to the shapes or values shown in the drawings. For example, variations in signals, voltages, or currents due to noise, or variations in signals, voltages, or currents due to timing differences, etc. may be included.

 本明細書等において、トランジスタの接続関係を説明する際、「ソース又はドレインの一方」(又は第1電極、又は第1端子)、「ソース又はドレインの他方」(又は第2電極、又は第2端子)という表記を用いる。これは、トランジスタのソースとドレインは、トランジスタの構造又は動作条件等によって変わるためである。なおトランジスタのソースとドレインの呼称については、ソース(ドレイン)端子、またはソース(ドレイン)電極等、適切に言い換えることができる。 In this specification and elsewhere, when describing the connection relationship of a transistor, the terms "one of the source or drain" (or first electrode or first terminal) and "the other of the source or drain" (or second electrode or second terminal) are used. This is because the source and drain of a transistor vary depending on the transistor's structure or operating conditions, etc. The source and drain of a transistor can also be appropriately referred to as source (drain) terminal, source (drain) electrode, etc.

 また、本明細書等において「電極」または「配線」の用語は、これらの構成要素を機能的に限定するものではない。例えば、「電極」は「配線」の一部として用いられることがあり、その逆もまた同様である。さらに、「電極」または「配線」の用語は、複数の「電極」または「配線」が一体となって形成されている場合なども含む。 Furthermore, the terms "electrode" and "wiring" used in this specification do not limit the functionality of these components. For example, an "electrode" may be used as part of a "wiring," and vice versa. Furthermore, the terms "electrode" and "wiring" also include cases where multiple "electrodes" or "wirings" are formed as a single unit.

 また、本明細書等において、電圧と電位は、適宜言い換えることができる。電圧は、基準となる電位からの電位差のことであり、例えば基準となる電位をグラウンド電圧(接地電圧)とすると、電圧を電位に言い換えることができる。グラウンド電位は必ずしも0Vを意味するとは限らない。なお電位は相対的なものであり、基準となる電位によっては、配線等に与える電位を変化させる場合がある。 Furthermore, in this specification, voltage and potential can be interchanged as appropriate. Voltage refers to the potential difference from a reference potential; for example, if the reference potential is a ground voltage (earth voltage), then voltage can be interchanged with potential. Ground potential does not necessarily mean 0V. Note that potential is relative, and the potential applied to wiring, etc. may change depending on the reference potential.

 なお本明細書等において、「膜」、「層」などの語句は、互いに入れ替えることが可能である。例えば、「導電層」という用語を、「導電膜」という用語に変更することが可能な場合がある。または、例えば、「絶縁膜」という用語を、「絶縁層」という用語に変更することが可能な場合がある。 In this specification, terms such as "film" and "layer" can be interchanged. For example, the term "conductive layer" can be changed to the term "conductive film." Or, for example, the term "insulating film" can be changed to the term "insulating layer."

 本明細書等において、スイッチとは、導通状態(オン状態)、または、非導通状態(オフ状態)になり、電流を流すか流さないかを制御する機能を有するものをいう。または、スイッチとは、電流を流す経路を選択して切り替える機能を有するものをいう。 In this specification, a switch refers to a device that can be in a conductive state (on state) or a non-conductive state (off state) and has the function of controlling whether or not a current flows. Alternatively, a switch refers to a device that has the function of selecting and switching the path through which a current flows.

 本明細書等において、プレーナ型のトランジスタにおけるチャネル長とは、例えば、トランジスタの平面図において、半導体(またはトランジスタがオン状態のときに半導体の中で電流の流れる部分)とゲートとが重なる領域、またはチャネルが形成される領域における、ソースとドレインとの間の距離をいう。 In this specification, the channel length of a planar transistor refers to, for example, the distance between the source and drain in the region where the semiconductor (or the portion of the semiconductor through which current flows when the transistor is on) and the gate overlap in a plan view of the transistor, or the region where the channel is formed.

 本明細書等において、チャネル幅とは、例えば、半導体(またはトランジスタがオン状態のときに半導体の中で電流の流れる部分)とゲート電極とが重なる領域、またはチャネルが形成される領域における、ソースとドレインとが向かい合っている部分の長さをいう。 In this specification, the term "channel width" refers to, for example, the length of the region where the semiconductor (or the portion of the semiconductor through which current flows when the transistor is on) and the gate electrode overlap, or the length of the portion where the source and drain face each other in the region where the channel is formed.

 また本明細書等において、ノードは、回路構成、デバイス構造等に応じて、端子、配線、電極、導電層、導電体、不純物領域等と言い換えることが可能である。また、端子、配線等をノードと言い換えることが可能である。 Furthermore, in this specification, etc., a node can be referred to as a terminal, wiring, electrode, conductive layer, conductor, impurity region, etc. depending on the circuit configuration, device structure, etc. Furthermore, a terminal, wiring, etc. can be referred to as a node.

 本明細書等においてトランジスタの「オン状態」とは、例えば、トランジスタのソースとドレインとが短絡されているとみなせる状態をいう。例えば、nチャネル型トランジスタにおいてゲートとソースとの間の電圧がしきい値電圧よりも高い状態、または、pチャネル型トランジスタにおいてゲートとソースとの間の電圧がしきい値電圧よりも低い状態を「オン状態」という。なおトランジスタの「オン状態」は、ソースとドレインとの間に電流を流すことができる状態である。そのためトランジスタが「オン状態」であることを、トランジスタが「導通状態」である、という場合がある。 In this specification, the "on state" of a transistor refers to, for example, a state in which the source and drain of the transistor can be considered to be short-circuited. For example, the "on state" refers to a state in which the voltage between the gate and source of an n-channel transistor is higher than the threshold voltage, or a state in which the voltage between the gate and source of a p-channel transistor is lower than the threshold voltage. Note that the "on state" of a transistor refers to a state in which current can flow between the source and drain. Therefore, the "on state" of a transistor may also be referred to as the "conducting state" of the transistor.

 本明細書等においてトランジスタの「オフ状態」とは、トランジスタのソースとドレインとが遮断されているとみなせる状態をいう。例えば、nチャネル型トランジスタにおいてゲートとソースとの間の電圧がしきい値電圧よりも低い状態、またはpチャネル型トランジスタにおいてゲートとソースとの間の電圧がしきい値電圧よりも高い状態を「オフ状態」という。またトランジスタが「オフ状態」であることを、トランジスタが「非導通状態」である、という場合がある。 In this specification, the "off state" of a transistor refers to a state in which the source and drain of the transistor can be considered to be cut off. For example, the "off state" refers to a state in which the voltage between the gate and source of an n-channel transistor is lower than the threshold voltage, or a state in which the voltage between the gate and source of a p-channel transistor is higher than the threshold voltage. The "off state" of a transistor may also be referred to as the "non-conducting state" of the transistor.

 本明細書等において、ゲートとソースとの間(ゲート−ソース間)の電圧を「ゲート電圧」といい、ドレインとソースとの間(ドレインソース間)の電圧を「ドレイン電圧」といい、バックゲートとソースとの間(バックゲート−ソース間)の電圧を「バックゲート電圧」という場合がある。また、ドレインからソースに流れる電流を「ドレイン電流」という場合がある。 In this specification, the voltage between the gate and source (gate-source) is sometimes referred to as the "gate voltage," the voltage between the drain and source (drain-source) is sometimes referred to as the "drain voltage," and the voltage between the backgate and source (backgate-source) is sometimes referred to as the "backgate voltage." Additionally, the current flowing from the drain to the source is sometimes referred to as the "drain current."

 本明細書等において、トランジスタの「オフ電流」とは、特に断りがない場合、トランジスタがオフ状態にあるときのドレイン電流をいう。なお、本明細書等において、オフ電流、および、ゲートからソースおよびドレインに流れる電流(ゲートリーク電流ともいう)を、リーク電流という場合がある。 In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the "off-state current" of a transistor refers to the drain current when the transistor is in an off state. Note that in this specification, the off-state current and the current flowing from the gate to the source and drain (also referred to as gate leakage current) may also be referred to as leakage current.

 本明細書における「接続」は、一例としては、「電気的接続」を含む。なお、回路素子の接続関係を物として規定するために「電気的接続」と表現する場合がある。また、「電気的接続」は、「直接接続」と「間接接続」とを含む。「AとBとが直接的に接続されている」とは、AとBとが回路素子(例えば、トランジスタ、スイッチなど。なお、配線は回路素子ではない。)を介さずに接続されていることを言う。一方、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」とは、AとBとが一つ以上の回路素子を介して接続されていることを言う。なお、A及びBは、素子、回路、配線、電極、端子、半導体層、導電層などの対象物を示している。 In this specification, "connection" includes, as an example, "electrical connection." Note that the term "electrical connection" is sometimes used to define the connection relationship between circuit elements as an object. Furthermore, "electrical connection" includes "direct connection" and "indirect connection." "A and B are directly connected" means that A and B are connected without the intervention of a circuit element (e.g., a transistor, a switch, etc.; note that wiring is not a circuit element). On the other hand, "A and B are indirectly connected" means that A and B are connected via one or more circuit elements. Note that A and B represent objects such as elements, circuits, wiring, electrodes, terminals, semiconductor layers, and conductive layers.

 例えば、AとBとを含む回路が動作していると仮定した場合において、回路の動作期間中にAとBとの間に電気信号の授受又は電位の相互作用が発生するタイミングがある場合は、物として「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」、と規定することが出来る。なお、回路の動作期間中にAとBとの間に電気信号の授受又は電位の相互作用が発生しないタイミングがあっても、回路の動作期間中にAとBとの間に電気信号の授受又は電位の相互作用が発生するタイミングがあれば、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」と規定することが出来る。 For example, assuming that a circuit including A and B is operating, if there is a time during the operation of the circuit when an electrical signal is exchanged or an electrical potential interaction occurs between A and B, then it can be defined that "A and B are indirectly connected" as objects. Furthermore, even if there is a time during the operation of the circuit when no electrical signal exchange or electrical potential interaction occurs between A and B, if there is a time during the operation of the circuit when an electrical signal exchange or electrical potential interaction occurs between A and B, then it can still be defined that "A and B are indirectly connected."

「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」場合の例としては、AとBとが一つ以上のトランジスタのソース及びドレインを介して接続されている場合がある。一方で、「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」とは言えない場合の例としては、AからBまでの経路に絶縁物が介在する場合がある。具体的には、AとBの間に容量素子が接続されている場合、AとBの間にトランジスタのゲート絶縁膜などが介在している場合などがある。よって、「トランジスタのゲート(A)と、トランジスタのソースまたはドレイン(B)とは、間接的に接続されている」とは言えない。 An example of a case where "A and B are indirectly connected" is when A and B are connected via the source and drain of one or more transistors. On the other hand, an example of a case where it cannot be said that "A and B are indirectly connected" is when an insulator is present in the path from A to B. Specifically, this would be the case when a capacitive element is connected between A and B, or when a transistor gate insulating film or the like is present between A and B. Therefore, it cannot be said that "the transistor gate (A) and the transistor source or drain (B) are indirectly connected."

「AとBとが間接的に接続されている」と言えない場合の別の例としては、AからBまでの経路に、複数のトランジスタがソース及びドレインを介して接続されており、かつ、トランジスタと他のトランジスタの間のノードに、電源、GNDなどから一定の電位Vが供給されている場合がある。 Another example of a case where it cannot be said that "A and B are indirectly connected" is when multiple transistors are connected via their sources and drains to the path from A to B, and a constant potential V is supplied to a node between one transistor and another from a power supply, GND, etc.

100:NOT回路、101:トランジスタ、102:トランジスタ、106:トランジスタ 100: NOT circuit, 101: transistor, 102: transistor, 106: transistor

Claims (8)

 pチャネル型トランジスタ、第1のnチャネル型トランジスタおよび第2のnチャネル型トランジスタを有するロジック回路と、
 前記ロジック回路を制御するための信号を供給する第1の信号線と、
 高電源電位を供給する第1電源線および低電源電位を供給する第2電源線と、を有し、
 前記pチャネル型トランジスタおよび前記第1のnチャネル型トランジスタは、シリコンを有する第1半導体層を有し、
 前記第2のnチャネル型トランジスタは、酸化インジウムを有する第2半導体層を有し、
 前記第2のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方は、前記第1のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方と電気的に接続され、
 前記pチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方は、前記第1電源線と電気的に接続され、
 前記第2のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの他方は、前記第2電源線と電気的に接続され、
 前記第2のnチャネル型トランジスタのゲートに電気的に接続される前記第1の信号線は、前記ロジック回路が非動作とする期間において、前記第2のnチャネル型トランジスタをオフ状態とする信号が供給される機能を有し、
 前記第1電源線は、前記ロジック回路が設けられる層の下層に設けられ、
 前記第2電源線は、前記ロジック回路が設けられる層の上層に設けられる、
 半導体装置。
a logic circuit having a p-channel transistor, a first n-channel transistor, and a second n-channel transistor;
a first signal line for supplying a signal for controlling the logic circuit;
a first power supply line for supplying a high power supply potential and a second power supply line for supplying a low power supply potential;
the p-channel transistor and the first n-channel transistor each have a first semiconductor layer including silicon;
the second n-channel transistor has a second semiconductor layer containing indium oxide;
one of a source and a drain of the second n-channel transistor is electrically connected to one of a source and a drain of the first n-channel transistor;
one of the source and the drain of the p-channel transistor is electrically connected to the first power supply line;
the other of the source and the drain of the second n-channel transistor is electrically connected to the second power supply line;
the first signal line electrically connected to the gate of the second n-channel transistor has a function of supplying a signal for turning off the second n-channel transistor during a period in which the logic circuit is inactive;
the first power supply line is provided in a layer below the layer in which the logic circuit is provided;
the second power supply line is provided in a layer above the layer in which the logic circuit is provided;
Semiconductor device.
 pチャネル型トランジスタ、第1のnチャネル型トランジスタおよび第2のnチャネル型トランジスタを有するロジック回路と、
 前記ロジック回路に制御信号を供給する第1の信号線と、
 高電源電位を供給する第1電源線および低電源電位を供給する第2電源線と、を有し、
 前記pチャネル型トランジスタおよび前記第1のnチャネル型トランジスタは、シリコンを有する第1半導体層を有し、
 前記第2のnチャネル型トランジスタは、酸化インジウムを有する第2半導体層を有し、
 前記第2のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方は、前記第1のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方と電気的に接続され、
 前記pチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方は、前記第1電源線と電気的に接続され、
 前記第2のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの他方は、前記第2電源線と電気的に接続され、
 前記第2のnチャネル型トランジスタのゲートに電気的に接続される前記第1の信号線は、前記ロジック回路が非動作とする期間において、前記第2のnチャネル型トランジスタをオフ状態とする信号が供給される機能を有し、
 前記第1電源線は、前記pチャネル型トランジスタが設けられる層の下層に設けられ、
 前記第2電源線は、前記第2のnチャネル型トランジスタが設けられる層の上層に設けられる、
 半導体装置。
a logic circuit having a p-channel transistor, a first n-channel transistor, and a second n-channel transistor;
a first signal line for supplying a control signal to the logic circuit;
a first power supply line for supplying a high power supply potential and a second power supply line for supplying a low power supply potential;
the p-channel transistor and the first n-channel transistor each have a first semiconductor layer including silicon;
the second n-channel transistor has a second semiconductor layer containing indium oxide;
one of a source and a drain of the second n-channel transistor is electrically connected to one of a source and a drain of the first n-channel transistor;
one of the source and the drain of the p-channel transistor is electrically connected to the first power supply line;
the other of the source and the drain of the second n-channel transistor is electrically connected to the second power supply line;
the first signal line electrically connected to the gate of the second n-channel transistor has a function of supplying a signal for turning off the second n-channel transistor during a period in which the logic circuit is inactive;
the first power supply line is provided in a layer below a layer in which the p-channel transistor is provided;
the second power supply line is provided in a layer above a layer in which the second n-channel transistor is provided;
Semiconductor device.
 請求項1または請求項2において、
 前記第1半導体層は、前記pチャネル型トランジスタのゲート、および前記1のnチャネル型トランジスタのゲートに周囲が取り囲まれた構造を有する、
 半導体装置。
In claim 1 or claim 2,
the first semiconductor layer has a structure surrounded by the gate of the p-channel transistor and the gate of the first n-channel transistor;
Semiconductor device.
 請求項1または請求項2において、
 高電源電位を供給する第3電源線および低電源電位を供給する第4電源線と、を有し、
 前記第3電源線は、前記pチャネル型トランジスタが設けられる層の下層に設けられ、
 前記第4電源線は、前記第2のnチャネル型トランジスタが設けられる層の上層、に設けられる、
 半導体装置。
In claim 1 or claim 2,
a third power supply line that supplies a high power supply potential and a fourth power supply line that supplies a low power supply potential;
the third power supply line is provided in a layer below a layer in which the p-channel transistor is provided,
the fourth power supply line is provided in a layer above a layer in which the second n-channel transistor is provided;
Semiconductor device.
 請求項1または請求項2において、
 第3のnチャネル型トランジスタを有し、
 前記第1のnチャネル型トランジスタのゲートおよび前記pチャネル型トランジスタのゲートに電気的に接続される第2の信号線は、前記第3のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方と電気的に接続され、
 前記第3のnチャネル型トランジスタをオフ状態とすることで前記第2の信号線の電位を保持する機能を有する、
 半導体装置。
In claim 1 or claim 2,
a third n-channel transistor;
a second signal line electrically connected to a gate of the first n-channel transistor and a gate of the p-channel transistor is electrically connected to one of a source and a drain of the third n-channel transistor;
a third n-channel transistor being turned off to hold the potential of the second signal line;
Semiconductor device.
 pチャネル型トランジスタ、第1のnチャネル型トランジスタおよび第2のnチャネル型トランジスタを有するロジック回路と、
 前記ロジック回路に制御信号を供給する第1の信号線と、
 高電源電位を供給する第1電源線および低電源電位を供給する第2電源線と、を有し、
 前記pチャネル型トランジスタおよび前記第1のnチャネル型トランジスタは、シリコンを有する第1半導体層を有し、
 前記第2のnチャネル型トランジスタは、酸化インジウムを有する第2半導体層を有し、
 前記第2のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方は、前記第1のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方と電気的に接続され、
 前記pチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方は、前記第1電源線と電気的に接続され、
 前記第2のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの他方は、前記第2電源線と電気的に接続され、
 前記第2のnチャネル型トランジスタのゲートに電気的に接続される前記第1の信号線は、前記ロジック回路が非動作とする期間において、前記第2のnチャネル型トランジスタをオフ状態とする信号が供給される機能を有し、
 前記第1電源線および前記第2電源線は、それぞれ、前記pチャネル型トランジスタが設けられる層の下層に設けられ、
 前記第1の信号線は、それぞれ、前記第2のnチャネル型トランジスタが設けられる層の上層に設けられる、
 半導体装置。
a logic circuit having a p-channel transistor, a first n-channel transistor, and a second n-channel transistor;
a first signal line for supplying a control signal to the logic circuit;
a first power supply line for supplying a high power supply potential and a second power supply line for supplying a low power supply potential;
the p-channel transistor and the first n-channel transistor each have a first semiconductor layer including silicon;
the second n-channel transistor has a second semiconductor layer containing indium oxide;
one of a source and a drain of the second n-channel transistor is electrically connected to one of a source and a drain of the first n-channel transistor;
one of the source and the drain of the p-channel transistor is electrically connected to the first power supply line;
the other of the source and the drain of the second n-channel transistor is electrically connected to the second power supply line;
the first signal line electrically connected to the gate of the second n-channel transistor has a function of supplying a signal for turning off the second n-channel transistor during a period in which the logic circuit is inactive;
the first power supply line and the second power supply line are provided in a layer below a layer in which the p-channel transistor is provided;
the first signal lines are provided in a layer above a layer in which the second n-channel transistors are provided;
Semiconductor device.
 請求項6において、
 前記第1半導体層は、前記pチャネル型トランジスタのゲート、および前記1のnチャネル型トランジスタのゲートに周囲が取り囲まれた構造を有する、
 半導体装置。
In claim 6,
the first semiconductor layer has a structure surrounded by the gate of the p-channel transistor and the gate of the first n-channel transistor;
Semiconductor device.
 請求項6において、
 第3のnチャネル型トランジスタを有し、
 前記第1のnチャネル型トランジスタのゲートおよび前記pチャネル型トランジスタのゲートに電気的に接続される第2の信号線は、前記第3のnチャネル型トランジスタのソースまたはドレインの一方と電気的に接続され、
 前記第3のnチャネル型トランジスタをオフ状態とすることで前記第2の信号線の電位を保持する機能を有する、
 半導体装置。
In claim 6,
a third n-channel transistor;
a second signal line electrically connected to the gate of the first n-channel transistor and the gate of the p-channel transistor is electrically connected to one of the source and the drain of the third n-channel transistor;
a third n-channel transistor being turned off to hold the potential of the second signal line;
Semiconductor device.
PCT/IB2025/055110 2024-05-23 2025-05-16 Semiconductor device Pending WO2025243156A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2024083755 2024-05-23
JP2024-083755 2024-05-23
JP2024096358 2024-06-14
JP2024-096358 2024-06-14

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2025243156A1 true WO2025243156A1 (en) 2025-11-27

Family

ID=97794765

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/IB2025/055110 Pending WO2025243156A1 (en) 2024-05-23 2025-05-16 Semiconductor device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2025243156A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013243353A (en) * 2012-04-27 2013-12-05 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Standard cell, semiconductor device, and electronic apparatus
JP2016213823A (en) * 2015-05-04 2016-12-15 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Semiconductor device, imaging system, and electronic apparatus
US20210343715A1 (en) * 2019-04-15 2021-11-04 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Semiconductor device and method of manufacturing the same
US20220181491A1 (en) * 2018-10-31 2022-06-09 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
US20220208757A1 (en) * 2020-12-28 2022-06-30 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Integrated circuit devices
JP2023097349A (en) * 2021-12-27 2023-07-07 インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレーション Methods for manufacturing devices and semiconductor devices (rear power rails and distribution networks for density scaling)

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2013243353A (en) * 2012-04-27 2013-12-05 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd Standard cell, semiconductor device, and electronic apparatus
JP2016213823A (en) * 2015-05-04 2016-12-15 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 Semiconductor device, imaging system, and electronic apparatus
US20220181491A1 (en) * 2018-10-31 2022-06-09 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
US20210343715A1 (en) * 2019-04-15 2021-11-04 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Semiconductor device and method of manufacturing the same
US20220208757A1 (en) * 2020-12-28 2022-06-30 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Integrated circuit devices
JP2023097349A (en) * 2021-12-27 2023-07-07 インターナショナル・ビジネス・マシーンズ・コーポレーション Methods for manufacturing devices and semiconductor devices (rear power rails and distribution networks for density scaling)

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2025243156A1 (en) Semiconductor device
WO2025248409A1 (en) Storage device and method for driving storage device
WO2025219839A1 (en) Semiconductor device and method for driving same
WO2025233772A1 (en) Semiconductor device
WO2025219846A1 (en) Semiconductor device
US20250192113A1 (en) Semiconductor device
US20250374625A1 (en) Transistor
US20250246226A1 (en) Semiconductor device
WO2025262559A1 (en) Semiconductor device
WO2026033400A1 (en) Method for forming metal oxide layer
WO2025262556A1 (en) Semiconductor device
WO2026013522A1 (en) Semiconductor device and method for producing semiconductor device
WO2025253230A1 (en) Semiconductor device and method for producing semiconductor device
WO2026003653A1 (en) Semiconductor device
WO2025224593A1 (en) Semiconductor device and method for driving semiconductor device
WO2026013519A1 (en) Storage device
WO2025257708A1 (en) Semiconductor device and method for producing semiconductor device
WO2024074968A1 (en) Semiconductor device and computation device
WO2026033404A1 (en) Method for forming metal oxide layer
WO2025219842A1 (en) Semiconductor device
WO2023209491A1 (en) Semiconductor device
WO2026013523A1 (en) Semiconductor device and method for fabricating semiconductor device
WO2025233771A1 (en) Semiconductor device and method for producing semiconductor device
WO2024180432A1 (en) Semiconductor device and method for producing semiconductor device
WO2025243158A1 (en) Semiconductor device and method for producing semiconductor device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 25807294

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1